BEGIN:VCALENDAR
VERSION:2.0
PRODID:-//A-Chalet - ECPv6.17.3.1//NONSGML v1.0//EN
CALSCALE:GREGORIAN
METHOD:PUBLISH
X-WR-CALNAME:A-Chalet
X-ORIGINAL-URL:https://achalet.com
X-WR-CALDESC:Events for A-Chalet
REFRESH-INTERVAL;VALUE=DURATION:PT1H
X-Robots-Tag:noindex
X-PUBLISHED-TTL:PT1H
BEGIN:VTIMEZONE
TZID:America/Los_Angeles
BEGIN:DAYLIGHT
TZOFFSETFROM:-0800
TZOFFSETTO:-0700
TZNAME:PDT
DTSTART:20250309T100000
END:DAYLIGHT
BEGIN:STANDARD
TZOFFSETFROM:-0700
TZOFFSETTO:-0800
TZNAME:PST
DTSTART:20251102T090000
END:STANDARD
BEGIN:DAYLIGHT
TZOFFSETFROM:-0800
TZOFFSETTO:-0700
TZNAME:PDT
DTSTART:20260308T100000
END:DAYLIGHT
BEGIN:STANDARD
TZOFFSETFROM:-0700
TZOFFSETTO:-0800
TZNAME:PST
DTSTART:20261101T090000
END:STANDARD
BEGIN:DAYLIGHT
TZOFFSETFROM:-0800
TZOFFSETTO:-0700
TZNAME:PDT
DTSTART:20270314T100000
END:DAYLIGHT
BEGIN:STANDARD
TZOFFSETFROM:-0700
TZOFFSETTO:-0800
TZNAME:PST
DTSTART:20271107T090000
END:STANDARD
END:VTIMEZONE
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260919T180000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260919T210000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215627Z
CREATED:20261016T215627Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215627Z
UID:13986-1789840800-1789851600@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Live Music at Chateau Big Bear / Tiffany's Bistro
DESCRIPTION:Live Music at Chateau Big Bear / Tiffany’s Bistro 2026: Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nLive Music at Chateau Big Bear / Tiffany’s Bistro 2026 is a recurring Friday and Saturday evening music series at Chateau Big Bear in Big Bear Lake. The current venue schedule lists live music every Friday and Saturday from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM\, with pianist Mike Cross and rotating guest performers playing beneath the Chateau’s restored Tiffany dome. \nTiffany’s Bistro is located inside Chateau Big Bear at 42200 Moonridge Road\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315. The bistro is currently open Thursday\, Friday\, and Saturday from 4:00 PM to 11:00 PM\, with food served until 9:30 PM. That makes it easy to combine dinner\, drinks\, and live music in one evening. \nVisit Big Bear’s current event calendar shows the music series continuing through the 2026-27 winter season\, with upcoming dates beginning September 11 and 12 and continuing on Fridays and Saturdays into March 2027. \nFor travelers coming from outside the mountains\, an overnight Big Bear stay can make the evening more relaxed. Instead of driving down the mountain after a 9:00 PM set\, guests can return to a nearby A Chalet cabin and continue their trip the following morning. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Big Bear live-music weekend. \nLive Music at Chateau Big Bear 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nLive Music at Chateau Big Bear / Tiffany’s Bistro\n\n\nSchedule\nFridays and Saturdays\n\n\nLive music hours\n6:00 PM-9:00 PM\n\n\nVenue\nTiffany’s Bistro at Chateau Big Bear\n\n\nAddress\n42200 Moonridge Road\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nRegular featured artist\nMike Cross with rotating guest performers\n\n\nBistro hours\nThursday-Saturday\, 4:00 PM-11:00 PM\n\n\nFood service\n4:00 PM-9:30 PM\n\n\nAdmission\nNo universal live-music cover charge is published on the current official venue page\n\n\nParking\nParking available at Chateau Big Bear\n\n\nPhone\n909-866-6666\n\n\nOfficial venue page\nTiffany’s Bistro at Chateau Big Bear\n\n\n\nThe official venue currently states that Mike Cross and selected guests perform every Friday and Saturday from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM. Visit Big Bear independently lists the same recurring event and venue address. \nWhat Is Live Music at Chateau Big Bear / Tiffany’s Bistro?\nThe event is a recurring live-music night inside Tiffany’s Bistro\, the restaurant and lounge at Chateau Big Bear. Rather than functioning as a stand-alone concert with a fixed touring lineup\, it is designed as an ongoing dinner-and-music experience. \nThe Chateau has a long connection with performing arts. Its own current event description recalls productions and entertainment held there during the late 1980s and early 1990s\, including opera\, theater\, and dance events. Today\, the venue continues that tradition through weekly live music beneath its distinctive stained-glass dome. \nPianist Mike Cross is a regular headliner. Chateau Big Bear says he performs with a rotating selection of guest musicians\, including vocalists and instrumentalists. The venue’s recent guide describes musical styles that can include blues\, jazz standards\, and original material. \nBecause the performers may change from one weekend to another\, guests interested in a particular artist should check Chateau Big Bear’s current social media or contact the venue rather than assuming every Friday and Saturday has the same lineup. \nWhen Is Live Music at Chateau Big Bear in 2026?\nThe current recurring schedule is simple: \n\nFridays: 6:00 PM-9:00 PM\nSaturdays: 6:00 PM-9:00 PM\n\nAs of September 10\, Visit Big Bear lists upcoming 2026 dates including: \n\nFriday\, September 11\nSaturday\, September 12\nFriday\, September 18\nSaturday\, September 19\nFriday\, September 25\nSaturday\, September 26\nFriday\, October 2\nSaturday\, October 3\nFriday\, October 9\nSaturday\, October 10\n\nThe calendar continues with additional Friday and Saturday performances later in fall and winter and currently shows the recurring series extending into March 2027. \nBecause this is an ongoing venue series rather than a one-time concert\, check the official Tiffany’s Bistro page before your trip for weekly performer updates. \nWhere Is Tiffany’s Bistro?\nLive music takes place at: \nTiffany’s Bistro at Chateau Big Bear\n42200 Moonridge Road\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nChateau Big Bear sits in Big Bear Lake’s Moonridge area. Visit Big Bear confirms the same address and identifies Tiffany’s Bistro as the hotel’s restaurant\, cocktail\, wine\, and live-music venue. \nThe venue phone number is 909-866-6666. \nWhat Can Visitors Expect?\nThe experience combines three elements: live music\, dinner service\, and the setting beneath Chateau Big Bear’s stained-glass Tiffany dome. \nMusic generally runs from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM\, while Tiffany’s Bistro opens at 4:00 PM and serves food until 9:30 PM. Guests can therefore arrive before the music begins for an early meal or plan dinner during the performance. \nThe venue serves casual bistro fare along with cocktails and wine. Chateau Big Bear also promotes its own private-label wines\, while its current bar program includes classic and house cocktails. \nThe music lineup is not identical every weekend. Mike Cross is the recurring featured performer\, but guest musicians rotate. Chateau Big Bear advises visitors to follow its social accounts for the latest weekly artist announcements. \nWhat Is Special About the Tiffany Dome?\nThe dome above Tiffany’s Bistro is one of the most distinctive features of the space. Chateau Big Bear says the stained-glass dome has been extensively restored and remains a centerpiece of the room. \nThe venue’s history article says the dome originally came from Paris and was later dismantled and reconstructed in Big Bear Lake. Chateau Big Bear reports that a recent restoration project cost roughly $500\,000. \nFor guests choosing between a conventional restaurant and somewhere with more atmosphere\, the combination of live music and the historic dome is part of what distinguishes Tiffany’s Bistro. \nDo You Need Tickets for Live Music at Tiffany’s Bistro?\nThe current official venue page does not publish a universal live-music ticket price or regular cover charge for the Friday and Saturday series. \nTiffany’s Bistro is open to the public\, not just hotel guests\, so visitors can come for dinner\, drinks\, and live music without staying at Chateau Big Bear itself. \nBecause individual special events or holiday weekends may operate differently\, call 909-866-6666 if you need to confirm reservations\, seating policies\, cover charges\, or special-event arrangements for a specific date. \nShould You Make a Dinner Reservation?\nThe current public event information does not state that every live-music night requires a reservation. However\, if your evening depends on having a dinner table during a particular set\, contacting the venue ahead of time is sensible. \nThe live music falls directly within dinner service\, so Friday and Saturday evenings may draw both hotel guests and local visitors. \nA practical schedule would be to arrive between 5:00 PM and 5:30 PM for dinner before the 6:00 PM music begins. This is a planning recommendation\, not an official arrival requirement. \nWhere Do You Park?\nVisit Big Bear’s event listing states that parking is available at Chateau Big Bear. \nNo separate shuttle or event-specific remote parking system is currently published. Follow posted signs and any instructions from hotel staff when you arrive. \nAllowing a little extra time is useful on Friday and Saturday evenings\, especially if you want to be seated before the music starts. \nIs Tiffany’s Bistro Open Before the Music Starts?\nYes. Tiffany’s Bistro currently opens at 4:00 PM on Thursday\, Friday\, and Saturday. Live music begins at 6:00 PM on Friday and Saturday\, while food service continues until 9:30 PM and the bistro remains open until 11:00 PM. \nThe venue also currently advertises a happy hour from 4:00 PM to 6:00 PM\, which lines up directly with the period before the live music begins. \nHappy-hour offerings can change\, so check the current menu or venue information before planning around a specific drink or food special. \nIs Live Music at Chateau Big Bear Family-Friendly?\nThe current event listing does not publish a universal minimum age for the live-music series. Tiffany’s Bistro operates as a restaurant and bar serving food\, cocktails\, and wine. \nFamilies planning to bring children should contact the venue before visiting if age policies\, seating arrangements\, or evening atmosphere are important to their plans. Do not assume bar-area policies based on another Big Bear restaurant. \nThe current event pages also do not provide detailed accessibility information for the live-music seating area. Guests needing a specific accommodation should call Chateau Big Bear at 909-866-6666 in advance. \nHow to Make a Weekend of Live Music at Chateau Big Bear\nFriday: Check In and Head to Tiffany’s Bistro\nArrive in Big Bear during the afternoon\, check into your cabin\, and give yourself time to settle in before heading to Moonridge. \nIf you want dinner before the music begins\, arrive at Tiffany’s Bistro ahead of the 6:00 PM set. Alternatively\, plan your meal during the performance since food service continues until 9:30 PM. \nAfter the music ends at 9:00 PM\, return to your cabin rather than immediately starting a nighttime drive out of the mountains. \nCheck A Chalet cabin availability for your live-music weekend. \nSaturday: Enjoy Big Bear During the Day\nKeep Saturday open for the part of Big Bear that interests you most. Depending on the season and current operating conditions\, that could include time around Big Bear Lake\, hiking\, The Village\, or another local attraction. \nIf you enjoyed Friday’s performance\, the recurring schedule gives you the option of returning Saturday evening for another live-music session. Because guest performers can rotate\, the experience may not be identical both nights. \nSunday: Relax Before Departure\nA two-night cabin stay gives you a slower Sunday morning rather than requiring a late-night departure after Saturday’s show. Have breakfast\, enjoy one final Big Bear activity\, and then begin the drive home during daylight if your schedule allows. \nWhere to Stay for Live Music at Chateau Big Bear\nBecause Chateau Big Bear is on Moonridge Road in Big Bear Lake\, Big Bear Lake is the most straightforward lodging area for this event. Big Bear City can also work for visitors planning activities throughout the valley. \nA Chalet currently offers rentals across Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City. Current featured options include Heavenly Bay Retreat with two bedrooms and two baths\, Jaybird Cabin with two bedrooms and one bath\, Conklin Canopy with three bedrooms and two baths\, and Maverick’s Cabin with two bedrooms and two baths. \nFor larger groups\, A Chalet’s current collection also shows Boulder Landing\, Rustic Ridge\, and Elevated Escape\, each currently listed with four bedrooms and three baths. Smaller parties can also compare options such as Bear Den. \nBedroom counts are only one part of choosing a rental. Verify current occupancy limits\, parking\, kitchens\, pet policies\, outdoor amenities\, and other features on the live individual listing before booking. \nFor a live-music weekend\, the main benefit of staying nearby is schedule flexibility: enjoy dinner and the full 6:00-9:00 PM music set without building the evening around an immediate drive down the mountain. \nBrowse current A Chalet Big Bear cabin availability. \nTips for Booking a Live-Music Weekend Cabin\nChoose Friday\, Saturday\, or both. Live music currently runs on both evenings from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM. \nCheck the weekly artist lineup. Mike Cross is a recurring featured performer\, but guest musicians rotate. \nConfirm dining plans. If you want a table at a specific time\, contact Tiffany’s Bistro before the weekend rather than assuming walk-in availability. \nStay in Big Bear Lake or Big Bear City. These destinations are more geographically relevant to Moonridge than Lake Arrowhead for this event. \nVerify cabin parking. Groups arriving in several vehicles should check each rental’s permitted vehicle count. \nConsider two nights. Staying Friday and Saturday gives you a full mountain day between evening performances. \nCheck weather before traveling. The recurring series continues into winter\, when mountain road and weather conditions can materially affect travel plans. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Is Live Music at Chateau Big Bear in 2026?\nLive music is currently scheduled every Friday and Saturday from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM\, with the recurring Visit Big Bear calendar extending into March 2027. \nWhere Is Live Music at Tiffany’s Bistro?\nThe performances take place at Tiffany’s Bistro inside Chateau Big Bear\, 42200 Moonridge Road\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315. \nWho Performs at Chateau Big Bear?\nMike Cross is the venue’s recurring featured musician\, joined by rotating guest performers. Chateau Big Bear recommends checking its social channels for weekly lineup updates. \nDo You Need Tickets?\nThe current official venue information does not publish a universal ticket price or regular cover charge for the Friday and Saturday music series. Contact Tiffany’s Bistro for any date-specific requirements. \nCan You Eat During the Live Music?\nYes. Tiffany’s Bistro currently serves food from 4:00 PM to 9:30 PM\, while live music runs from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM. \nIs Parking Available?\nYes. Visit Big Bear states that parking is available at Chateau Big Bear. \nWhere Should I Stay for Live Music at Chateau Big Bear?\nBig Bear Lake is the most practical general lodging area for an event on Moonridge Road. A Chalet offers cabins in Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City for couples\, families\, and larger groups. \nBrowse A Chalet availability for your live-music dates. \nPlan Your Live Music at Chateau Big Bear 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nLive Music at Chateau Big Bear / Tiffany’s Bistro 2026 offers a straightforward Friday or Saturday night plan: arrive for dinner or drinks\, settle in beneath the restored Tiffany dome\, and hear Mike Cross and rotating guest musicians from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM. \nThe venue is at 42200 Moonridge Road in Big Bear Lake\, parking is available at Chateau Big Bear\, and Tiffany’s Bistro currently serves food until 9:30 PM. The live-music series continues regularly through fall and winter\, so check the latest performer information before choosing your weekend. \nFor travelers coming from outside Big Bear\, staying overnight turns the evening into a more comfortable mountain trip. Check into a cabin before the show\, enjoy the full performance without rushing toward a late-night departure\, and leave the following day open for Big Bear Lake\, Moonridge\, or another local activity. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Big Bear stay around Live Music at Chateau Big Bear 2026.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/live-music-at-chateau-big-bear-tiffanys-bistro-14/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260919T190000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260919T210000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215620Z
CREATED:20261016T215620Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215620Z
UID:13987-1789844400-1789851600@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Sidewalk Astronomy
DESCRIPTION:Sidewalk Astronomy Big Bear 2026: Dates\, Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nSidewalk Astronomy Big Bear 2026 is a free public stargazing series presented by the Big Bear Valley Astronomical Society in The Village. Volunteers set up telescopes on the sidewalk near Barrel 33\, 40754 Village Dr.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\, giving visitors a chance to view the Moon\, planets\, and other visible objects while talking with local amateur astronomers. \nThe broader tourism listing describes the series as running from April 25 through December 19\, 2026\, but it is not a nightly event. It takes place on select dates\, and individual times change with the season and sunset. \nAs of September 10\, the Big Bear Valley Astronomical Society currently lists four remaining 2026 Sidewalk Astronomy nights: September 19 from 7:00-9:00 PM\, October 17 from 6:00-8:00 PM\, November 14 from 5:00-8:00 PM\, and December 19 from 5:00-8:00 PM. \nAdmission is free\, but every date is weather dependent. The astronomy society states that events may be canceled for cloudy\, rainy\, windy\, or excessively cold conditions\, so checking the organizer’s event calendar before leaving for The Village is essential. \nBecause stargazing happens after dark\, staying in an A Chalet cabin can make the outing easier to combine with dinner\, a Village stroll\, and a relaxed night in Big Bear rather than a late drive down the mountain. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for a Big Bear stargazing getaway. \nSidewalk Astronomy Big Bear 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nSidewalk Astronomy – In the Village\n\n\nOrganizer\nBig Bear Valley Astronomical Society\n\n\n2026 series window\nApril 25-December 19\, 2026\, on select dates\n\n\nRemaining date\nSeptember 19\, 2026\n\n\nTime\n7:00 PM-9:00 PM\n\n\nRemaining date\nOctober 17\, 2026\n\n\nTime\n6:00 PM-8:00 PM\n\n\nRemaining date\nNovember 14\, 2026\n\n\nTime\n5:00 PM-8:00 PM\n\n\nRemaining date\nDecember 19\, 2026\n\n\nTime\n5:00 PM-8:00 PM\n\n\nLocation\nIn front of Barrel 33 in The Village\n\n\nAddress\n40754 Village Dr.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nAdmission\nFree\n\n\nParking\nVillage Public Parking Lots\n\n\nWeather policy\nWeather permitting; events may be canceled for clouds\, rain\, wind\, or excessive cold\n\n\nOfficial schedule\nBig Bear Valley Astronomical Society Events\n\n\nVisitor information\nVisit Big Bear\n\n\n\nWhat Is Sidewalk Astronomy in Big Bear?\nSidewalk Astronomy brings telescope observing into the heart of Big Bear Lake’s Village rather than asking visitors to drive to a remote observatory or dark-sky location. \nVolunteers from the Big Bear Valley Astronomical Society set up telescopes on the sidewalk in front of Barrel 33 and invite locals and visitors to stop\, look through the equipment\, and talk about astronomy. \nThe society says guests may be able to see the Moon\, planets\, and other objects that happen to be visible on a particular evening. \nThat last point matters: astronomy is not a fixed performance. What you see depends on the date\, hour\, sky conditions\, and what objects are above the horizon at that time. \nThe event works especially well for curious beginners because you do not need to own a telescope or understand astronomy before arriving. Volunteers are there specifically to help the public look through the telescopes and ask questions. \nWhen Is Sidewalk Astronomy in Big Bear in 2026?\nThe Visit Big Bear listing gives an overall series period of April 25 through December 19\, 2026\, but the actual observing nights occur on selected dates. \nAs of September 10\, the Big Bear Valley Astronomical Society’s official calendar lists these remaining sessions: \n\n\n\nDate\nTime\n\n\nSaturday\, September 19\, 2026\n7:00 PM-9:00 PM\n\n\nSaturday\, October 17\, 2026\n6:00 PM-8:00 PM\n\n\nSaturday\, November 14\, 2026\n5:00 PM-8:00 PM\n\n\nSaturday\, December 19\, 2026\n5:00 PM-8:00 PM\n\n\n\nThis is an important correction to the generic tourism description of 7:00 PM to 9:00 PM. The official astronomy society schedule shows that fall and winter start times move earlier as sunset arrives sooner. \nIf you are planning for a specific date\, use the organizer’s individual event listing rather than assuming every session runs from 7:00 PM to 9:00 PM. \nWhere Is Sidewalk Astronomy Held?\nThe observing setup is near the entrance of: \nBarrel 33\n40754 Village Dr.\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nThe astronomy society refers to the venue as Big Bear Lake Village – Sidewalk Astronomy and specifically says volunteers set up telescopes on the sidewalk in front of Barrel 33 Wine Shop. \nThe Village location makes this one of the easiest astronomy experiences to add to an evening itinerary. Visitors can have dinner\, walk through The Village\, and then stop for telescope viewing without planning a separate drive to a remote location. \nIs Sidewalk Astronomy Free?\nYes. The Big Bear Valley Astronomical Society currently lists Sidewalk Astronomy as a free public event. \nNo advance ticket purchase is listed for these Village sessions. \nYou can simply attend during the published observing window\, subject to weather and any last-minute organizer updates. \nWhat Can You See Through the Telescopes?\nThe astronomy society specifically mentions telescope views of the Moon and planets\, along with whatever other objects may be visible on a particular evening. \nOn Moon-visible nights\, visitors may have a chance to see craters and other lunar surface detail that is difficult to appreciate with the unaided eye. \nThe organizers also encourage visitors to try taking a cell phone photograph of the Moon through a telescope when conditions allow. \nDo not expect the same celestial objects at every session. Planet visibility changes throughout the year\, the Moon moves through its phases\, and local sky conditions can affect what the telescopes can show. \nThat variability is part of the appeal: each Sidewalk Astronomy night is shaped by the actual sky overhead. \nWho Runs Sidewalk Astronomy?\nThe event is organized by the Big Bear Valley Astronomical Society\, a local community of amateur astronomers. \nThe society hosts several types of public astronomy activities in addition to Sidewalk Astronomy\, including public dark-sky observing nights and club meetings. \nFor Sidewalk Astronomy\, volunteers bring telescopes into The Village and spend the evening talking with visitors about the objects being observed. \nThe educational element is informal\, making it easy to ask basic questions without feeling like you are attending a lecture or formal astronomy class. \nIs Sidewalk Astronomy Good for Kids?\nYes. The public format can work especially well for families because children can look through real telescopes and speak directly with astronomy enthusiasts. \nThere is no published minimum age for the Village sessions. \nParents should keep in mind that the event happens outside after dark. Fall and winter sessions can also become cold quickly\, particularly during the November and December dates. \nDress children warmly and make sure they understand that telescopes are delicate equipment. Follow volunteer instructions when approaching or looking through each telescope. \nWhat Happens If the Weather Is Bad?\nSidewalk Astronomy is explicitly weather permitting. \nThe Big Bear Valley Astronomical Society says astronomy events will not proceed when conditions are unsuitable\, including overcast skies\, rain\, significant wind\, or excessive cold. \nThis is not merely a comfort issue. Clouds prevent astronomical viewing\, wind can make telescope use difficult\, and precipitation can damage equipment. \nThe organizer advises visitors to check its website for current event status and cancellations. \nIf Sidewalk Astronomy is the main reason for your evening plans\, check the schedule shortly before heading to The Village rather than relying on an older calendar entry. \nWhy Do the Sidewalk Astronomy Times Change?\nThe event generally begins around dusk\, so the schedule shifts as sunset changes throughout the year. \nFor example\, the September session is listed from 7:00 PM to 9:00 PM\, while October moves to 6:00 PM to 8:00 PM and the November and December events begin at 5:00 PM. \nThat is why the broad 7:00 PM-9:00 PM timing shown on some tourism listings should not be treated as universal for the entire season. \nAlways check the exact date you intend to attend. \nWhere Should You Park?\nVisit Big Bear lists Village Public Parking Lots for Sidewalk Astronomy visitors. \nBecause the telescope setup itself is on the sidewalk near Barrel 33\, do not expect event-specific parking immediately next to the telescopes. \nUse designated public parking\, then walk to 40754 Village Drive. \nThe Village can be active on weekend evenings\, so giving yourself extra time for parking is helpful\, particularly if you also have dinner reservations or another activity planned before stargazing. \nWhat Should You Bring to Sidewalk Astronomy?\nYou do not need your own telescope. The astronomy society provides the observing equipment used during the public sessions. \nHelpful items include: \n\nWarm layers appropriate to the forecast\nA jacket even on relatively mild fall evenings\nGloves and a hat for colder November or December sessions\nComfortable shoes for walking through The Village\nA charged phone if you want to attempt a lunar photo through a telescope\nA flashlight only if needed\, used carefully around observers\nQuestions for the astronomy volunteers\n\nAvoid shining bright lights directly toward the telescopes or into other people’s eyes. Preserving night vision makes astronomical observing easier for everyone. \nDo You Need to Bring Binoculars or a Telescope?\nNo. One of the biggest advantages of Sidewalk Astronomy is that the telescopes are already provided. \nVisitors are welcome to simply walk up\, speak with the volunteers\, and take turns viewing the sky. \nIf you already enjoy astronomy\, you may find the conversations with local observers just as interesting as the telescope views themselves. \nSidewalk Astronomy vs. a Dark-Sky Star Party\nSidewalk Astronomy is not the same as one of the astronomical society’s public dark-sky observing events. \nThe Village sessions emphasize accessibility. They happen in a central commercial area where visitors can easily combine astronomy with dining and other evening activities. \nThe society’s separate dark-sky star parties take place away from The Village in darker surroundings and are better suited to deeper observing. \nFor example\, the current 2026 calendar lists a public dark-sky event on October 10 at The High Chaparal in the Baldwin Lake area. That is a separate event from the October 17 Sidewalk Astronomy session. \nTravelers interested in astronomy should check the full BBVAS calendar rather than assuming all of its public programs take place at Barrel 33. \nHow to Make a Weekend of Sidewalk Astronomy\nFriday: Arrive and Settle Into Big Bear Lake\nCheck into your A Chalet cabin and spend the evening settling into the mountains. \nIf your Sidewalk Astronomy session is on Saturday\, arriving a day early gives you flexibility and avoids combining the mountain drive with an evening event. \nSaturday Afternoon: Explore Big Bear\nUse the daytime for Big Bear Lake sightseeing\, The Village\, a scenic walk\, or another seasonal activity. \nBecause the astronomy event begins later in the day\, it pairs naturally with outdoor recreation before sunset. \nEarly Evening: Dinner in The Village\nPlan dinner before the telescopes are set up\, especially for the September and October sessions. \nSince Sidewalk Astronomy takes place directly in The Village near Barrel 33\, there is no need to make a separate cross-town trip after your meal. \nAfter Dark: Join Sidewalk Astronomy\nWalk over to the telescope setup\, talk with the volunteers\, and take turns looking at the Moon\, planets\, and other visible objects. \nStay flexible. The quality and length of the observing session will depend on weather and sky conditions. \nCheck A Chalet cabins for your Sidewalk Astronomy date. \nAfter Stargazing: Return to Your Cabin\nOnce the observing session ends\, return to your cabin rather than beginning a late drive out of Big Bear. \nA quiet evening at the rental can be a natural continuation of the experience\, especially on cold fall and winter nights. \nWhere to Stay for Sidewalk Astronomy Big Bear 2026\nBecause Sidewalk Astronomy takes place in Big Bear Lake\, an A Chalet property in Big Bear Lake is the most convenient lodging choice. \nFor a smaller party\, Dream Lake Cabin is currently listed for up to four guests with two bedrooms and one bathroom. Verified amenities include a kitchen\, Wi-Fi\, outdoor grill\, air conditioning\, and pet-friendly accommodations. \nFor families or groups\, Conklin Canopy is currently listed with three bedrooms\, two bathrooms\, and room for up to eight guests. \nVerified amenities at Conklin Canopy include a fully equipped kitchen\, washer and dryer\, Wi-Fi\, game room\, barbecue\, secure deck\, and parking for up to three vehicles. \nA cabin can be especially useful for the colder November and December observing dates. You can spend the afternoon exploring Big Bear\, attend the astronomy session after dark\, and return to a comfortable home base without immediately driving off the mountain. \nAlways check the live A Chalet listing before booking to confirm current occupancy\, parking\, amenities\, pet rules\, and other property details. \nBrowse current A Chalet cabins for a Big Bear stargazing weekend. \nTips for Booking a Sidewalk Astronomy Weekend Cabin\nChoose the exact observing date before booking. Sidewalk Astronomy runs on select dates\, not every weekend between April and December. \nCheck the current event status. Astronomy sessions can be canceled when weather conditions are unsuitable. \nPay attention to seasonal start times. The event begins earlier later in the year\, with November and December sessions currently scheduled to start at 5:00 PM. \nStay in Big Bear Lake. That keeps your cabin in the same community as The Village event location. \nConsider arriving the night before. This gives you more flexibility if you are driving into the mountains from Southern California. \nPack warm clothing. Telescope observing involves standing outdoors after sunset\, so temperatures can feel much colder than during daytime activities. \nHave a backup evening plan. Weather can cancel astronomy even when the rest of Big Bear remains perfectly enjoyable. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Is Sidewalk Astronomy in Big Bear in 2026?\nThe overall series runs on select dates between April 25 and December 19. As of September 10\, the remaining official sessions are September 19\, October 17\, November 14\, and December 19\, 2026. \nWhat Time Does Sidewalk Astronomy Start?\nTimes vary by date. The September 19 session is 7:00-9:00 PM\, October 17 is 6:00-8:00 PM\, and November 14 and December 19 are currently listed from 5:00-8:00 PM. \nWhere Is Sidewalk Astronomy Held?\nThe telescopes are set up in The Village near Barrel 33\, 40754 Village Dr.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315. \nIs Sidewalk Astronomy Free?\nYes. The Big Bear Valley Astronomical Society lists the Village observing sessions as free. \nDo I Need My Own Telescope?\nNo. Volunteers from the astronomical society set up telescopes for public viewing. \nWhat Happens If It Is Cloudy or Raining?\nThe event may be canceled. The organizer says sessions are weather permitting and will not be staged in unsuitable conditions such as overcast skies\, rain\, wind\, or excessive cold. \nWhere Should I Stay for Sidewalk Astronomy?\nAn A Chalet cabin in Big Bear Lake provides a convenient overnight base for The Village. It can be especially useful for later-season sessions when the event ends after dark and temperatures are colder. \nCheck A Chalet availability for your stargazing date. \nPlan Your Sidewalk Astronomy Big Bear 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nSidewalk Astronomy Big Bear 2026 offers one of the easiest ways to add real telescope observing to a Big Bear Lake trip. Instead of driving to a remote observatory\, visitors can walk up to telescopes in The Village\, speak with local astronomers\, and see the Moon\, planets\, and other visible objects for free. \nThe key to planning successfully is checking the exact date and time. The remaining official 2026 sessions are currently scheduled for September 19\, October 17\, November 14\, and December 19\, with start times moving earlier as the season progresses. \nWeather is equally important. Since every session depends on clear and safe observing conditions\, check the Big Bear Valley Astronomical Society calendar before heading out. \nPair the evening with an A Chalet stay and you can enjoy dinner in The Village\, spend time under the stars\, then return to a comfortable Big Bear Lake cabin instead of making a late mountain drive home. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Sidewalk Astronomy Big Bear 2026 getaway. \n\n“`
URL:https://achalet.com/event/sidewalk-astronomy-6/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260920T000000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260920T000000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215622Z
CREATED:20261016T215622Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215622Z
UID:13437-1789862400-1789862400@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Plein Air Art Competition
DESCRIPTION:Plein Air Art Competition 2026: Dates\, Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nThe Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition 2026 is Visit Big Bear’s third annual plein air competition and a month-long celebration of outdoor painting across the Big Bear Valley. Artists can create their competition work between September 12 and October 10\, 2026\, with gallery events beginning in September and the main Competition Gallery and awards scheduled for October. \nRegistered artists first complete online registration\, then visit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center at 40824 Big Bear Boulevard to have their painting substrates stamped. The Visitor Center is currently listed as open daily from 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM. Artists may have multiple substrates stamped\, but the competition information says there is one submission per artist for galleries.  \nThe main submitted works will be displayed at the Destination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake. Visit Big Bear lists the principal competition awards as $2\,000 for first place\, $1\,500 for second place\, and $500 for third place. The awards ceremony is scheduled for October 18 at 10:00 AM.  \nThis event is particularly well suited to an overnight or multi-night Big Bear trip because artists are intentionally given time to explore the valley\, choose landscapes\, return to locations\, and continue developing their work. A Chalet offers cabins in Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City that can serve as a base between painting sessions\, gallery visits\, and other fall activities.  \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Big Bear art trip. \nPlein Air Art Competition 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nBig Bear Plein Air Art Competition & Festival of Artist Events\n\n\nOrganizer\nVisit Big Bear\n\n\nCompetition year\n2026 — 3rd annual event\n\n\nCreate period\nSeptember 12-October 10\, 2026\n\n\nArtist registration\nOnline registration required before arrival\n\n\nMaximum artists\n75 participants\n\n\nSubstrate stamping\nBig Bear Lake Visitor Center\n\n\nVisitor Center\n40824 Big Bear Boulevard\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nVisitor Center hours\nDaily\, 9:00 AM-5:00 PM\n\n\nCompetition Gallery\nDestination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake\n\n\nMain gallery period\nOctober 14-18\, 2026\n\n\nAwards ceremony\nOctober 18\, 2026 at 10:00 AM\n\n\nMain awards\n1st: $2\,000; 2nd: $1\,500; 3rd: $500\n\n\nPublic gallery access\nPublic invited; artwork available for purchase\n\n\nParking\nNo single competition-wide parking plan is published; follow instructions and posted rules at each location\n\n\nOfficial website\nVisit Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition\n\n\n\nVisit Big Bear confirms the September 12-October 10 creation period and lists every day in that period as part of the recurring competition calendar.  \nWhat Is the Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition?\nThe Plein Air Art Competition invites artists to create landscapes outdoors in the Big Bear Valley\, working directly from the scenery rather than solely from photographs or studio references. \nWhat distinguishes the Big Bear format is its extended creation period. Artists do not have to arrive on one morning and complete their work under a short time limit. Visit Big Bear gives participants from September 12 through October 10 to explore\, select a location\, paint\, and potentially return to Big Bear to continue their work.  \nThat format encourages artists to experience the valley during early fall\, when the character of the landscape can change with light\, weather\, and seasonal conditions. Participants choose their own Big Bear landscape subject rather than being assigned one specific painting location for the main competition. \nFor 2026\, Visit Big Bear has expanded the program with a Festival of Artist Events. Registration in the main competition includes access to the highlighted festival activities\, and artists may choose to participate in one or several. The competition is limited to a maximum of 75 artist participants.  \nWhen Is the Plein Air Art Competition 2026?\nThe competition is not a single-day event. Instead\, it unfolds across several phases. \nSeptember 12-October 10: Create\nArtists may visit Big Bear at any point during this period to create their competition work. Before arriving\, participants are instructed to complete online registration. \nAfter reaching Big Bear\, artists must stop at the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center\, 40824 Big Bear Boulevard\, to have their painting substrates stamped. Visit Big Bear says artists can have as many substrates stamped as they wish. Completed competition artwork is then returned to the Visitor Center for storage before the gallery opens.  \nOctober 14-18: Competition Gallery\nVisit Big Bear’s dedicated competition page identifies the main gallery and awards period as October 14-18. The event calendar separately shows the Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition Gallery running during this same mid-October period at 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake.  \nThe public is invited to view the competition artwork\, and Visit Big Bear states that artwork at the galleries will be available for purchase.  \nOctober 18: Awards Ceremony\nThe awards ceremony is scheduled for Sunday\, October 18 at 10:00 AM at the Destination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.  \nWhat Special Artist Events Are Part of the 2026 Festival?\nThe expanded 2026 Festival of Artist Events adds several opportunities beyond the main competition. \nArtist’s Best Work en Plein Air Gallery — September 18-19\nThis gallery gives participating artists another chance to exhibit and sell plein air work. Visit Big Bear lists a $500 Best of Show award for this portion of the festival.  \nThe Village Paint-Out — September 19\nA dedicated Paint-Out is scheduled in The Village Big Bear Lake on September 19. This provides a more concentrated event within the broader month-long competition period.  \nMoonridge Corridor Paint-Out — October 3\nAnother Paint-Out takes place in the Moonridge Corridor on October 3\, followed by a gallery on October 4. Visit Big Bear lists a separate $500 Best of Show award for this event.  \nMain Competition Gallery and Awards — October 14-18\nThe main competition concludes with the complete collection of submitted works and the awards ceremony. The principal prizes currently published are: \n\nFirst Place: $2\,000\nSecond Place: $1\,500\nThird Place: $500\n\nVisit Big Bear lists John Budicin\, Diane Moore\, and Lisa Mozzini-McDill as distinguished judges associated with the 2026 competition.  \nHow Do Artists Register and Submit Their Work?\nArtists should begin at the official Visit Big Bear Plein Air Competition page and complete the linked registration before traveling to Big Bear. \nThe currently published process is: \n\nComplete registration online before arriving.\nVisit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center during operating hours.\nHave the painting substrates you may use stamped.\nExplore Big Bear and create the work during the September 12-October 10 competition period.\nReturn the completed competition painting to the Visitor Center.\nSubmitted artwork is stored until the Competition Gallery opens.\n\nVisit Big Bear states that the 2026 competition has a maximum of 75 participating artists and allows one submission per artist for the galleries.  \nThe public page reviewed for this guide does not display a clearly stated universal competition registration price in its main event information. Artists should check the live registration form for the current fee and full participation terms rather than relying on a prior year’s price. \nWhere Are the Visitor Center and Competition Gallery?\nBig Bear Lake Visitor Center\n40824 Big Bear Boulevard\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nThe Visitor Center is currently listed as open daily from 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM and is the location where artists get substrates stamped and return completed competition paintings.  \nDestination Big Bear Event Room\n713 Stocker Rd.\nBig Bear Lake\, CA \nThis is the published location for the Competition Gallery\, the October 18 awards ceremony\, and the public pop-up galleries associated with the festival.  \nNo single parking plan covering every competition location is published. Artists and gallery visitors should follow event instructions and posted parking regulations at the Visitor Center\, The Village\, Moonridge\, and the Destination Big Bear Event Room. \nCan Non-Artists Attend the Plein Air Events?\nYes. The competition is not only for participating painters. \nVisit Big Bear specifically invites art enthusiasts\, collectors\, and members of the community to attend the pop-up galleries and view the complete collection of 2026 competition artwork. Artwork will also be available for purchase.  \nThat makes the October gallery period a good option for visitors who enjoy art but do not plan to enter the competition themselves. \nA public admission charge for the galleries is not stated on the current competition page. Visitors should check the individual gallery listing closer to their chosen date if admission\, opening hours\, or purchasing procedures are important to their plans. \nWhat Should Artists Bring?\nVisit Big Bear does not publish one universal equipment list because plein air painters work with different media and setups. Participants should therefore prepare according to their own painting method and the outdoor mountain environment. \nA practical artist packing list may include: \n\nYour preferred paints\, brushes\, and painting tools\nMultiple eligible substrates to have stamped at the Visitor Center\nPortable easel or pochade setup\nWater or appropriate painting medium\nSun protection\nWeather-appropriate layers\nWater and snacks\nProtective equipment for transporting wet artwork\nAny personal medications or necessities\n\nBecause artists choose their own locations around Big Bear\, conditions can vary significantly between lakefront areas\, forested locations\, The Village\, and higher-elevation viewpoints. Check the forecast and current access conditions before setting up outdoors. \nHow to Make a Weekend of the Plein Air Art Competition\nDay 1: Arrive\, Register\, and Scout Locations\nComplete online registration before leaving home. After arriving in Big Bear\, check into your cabin and visit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center between 9:00 AM and 5:00 PM to get your substrates stamped. \nInstead of immediately committing to the first landscape you see\, use part of the afternoon to explore Big Bear Valley and observe how light falls across different areas. \nDay 2: Paint en Plein Air\nStart early enough to work during the light conditions you want to capture. Because the competition gives artists nearly a month to create\, there is no need to treat the trip like a speed-painting contest unless you’re participating in a specific Paint-Out. \nReturning to a cabin between sessions can be useful for organizing supplies\, resting\, eating\, and preparing for another painting period. \nCheck A Chalet cabins for your Plein Air Competition dates. \nReturn for the Gallery or Awards\nArtists do not have to treat the September-October creation period and October gallery as a single continuous stay. Visit Big Bear explicitly allows artists to visit once or return to Big Bear to continue their work.  \nYou might therefore plan one trip for painting and another for the Competition Gallery and October 18 awards ceremony. \nWhere to Stay for the Plein Air Art Competition\nBecause the competition spans the Big Bear Valley and important event locations are in Big Bear Lake\, staying in Big Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear City makes practical sense. \nA Chalet currently offers cabins in both destinations\, with properties ranging from smaller two-bedroom stays to larger three- and four-bedroom rentals. Current examples shown in A Chalet’s collection include Heavenly Bay Retreat and Jaybird Cabin with two bedrooms\, Conklin Canopy with three bedrooms\, and Boulder Landing and Rustic Ridge with four bedrooms.  \nFor an artist traveling alone or with a partner\, a smaller cabin can provide a straightforward base between painting sessions. Friends participating together may prefer additional bedrooms and common space for organizing the trip. \nIf you need particular features for an art-focused stay—such as parking capacity\, a kitchen\, laundry facilities\, pet permission\, or additional indoor space—verify them on the current individual property listing before booking. Amenities differ by cabin and should not be assumed. \nA multi-night stay may be especially useful for this competition because participants are encouraged to explore the landscape rather than paint against a single-day deadline. \nBrowse current A Chalet Big Bear cabin availability. \nTips for Booking an Art Competition Weekend Cabin\nChoose your competition phase first. A September painting trip\, October 3 Moonridge Paint-Out weekend\, and October 14-18 gallery trip have different schedules. \nComplete artist registration before traveling. Visit Big Bear specifically instructs participants to register online before arriving. \nAllow time for the Visitor Center. Substrates need to be stamped\, and current Visitor Center hours are 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM. \nConsider more than one night. One of the main advantages of this competition is the ability to explore different Big Bear landscapes and work without a short painting deadline. \nMatch the cabin to your group. Solo artists and couples may prefer smaller accommodations\, while several artists traveling together can compare multi-bedroom rentals. \nVerify amenities directly. Parking\, kitchens\, pet policies\, and other property features vary across A Chalet’s inventory. \nRecheck event details before your trip. Gallery hours\, registration availability\, and individual festival-event instructions can change. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Is the Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition 2026?\nArtists can create competition work from September 12 through October 10\, 2026. The main gallery period follows in mid-October\, with the awards ceremony scheduled for October 18 at 10:00 AM.  \nWhere Is the Plein Air Art Competition?\nPainting can take place across the Big Bear Valley. Substrate stamping and artwork drop-off are handled through the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center at 40824 Big Bear Boulevard\, while the main Competition Gallery is held at 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake.  \nDo Artists Need to Register?\nYes. Visit Big Bear directs artists to complete online registration before arriving. The 2026 competition is limited to a maximum of 75 artist participants.  \nWhat Are the 2026 Plein Air Competition Prizes?\nThe main competition awards are currently listed as $2\,000 for first place\, $1\,500 for second place\, and $500 for third place. Separate $500 Best of Show prizes are also listed for certain festival galleries.  \nCan the Public Visit the Galleries?\nYes. Visit Big Bear invites the public\, art enthusiasts\, and collectors to attend the galleries. Artwork is expected to be available for purchase.  \nWhen Is the Awards Ceremony?\nThe awards ceremony is scheduled for October 18\, 2026 at 10:00 AM at the Destination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.  \nWhere Should I Stay for the Plein Air Art Competition?\nBig Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear City is practical because the competition is centered throughout the Big Bear Valley and key administrative and gallery locations are in Big Bear Lake. A Chalet offers cabins of several sizes in the Big Bear area. Browse current A Chalet availability. \nPlan Your Plein Air Art Competition 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nThe Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition 2026 gives painters something many competitions do not: time. From September 12 through October 10\, registered artists can explore Big Bear\, choose their landscape\, paint\, return to refine their work\, and participate in an expanded schedule of festival events.  \nThe 2026 festival includes the Artist’s Best Work gallery on September 18-19\, The Village Paint-Out on September 19\, the Moonridge Paint-Out on October 3\, the Moonridge gallery on October 4\, and the main Competition Gallery and awards activities in mid-October. The awards ceremony is set for October 18 at 10:00 AM.  \nArtists should register online before arriving\, visit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center to have substrates stamped\, and verify the latest competition instructions before beginning their work. \nFor a trip built around several painting sessions—or a separate return visit for the gallery and awards—an overnight cabin gives you a comfortable base in the Big Bear Valley instead of forcing the creative process into a single day. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Big Bear stay around the Plein Air Art Competition 2026.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/plein-air-art-competition-10/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260920T000000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260920T000000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215626Z
CREATED:20261016T215626Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215626Z
UID:13988-1789862400-1789862400@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours
DESCRIPTION:Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026: Dates\, Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 offer approximately 90-minute narrated sightseeing cruises on Big Bear Lake from Pine Knot Marina. The published 2026 season runs from August 19 through November 1\, with daytime departures at 12:00 PM\, 2:00 PM\, and 4:00 PM. A 6:00 PM Twilight Cruise is listed for Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday evenings. Tours are weather permitting and require a minimum number of passengers to operate.  \nThe cruise combines lake views with narration covering Big Bear history dating back to 1845\, folklore\, local stories\, and possible celebrity sightings. Pine Knot Marina recommends advance reservations and asks guests to arrive 15 to 30 minutes before departure.  \nFor visitors coming from outside the mountains\, the cruise is easy to turn into a one- or two-night Big Bear trip. A Chalet offers vacation cabins in Big Bear Lake\, Big Bear City\, and other nearby mountain communities\, giving couples\, families\, and groups a place to relax before or after a day on the lake.  \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Miss Liberty cruise weekend. \nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours\n\n\n2026 season\nAugust 19-November 1\, 2026\n\n\nTour length\nApproximately 90 minutes\n\n\nDaytime departures\n12:00 PM\, 2:00 PM\, and 4:00 PM\n\n\nTwilight Cruise\n6:00 PM Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday\n\n\nVenue\nPine Knot Marina\n\n\nAddress\n439 Pine Knot Ave\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nAdult daytime ticket\n$32 for ages 13 and older\, Wednesday-Friday\n\n\nChild daytime ticket\n$21 for ages 4-14\, Wednesday-Friday\n\n\nSenior / military daytime ticket\n$26\, Wednesday-Friday\n\n\nTwilight adult ticket\n$36 for ages 13 and older\n\n\nTwilight child ticket\n$26 for ages 4-14\n\n\nParking\nAvailable at Pine Knot Marina\n\n\nRecommended arrival\n15-30 minutes before departure\n\n\nOfficial tour website\nPine Knot Marina Miss Liberty Tours\n\n\n\nThe 2026 schedule and ticket information above are currently published by Visit Big Bear. Pine Knot Marina notes that schedules and pricing can change\, so travelers should verify the details shown during booking for their specific cruise date.  \nWhat Is the Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour?\nMiss Liberty is a narrated sightseeing boat operating from Pine Knot Marina on Big Bear Lake. Instead of renting a boat and navigating the lake yourself\, you can board for a guided cruise while learning more about the history and character of Big Bear Valley. \nThe approximately 90-minute narration covers highlights of Big Bear history dating to 1845\, along with folklore\, interesting facts\, and local stories. This makes the cruise especially appealing for first-time visitors who want to understand more about the destination while enjoying views from the water.  \nPine Knot Marina identifies Miss Liberty as a 64-foot Skipperliner 1500LX built in 1994 and refurbished in 2006. The operator currently lists a shaded upper deck\, enclosed and heated main salon\, modern restrooms\, small-group seating areas\, and capacity for 80 passengers.  \nThe vessel also has a galley where passengers can purchase light snacks and beverages. The current operator information mentions soft drinks as well as beer\, wine\, and champagne. Available items can change\, so do not plan a meal around the onboard selection without checking first.  \nMiss Liberty can work well for couples\, families\, multigenerational groups\, and visitors looking for an activity that does not require operating their own watercraft. The combination of an outdoor upper deck and enclosed salon also provides flexibility when mountain temperatures change. \nWhen and Where Are Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours in 2026?\nThe published Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 season runs from August 19 through November 1\, 2026.  \nThe current daytime schedule lists departures at: \n\n12:00 PM\n2:00 PM\n4:00 PM\n\nFriday\, Saturday\, and Sunday also have a published 6:00 PM Twilight Cruise.  \nAll cruises depart from: \nPine Knot Marina\n439 Pine Knot Ave\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nPine Knot Marina describes its location as the point “where the Village meets the lake\,” which makes the cruise easy to combine with time around Big Bear Lake’s Village area.  \nThe marina asks guests to arrive approximately 15 to 30 minutes before departure. Give yourself additional time if you’re driving into Big Bear on the same day\, since parking\, mountain traffic\, weather\, or road conditions can affect your arrival.  \nWhat Can Visitors Expect on Miss Liberty?\nThe Miss Liberty experience is primarily a scenic and educational cruise rather than a high-speed boating activity. Once onboard\, passengers can settle in and enjoy approximately an hour and a half on Big Bear Lake while listening to the narrated tour. \nHistory is a central part of the experience. The narration highlights Big Bear’s past beginning in the mid-19th century while mixing in folklore and other stories connected to the valley.  \nThe shaded upper deck provides an open-air vantage point\, while the heated enclosed salon offers another place to sit when conditions are cooler. This can be particularly useful later in the 2026 season\, when an evening on the lake may feel noticeably colder than an afternoon in town.  \nPine Knot Marina states that Miss Liberty is handicapped accessible. Travelers with particular mobility needs should still contact the operator before booking to ask about boarding\, seating\, restroom access\, and any assistance they may require.  \nThe boat is also available for private parties\, corporate groups\, and other group arrangements. Travelers interested in a private use of the vessel should contact Pine Knot Marina for current rates\, capacity requirements\, and available amenities rather than relying on standard tour ticket pricing.  \nHow Much Are Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour Tickets?\nThe current 2026 event listing publishes the following prices:  \n\n\n\nTicket\nPublished Price\nSchedule\n\n\n\n\nAdult\, age 13+\n$32\nWednesday-Friday daytime\n\n\nChild\, ages 4-14\n$21\nWednesday-Friday daytime\n\n\nSenior 65+ / Military\n$26\nWednesday-Friday daytime\n\n\nTwilight Cruise adult\, age 13+\n$36\nFriday-Sunday\n\n\nTwilight Cruise child\, ages 4-14\n$26\nFriday-Sunday\n\n\n\nThose are the currently published 2026 rates rather than guaranteed future prices. Pine Knot Marina specifically states that its schedules and pricing are subject to change\, so confirm the amount shown during the reservation process.  \nTickets\, Parking\, and Transportation\nDo You Need to Reserve Miss Liberty Tickets in Advance?\nPine Knot Marina says reservations are suggested and should be made early. Booking ahead is particularly useful if you want a specific departure time or a weekend Twilight Cruise.  \nThe operator also notes that all tours are weather permitting. In addition\, the published 2026 event information states that a minimum number of guests is required for the boat to tour the lake. Check any communication from the marina before traveling\, especially if weather conditions are uncertain.  \nWhere Do You Park for Miss Liberty?\nThe 2026 event listing states that parking is available at Pine Knot Marina.  \nArriving early is still important\, especially during busy weekends. The marina is close to The Village\, so the surrounding area can see additional pedestrian and vehicle activity during popular travel periods. \nHow Early Should You Arrive?\nPlan to arrive 15 to 30 minutes before your departure time. This gives you time to park\, locate the correct boarding area\, check in\, and be ready before the vessel departs.  \nIf you’re driving up the mountain on the day of your cruise\, leave considerably more than a 15-minute buffer. Traffic\, road work\, weather\, and mountain driving conditions can all affect travel time. \nWhat Should You Bring on a Miss Liberty Cruise?\nYou do not need much equipment for a 90-minute sightseeing cruise\, but these items can make the outing more comfortable: \n\nLayers: Big Bear Lake can feel cooler on the water than conditions onshore.\nA jacket: Particularly useful for the 6:00 PM Twilight Cruise or late-season departures.\nSun protection: Bring sunscreen\, sunglasses\, and a hat for daytime tours.\nYour reservation information: Keep your booking confirmation accessible.\nA charged phone or camera: Expect plenty of lake and mountain views.\nPersonal accessibility necessities: Contact Pine Knot Marina before your trip if you need assistance boarding.\n\nThe vessel has a shaded upper deck and an enclosed heated salon\, but passengers should still check the day’s forecast and dress appropriately.  \nHow to Make a Weekend of Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours\nArrival Day: Check In and Explore Big Bear\nArrive in Big Bear Lake the afternoon or evening before your cruise if your schedule allows. Checking into your cabin before tour day eliminates the need to coordinate a mountain drive with a fixed boat departure. \nOnce settled\, spend some time around The Village or enjoy a relaxed dinner. Pine Knot Marina’s location close to The Village makes it straightforward to combine shopping\, dining\, and the waterfront within the same portion of your trip.  \nCruise Day: See Big Bear Lake From the Water\nFor a daytime tour\, have a relaxed morning and head to the marina early enough to be there 15 to 30 minutes before departure. \nAfter your approximately 90-minute cruise\, keep the remainder of the day flexible. You could spend additional time near the lake or return to the cabin for a slower afternoon. \nFor a Friday\, Saturday\, or Sunday Twilight Cruise\, leave your late afternoon relatively open. The current Twilight departure is at 6:00 PM\, so you do not want another activity running late and forcing you to rush to the marina.  \nOnce the boat returns\, having an overnight cabin means you can enjoy the rest of your evening in Big Bear rather than immediately starting a drive down the mountain. \nCheck A Chalet cabin availability for your Miss Liberty weekend. \nDeparture Day: Enjoy More of the Lake\nUse the following morning for another Big Bear experience before heading home. Pine Knot Marina currently offers additional boating and water activities beyond Miss Liberty\, including seasonal rentals and recreation. Verify what’s operating on your travel date before adding another lake activity.  \nA slower departure morning also gives your group time to eat\, pack\, and leave the mountains without turning the entire weekend into a tight driving schedule. \nWhere to Stay for Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours\nBecause Miss Liberty departs from Big Bear Lake\, accommodations in Big Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear communities are the logical choices for most visitors. Staying in Lake Arrowhead solely for a Miss Liberty trip would add unnecessary mountain travel. \nA Chalet currently offers vacation rentals across Big Bear Lake\, Big Bear City\, and Lake Arrowhead\, with a mix of smaller and larger properties. For this particular cruise\, focus your search on the Big Bear inventory.  \nA couple can consider a smaller one- or two-bedroom cabin for a simple lake weekend. Families often benefit from two or three bedrooms and a shared living area\, while groups traveling together can compare larger properties that keep everyone under one roof. \nA Chalet’s current collection includes examples ranging from the one-bedroom Bear Den to two-bedroom properties such as Heavenly Bay Retreat and Jaybird Cabin\, three-bedroom options such as Conklin Canopy\, and four-bedroom properties including Boulder Landing and Rustic Ridge. Bedroom and bathroom counts should always be rechecked on the live listing before booking.  \nIf cooking at the cabin is important to your trip\, confirm that the particular property you choose currently lists a kitchen. The same rule applies to hot tubs\, pet-friendly policies\, parking\, air conditioning\, and other amenities: different A Chalet properties have different features. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your 2026 Big Bear Lake cruise dates. \nTips for Booking an Event Weekend Cabin\nReserve your cruise first. Knowing whether you have a noon\, afternoon\, or Twilight departure makes it easier to choose check-in and checkout dates. \nStay in the Big Bear area. The tour leaves from Pine Knot Marina in Big Bear Lake\, so prioritize Big Bear Lake and nearby Big Bear communities. \nChoose the correct cabin size. A couple does not necessarily need a large group property\, while families and friends may appreciate additional bedrooms and gathering space. \nVerify current property details. Check guest capacity\, bedrooms\, parking\, amenities\, house rules\, and cancellation terms on the current listing. \nConsider arriving the day before. This removes much of the risk associated with combining mountain traffic and a fixed cruise departure. \nConsider staying after a Twilight Cruise. An extra night allows you to relax after the evening cruise rather than immediately making a nighttime drive home. \nKeep weather flexibility in mind. Miss Liberty cruises are weather permitting\, so avoid building a trip where every other reservation depends on the boat operating exactly as planned.  \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen are Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours in 2026?\nThe published season runs from August 19 through November 1\, 2026. Daytime cruises are listed at 12:00 PM\, 2:00 PM\, and 4:00 PM\, with 6:00 PM Twilight Cruises on Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday.  \nWhere is the Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour?\nMiss Liberty departs from Pine Knot Marina\, 439 Pine Knot Ave\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315.  \nDo You Need Tickets for Miss Liberty?\nYes. The cruise is a ticketed attraction\, and Pine Knot Marina recommends making reservations early. Published 2026 prices vary by passenger category and cruise type.  \nIs Miss Liberty Good for Children?\nThe sightseeing format can work well for families\, and the published 2026 ticket structure includes a child category for ages 4-14. Families traveling with younger children should confirm current ticket and boarding requirements directly with Pine Knot Marina.  \nWhere Do You Park for the Miss Liberty Tour?\nParking is currently listed as available at Pine Knot Marina. Arrive 15 to 30 minutes before the cruise to give yourself time to park and board.  \nWhat Should I Bring on the Cruise?\nBring layers\, a jacket for cooler departures\, sun protection for daytime cruises\, your reservation details\, and a phone or camera. Check the forecast because conditions can feel cooler on the water. \nWhere Should I Stay for Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours?\nBig Bear Lake and nearby Big Bear communities are the most practical lodging areas. A Chalet offers cabins for couples\, families\, and groups across the Big Bear area. Browse current A Chalet availability for your Miss Liberty cruise dates. \nPlan Your Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 offer an easy way to experience Big Bear Lake from the water while learning about the valley’s history\, folklore\, and local stories. The 2026 season is currently scheduled through November 1\, with approximately 90-minute daytime tours and weekend Twilight Cruises.  \nStart by choosing your cruise and confirming the current schedule with Pine Knot Marina. Arrive 15 to 30 minutes early\, check the weather before traveling\, and keep enough flexibility in your itinerary for changing lake or mountain conditions. \nFor visitors coming from outside Big Bear\, an overnight stay makes it easier to enjoy the cruise without planning the entire day around driving. Arrive early\, spend some time in The Village\, cruise the lake\, return to your cabin afterward\, and enjoy another morning in the mountains before heading home. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and reserve a Big Bear stay that fits your 2026 Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour plans.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/miss-liberty-paddlewheel-tours-32/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260920T083000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260920T172500
DTSTAMP:20261016T215619Z
CREATED:20261016T215619Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215619Z
UID:13990-1789893000-1789925100@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Trolley To Trails
DESCRIPTION:Trolley to Trails 2026: Schedule\, Trail Stops\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nTrolley to Trails 2026 is a free seasonal Mountain Transit route around Big Bear Lake that connects riders with popular hiking and recreation stops without requiring them to drive to every trailhead. The route operates on Saturdays\, Sundays\, and holiday Fridays\, with current Visit Big Bear information showing service from 8:30 AM to 5:25 PM. The 2026 season runs through October 3\, 2026. \nAs of September 10\, the remaining published dates are September 12\, 13\, 19\, 20\, 26\, 27\, and October 3. Riders can begin at the Village-Knickerbocker stop at 630 Knickerbocker Road\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\, where parking is available at the public lot. \nThe route serves multiple outdoor stops\, including Towne Trail\, Stanfield Marsh Boardwalk\, Woodland Trail\, Nature Discovery Trail\, Cougar Crest Trail\, Grays Peak Trail\, Castle Rock Trail\, and Pine Knot Trail. You do not need to hike to enjoy the route; Visit Big Bear also promotes it as a free scenic ride around Big Bear Lake. \nFor visitors planning more than one trail or a full weekend outdoors\, staying locally can make the route more useful. A Chalet currently offers vacation rentals in Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City\, so travelers can ride the trolley during the day and return to a cabin afterward instead of building a same-day mountain drive around the schedule. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Trolley to Trails weekend. \nTrolley to Trails 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nService\nTrolley to Trails\n\n\nOperator\nMountain Transit\n\n\nCost\nFree\n\n\nOperating days\nSaturdays\, Sundays\, and holiday Fridays\n\n\n2026 season\nMay 2-October 3\, 2026\n\n\nDaily service window\n8:30 AM-5:25 PM\n\n\nRemaining dates\nSeptember 12\, 13\, 19\, 20\, 26\, 27\, and October 3\n\n\nPrimary boarding point\nVillage-Knickerbocker Road\n\n\nAddress\n630 Knickerbocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nParking\nKnickerbocker Public Parking Lot\n\n\nAccessibility\nMountain Transit states that all of its vehicles are wheelchair accessible\n\n\nBikes\nMountain Transit vehicles are equipped with bike racks\n\n\nService animals\nWelcome aboard Mountain Transit vehicles\n\n\nPhone\n909-878-5200\n\n\nOfficial route information\nTrolley to Trails at Visit Big Bear\n\n\n\nMountain Transit’s own accessibility information confirms that its vehicles are wheelchair accessible\, equipped with bike racks\, and allow service animals. Big Bear fixed-route transportation is fare-free. \nWhat Is Trolley to Trails?\nTrolley to Trails is a seasonal Big Bear transportation service created by Mountain Transit in partnership with Visit Big Bear. Its purpose is to connect riders with hiking trails and outdoor recreation locations around Big Bear Lake while reducing the need to find parking at each trailhead. \nThe service is also useful for visitors who simply want to see the lake and mountain scenery. Visit Big Bear specifically notes that non-hikers can ride the trolley for the scenic experience\, so there is no requirement to get off and complete a trail. \nMountain Transit approved the route as a demonstration service through a partnership with Visit Big Bear\, with the partnership supporting fare-free operation. That makes Trolley to Trails different from a paid guided tour: riders use a public-transit-style route with scheduled stops rather than joining a fixed excursion. \nWhen Does Trolley to Trails Run in 2026?\nThe current public schedule lists Trolley to Trails on Saturdays\, Sundays\, and holiday Fridays from the first weekend of May through the first weekend of October. \nAs of September 10\, the remaining 2026 dates published by Visit Big Bear are: \n\nSaturday\, September 12\nSunday\, September 13\nSaturday\, September 19\nSunday\, September 20\nSaturday\, September 26\nSunday\, September 27\nSaturday\, October 3\n\nThe current event page lists October 3\, 2026 as the last scheduled date of the season. \nBecause public transportation schedules can change because of weather\, road conditions\, or operational needs\, check the latest route information before planning a day around the final trolley. \nWhat Is the Trolley to Trails Schedule?\nThe route currently begins at Village-Knickerbocker Road at 8:30 AM and completes its final listed return there at 5:25 PM. The published timetable shows repeated loops throughout the day. \n\n\n\nStop\nFirst Published Stop Time\nFinal Published Stop Time\n\n\n\n\nVillage – Knickerbocker Rd.\n8:30 AM\n5:25 PM return\n\n\nBig 5 – Conklin Rd. & Big Bear Blvd.\n8:32 AM\n4:27 PM\n\n\nTowne Trail – Snow Summit\n8:37 AM\n4:32 PM\n\n\nStater Bros – Big Bear Blvd.\n8:43 AM\n4:38 PM\n\n\nStanfield Marsh Boardwalk\n8:44 AM\n4:39 PM\n\n\nWoodland Trail\n8:47 AM\n4:42 PM\n\n\nNature Discovery Trail\n8:52 AM\n4:47 PM\n\n\nCougar Crest Trail\n8:55 AM\n4:50 PM\n\n\nFawnskin – Fire Station\n9:04 AM\n4:59 PM\n\n\nGrays Peak Trail\n9:07 AM\n5:02 PM\n\n\nCastle Rock Trail\n9:18 AM\n5:13 PM\n\n\nPine Knot Trail\n9:25 AM\n5:20 PM\n\n\n\nThe full published timetable includes several departures at each stop\, generally following the same loop approximately every 95 minutes. Riders should check the current full schedule before choosing a hike so they know when the trolley will return to that trailhead. \nWhich Trails Does Trolley to Trails Serve?\nThe 2026 route reaches a useful cross-section of Big Bear recreation areas rather than serving only one trail. Current stops include: \n\nTowne Trail near Snow Summit\nStanfield Marsh Boardwalk\nWoodland Trail\nNature Discovery Trail\nCougar Crest Trail\nGrays Peak Trail\nCastle Rock Trail\nPine Knot Trail\n\nVisit Big Bear also notes that Grays Peak Trail is now being serviced following its reopening. \nEach trail offers a different experience and level of difficulty. Do not assume that because the trolley serves a trail\, that trail is suitable for every rider. Check current trail distance\, elevation gain\, closures\, weather\, and your group’s abilities separately before getting off. \nWhere Do You Board Trolley to Trails?\nThe primary published pickup and drop-off location is: \nVillage – Knickerbocker Rd.\n630 Knickerbocker Rd.\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nVisit Big Bear lists parking at the Knickerbocker Public Parking Lot. The first trolley departs this stop at 8:30 AM. \nYou can also board at other scheduled stops along the route. If you are staying near one of those stops\, review the timetable before automatically driving to The Village. \nIs Trolley to Trails Really Free?\nYes. Visit Big Bear and Mountain Transit identify Trolley to Trails as a free seasonal service. \nNo event ticket is required simply to ride the trolley. However\, using the trolley does not automatically waive any separate recreation permit\, trail-use requirement\, admission fee\, or reservation that could apply at an individual destination. \nCheck the rules for the specific trail or recreation site you plan to visit rather than assuming the free ride makes every activity along the route free. \nIs Trolley to Trails Accessible?\nMountain Transit states that all of its vehicles are wheelchair accessible. Its vehicles are also equipped with bike racks\, and service animals are welcome on board. \nThat does not mean every trail stop itself is wheelchair accessible. Accessibility can differ significantly between a paved boardwalk\, parking area\, and natural hiking trail. Travelers who need accessible outdoor options should research the specific stop separately before choosing where to exit. \nFor transportation-specific accessibility questions\, Mountain Transit maintains dedicated accessibility information and rider services. \nCan You Bring a Bike?\nMountain Transit says its vehicles are equipped with bike racks. That can make the system useful for riders combining transit with cycling\, but rack capacity may be limited. \nIf transporting a bicycle is essential to your plans\, check Mountain Transit’s current bike-on-bus policies before departure and have a backup plan in case rack space is unavailable. \nWhat Should You Bring for Trolley to Trails?\nYour packing list should be based primarily on the trail you plan to hike\, not just the trolley ride. Useful basics include: \n\nWater appropriate for the length of your outing\nComfortable hiking or walking shoes\nWeather-appropriate layers\nSun protection\nTrail map or navigation information\nSnacks\nAny necessary medications\nA charged phone\nThe current trolley timetable\n\nBefore leaving the trolley\, note the return schedule for your stop. Build in extra time rather than planning to finish a hike only a few minutes before the final pickup. \nHow Should You Plan a Hike Around the Trolley Schedule?\nThe biggest planning mistake would be choosing a trail based only on the outbound trolley time. You also need to know how long the hike normally takes and when the next return trips are scheduled. \nFor example\, if you leave the trolley for a longer hike late in the afternoon\, the remaining service window may not be sufficient. The final published route reaches Pine Knot Trail at 5:20 PM and returns to Village-Knickerbocker at 5:25 PM\, so that final loop is not designed to drop riders off for a new multi-hour hike. \nChoose an earlier departure for longer trails. For shorter walks\, scenic stops\, or boardwalk experiences\, later loops may offer more flexibility. \nAlways consider your actual pace\, trail conditions\, daylight\, and weather rather than relying solely on an estimated hiking time. \nCan You Ride Trolley to Trails Without Hiking?\nYes. Visit Big Bear specifically encourages non-hikers to use the service as a scenic ride around Big Bear Lake. \nThat makes the route useful for mixed-interest groups. One person may want to hike while another prefers a scenic ride or a less demanding stop. \nIt can also be a simple way to see different parts of the lake without repeatedly looking for parking\, although riders should remember that this is scheduled public transportation rather than a narrated sightseeing tour. \nHow to Make a Weekend of Trolley to Trails\nFriday: Arrive and Plan Your Route\nArrive in Big Bear on Friday\, check into your cabin\, and decide which trail or stops you want to visit the next morning. Review the latest trail conditions and save the trolley timetable so you are not making route decisions at the last minute. \nIf your group has different hiking abilities\, choose stops that allow everyone to enjoy the day without forcing the same itinerary. \nSaturday: Ride From The Village to the Trails\nFor maximum flexibility\, consider boarding one of the earlier morning loops. Starting early provides more options for completing a hike and catching a later trolley back. \nYou might choose one main trail for the morning\, return toward town\, and use the remainder of the afternoon for The Village or another Big Bear activity. \nCheck A Chalet cabin availability for your Trolley to Trails weekend. \nSunday: Try a Different Stop\nBecause the service also runs Sundays\, a two-night stay gives you another opportunity to explore without moving your car from trailhead to trailhead. \nKeep Sunday’s plans realistic if you need to check out or drive home later that day. A short outdoor stop may work better than committing to a long hike close to your departure time. \nWhere to Stay for Trolley to Trails\nBecause the route begins in Big Bear Lake and circles recreation sites around Big Bear Lake and Fawnskin\, Big Bear Lake is the most straightforward A Chalet destination for this itinerary. Big Bear City can also work for visitors exploring the broader valley. \nA Chalet currently offers multiple Big Bear lodging sizes. Featured properties include Heavenly Bay Retreat with two bedrooms and two baths\, Jaybird Cabin with two bedrooms and one bath\, Conklin Canopy with three bedrooms and two baths\, and Maverick’s Cabin with two bedrooms and two baths. \nFor larger groups\, A Chalet currently lists Boulder Landing\, Rustic Ridge\, and Elevated Escape with four bedrooms and three baths. Bear Den is currently shown as a one-bedroom option. \nA cabin stay can work particularly well with this route because you can arrive the night before\, leave your main driving plans behind for part of the day\, ride to a trail\, and return to your lodging afterward. \nVerify occupancy limits\, parking\, kitchen facilities\, pet policies\, and other amenities on the current individual listing before booking\, since features vary from cabin to cabin. \nBrowse current A Chalet Big Bear cabin availability. \nTips for Booking a Trolley to Trails Weekend Cabin\nChoose your hiking date first. Only seven published service dates remain after September 10\, with October 3 currently listed as the final day. \nStay Friday night for a Saturday hike. That allows you to use an early trolley without first making a morning drive into Big Bear. \nStudy both outbound and return times. A trail that fits the morning schedule may not fit the last return of the day. \nChoose the trail separately from the transportation. The trolley is free\, but trail difficulty\, access rules\, and current conditions still need independent research. \nConsider Big Bear Lake lodging. It places you in the same city as the Knickerbocker starting point. \nVerify parking at your cabin. Larger groups should check the number of permitted vehicles before booking. \nCheck current weather and closures. Late September and early October conditions can affect both hiking plans and mountain travel. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Does Trolley to Trails Run in 2026?\nTrolley to Trails runs Saturdays\, Sundays\, and holiday Fridays during its seasonal operating period. As of September 10\, remaining dates are September 12\, 13\, 19\, 20\, 26\, 27\, and October 3\, 2026. \nHow Much Does Trolley to Trails Cost?\nThe service is free. It is operated by Mountain Transit in partnership with Visit Big Bear. \nWhere Does Trolley to Trails Start?\nThe primary published starting point is Village-Knickerbocker Road\, 630 Knickerbocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315. Parking is available in the Knickerbocker Public Parking Lot. \nWhich Trails Can You Reach?\nThe current route serves stops including Towne Trail\, Stanfield Marsh Boardwalk\, Woodland Trail\, Nature Discovery Trail\, Cougar Crest Trail\, Grays Peak Trail\, Castle Rock Trail\, and Pine Knot Trail. \nDo You Have to Be a Hiker to Ride?\nNo. Visit Big Bear encourages non-hikers to ride the trolley for the scenic mountain and lake views as well. \nIs the Trolley Wheelchair Accessible?\nMountain Transit states that all of its vehicles are wheelchair accessible. Accessibility of individual trails and recreation stops varies\, so research your intended destination separately. \nWhere Should I Stay for Trolley to Trails?\nBig Bear Lake is the most practical general lodging base because the primary trolley pickup is at Knickerbocker Road in Big Bear Lake. A Chalet offers rentals in Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City for couples\, families\, and larger groups. \nCheck A Chalet availability for your Trolley to Trails dates. \nPlan Your Trolley to Trails 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nTrolley to Trails 2026 makes it easier to explore several Big Bear recreation areas without driving from one trailhead to the next. The free seasonal route runs on Saturdays\, Sundays\, and holiday Fridays\, with service between 8:30 AM and 5:25 PM and seven currently published dates remaining through October 3. \nThe route reaches hiking and recreation stops around Big Bear Lake\, including Woodland Trail\, Cougar Crest\, Grays Peak\, Castle Rock\, Pine Knot Trail\, and Stanfield Marsh. Mountain Transit vehicles are wheelchair accessible and equipped with bike racks\, while non-hikers are also welcome to ride simply for the scenery. \nFor a more relaxed trip\, arrive in Big Bear the night before\, choose an early trolley\, spend the day exploring the trails\, and return to a cabin instead of scheduling the entire outing around a same-day mountain drive. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Big Bear stay around Trolley to Trails 2026. \n\n“`
URL:https://achalet.com/event/trolley-to-trails-9/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260920T110000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260920T140000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215631Z
CREATED:20261016T215631Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215631Z
UID:13991-1789902000-1789912800@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Fashions Through the Decades - Fashion Show Luncheon
DESCRIPTION:Fashions Through the Decades 2026: Date\, Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nFashions Through the Decades 2026 takes place on Sunday\, September 20\, 2026 at Sunnybrook Estate\, 42488 Moonridge Road\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315. The event is presented by the “A” Garden Club of Big Bear Valley and combines a fashion show with a luncheon in the gardens of Sunnybrook Estate. \nThe 2026 theme takes guests through fashions and music from different eras\, creating a nostalgic garden-party atmosphere. Garden party attire and hats are optional rather than required. \nThere is currently a timing discrepancy between published sources. Visit Big Bear lists the Fashion Show Luncheon from 12:30 PM to 4:30 PM\, while the “A” Garden Club’s current official event page lists 11:00 AM to 2:00 PM. Because the Garden Club is the organizer and its page is currently selling tickets\, attendees should use the organizer’s latest confirmation before finalizing arrival plans. \nThe Visit Big Bear listing currently shows general admission at $60 per person\, $55 for members\, and a $560 VIP table for eight. The organizer’s current page confirms that tickets are on sale but does not expose those prices in its public text\, so buyers should verify the amount displayed during purchase. \nFor visitors coming from outside Big Bear\, an overnight stay can turn the luncheon into a relaxed mountain weekend. An A Chalet cabin gives you time to arrive Saturday\, get ready without rushing\, attend Sunday’s fashion show\, and enjoy the rest of Big Bear Lake before heading home. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for the Fashions Through the Decades weekend. \nFashions Through the Decades 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nFashions Through the Decades – Fashion Show Luncheon\n\n\nDate\nSunday\, September 20\, 2026\n\n\nOrganizer\n“A” Garden Club of Big Bear Valley\n\n\nVenue\nSunnybrook Estate\n\n\nAddress\n42488 Moonridge Road\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nCurrent organizer time\n11:00 AM-2:00 PM\n\n\nVisit Big Bear time listing\n12:30 PM-4:30 PM\n\n\nPublished general price\n$60 per person in the Visit Big Bear listing; verify current checkout price\n\n\nPublished member price\n$55 in the Visit Big Bear listing; verify current organizer pricing\n\n\nPublished VIP table\n$560 for eight guests in the Visit Big Bear listing\n\n\nDress suggestion\nGarden party dress and hat are optional\n\n\nParking\nParking is listed as available at Sunnybrook Estate\n\n\nOrganizer ticket page\n“A” Garden Club Events\n\n\nVenue information\nSunnybrook Estate\n\n\n\nWhat Is Fashions Through the Decades?\nFashions Through the Decades is a themed fashion show and luncheon organized by the “A” Garden Club of Big Bear Valley. \nThe 2026 event is designed as a step back through time\, pairing clothing styles with music from different decades. The organizer describes the setting as the gardens of Sunnybrook Estate\, making the event as much about atmosphere and community as it is about the clothing on display. \nThe format follows a tradition of fashion-show fundraising and community events associated with the Garden Club. The organization has previously staged fashion-themed luncheons that drew large crowds\, and its broader mission centers on gardening education\, community beautification\, and nature-focused programs in the Big Bear Valley. \nGuests do not need to be Garden Club members to appreciate the event. It works well for anyone who enjoys fashion history\, garden settings\, luncheon events\, local community gatherings\, or simply an excuse to dress up for a Sunday afternoon in the mountains. \nWhen and Where Is Fashions Through the Decades 2026?\nThe event is scheduled for: \nSunday\, September 20\, 2026 \nat: \nSunnybrook Estate\n42488 Moonridge Road\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nSunnybrook Estate is a purpose-built event venue in Big Bear Lake with indoor and outdoor gathering spaces\, landscaped grounds\, handcrafted woodwork\, and a large event room. \nThe fashion show itself is promoted as taking place in the gardens\, making late-September weather an important part of planning what to wear. \nWhat Time Does the Fashion Show Start?\nThere is a notable schedule conflict that attendees should know about. \nThe current “A” Garden Club of Big Bear Valley event page lists Fashions Through the Decades from 11:00 AM to 2:00 PM. \nVisit Big Bear’s event information\, meanwhile\, lists the luncheon from 12:30 PM to 4:30 PM. \nBecause the Garden Club is the event organizer and is currently directing visitors to purchase tickets through its website\, its latest ticket confirmation should be treated as the best source for your final arrival time. \nDo not plan around the older 12:30 PM start without checking your ticket or contacting the organizer first. \nWhat Can Guests Expect?\nThe central attraction is a fashion presentation themed around changing styles through the decades. \nThe Garden Club says guests will step back in time while enjoying both music and fashions in the Sunnybrook Estate gardens. \nThe Visit Big Bear listing also describes the gathering as a Fashion Show and Tea Luncheon\, so guests can expect the fashion presentation to be paired with a seated or hosted meal experience. \nThe published VIP package further confirms elements such as priority food service and front-row seating\, reinforcing the luncheon-style format. \nNo detailed 2026 runway order\, participating clothing retailers\, model list\, decade-by-decade lineup\, raffle prize list\, or menu has been publicly confirmed in the sources currently available. Attendees should therefore avoid assuming that a particular decade\, brand\, retailer\, or meal item will appear unless the organizer announces it separately. \nHow Much Are Tickets?\nThe current Visit Big Bear listing publishes the following prices: \n\nGeneral admission: $60 per person\nGarden Club members: $55 per person\nVIP table for eight: $560\n\nThe organizer’s current website confirms that 2026 fashion show tickets are now on sale and directs guests to its purchase link or QR code. \nBecause the organizer’s page does not show the same price text in its searchable event description\, it is wise to verify the amount shown at checkout rather than relying exclusively on the tourism listing. \nThe Garden Club also publishes other payment methods for its organization\, including check\, credit card\, and Zelle. For the fashion show\, use the current ticket-purchase instructions associated specifically with the September 20 event. \nWhat Is Included With the VIP Table?\nThe Visit Big Bear event listing describes the $560 VIP table as seating eight guests and including: \n\nFront-row seating\nPriority food service\nTwo bottles of Champagne\nChocolate-dipped strawberries\nEight raffle tickets\n\nFor a group of friends attending together\, the VIP table may be more convenient than coordinating individual seating. \nHowever\, because ticket packages can change\, confirm the current inclusions when purchasing. Do not assume every element remains unchanged if the organizer has updated the ticketing page since the tourism listing was published. \nWhat Should You Wear?\nThe published event description says garden party dress and hats are optional. \nThat gives guests flexibility. You can lean into the event with a dressier garden-party look\, vintage-inspired accessories\, or a statement hat\, but you do not need themed clothing to attend. \nBecause the organizer specifically references the gardens of Sunnybrook Estate\, footwear deserves extra thought. Choose shoes that are comfortable enough for walking across outdoor event surfaces rather than prioritizing appearance alone. \nLate September in Big Bear Lake can also bring significant temperature changes between midday and later afternoon. A light layer\, wrap\, cardigan\, or jacket can be useful even if the day begins warm. \nIs This a Costume Event?\nNo costume requirement is currently published. \nThe “Through the Decades” theme refers to the fashions presented during the show rather than requiring guests to arrive dressed as a particular era. \nIf you enjoy vintage fashion\, adding a decade-inspired accessory could be fun\, but garden party attire is only suggested and is explicitly optional. \nThe safest approach is polished\, comfortable clothing that works for both a luncheon and an outdoor garden setting. \nWho Is the “A” Garden Club of Big Bear Valley?\nThe “A” Garden Club of Big Bear Valley is a local educational and community organization founded in 1991. \nThe club brings together gardeners of different ages and experience levels and provides programs related to gardening\, local plant knowledge\, nature\, community improvement\, workshops\, field trips\, and civic beautification. \nIts history includes community garden work\, environmental projects\, memorial plantings\, educational programming\, and fundraising events such as fashion shows and seasonal markets. \nThe unusual quotation marks around the letter “A” have a practical history: the club explains that the name was chosen in part to secure a first-place alphabetical listing in the membership directory of National Garden Clubs\, Inc. \nToday\, the club continues to host regular meetings as well as special events throughout the year. \nWhat Is Sunnybrook Estate?\nSunnybrook Estate is an event venue at 42488 Moonridge Road in Big Bear Lake. \nThe current Sunnybrook website describes the property as a newly built venue designed specifically for celebrations rather than a repurposed building. Its spaces combine mountain architecture\, landscaped grounds\, handcrafted details\, and indoor-outdoor event areas. \nThe estate’s large Grand Room includes custom woodwork and substantial event capacity\, while the grounds include gardens and outdoor gathering areas. \nFor Fashions Through the Decades\, the gardens are a key part of the setting\, which gives the luncheon a different atmosphere from a standard hotel ballroom fashion show. \nIs Parking Available?\nYes. The event listing states that parking is available at Sunnybrook Estate. \nBecause this is a ticketed luncheon with a set start time\, plan to arrive with enough time to park\, walk to the event space\, check in\, and find your seat. \nThis is especially important given the current discrepancy between published start times. Follow the arrival instructions on your ticket rather than assuming the parking window based on a secondary event calendar. \nIf your group is attending as a VIP table\, coordinating transportation can also reduce the number of separate vehicles arriving at the venue. \nWhat Should You Bring?\nFashions Through the Decades does not require much equipment\, but a few items can make the afternoon easier: \n\nYour ticket or purchase confirmation\nA light layer for mountain weather\nComfortable garden-appropriate footwear\nA hat if you want to embrace the garden-party theme\nSunglasses or sun protection for outdoor portions\nA payment method for any raffles or additional purchases\nA phone or camera\, subject to event photography rules\n\nIf you are part of a VIP table\, confirm whether your group needs one purchaser to check everyone in together. \nIf dietary restrictions matter to you\, contact the organizer before attending because a detailed public 2026 luncheon menu is not currently available. \nHow to Make a Weekend of Fashions Through the Decades\nSaturday: Arrive and Settle Into Big Bear\nCheck into your Big Bear cabin Saturday afternoon rather than making a Sunday morning drive around the luncheon schedule. \nSpend the evening unpacking\, having dinner\, and getting your clothing ready for the next day. If you plan to wear a hat or more formal outfit\, arriving the night before gives you much more flexibility than transporting everything while rushing to an event. \nSunday Morning: Enjoy a Slow Start\nHave breakfast at your cabin and use your ticket confirmation to verify the event’s final arrival time. \nBecause the official Garden Club page currently says 11:00 AM while Visit Big Bear says 12:30 PM\, checking this detail is particularly important. \nSunday: Attend the Fashion Show Luncheon\nHead to Sunnybrook Estate\, park on site\, and enjoy the fashions\, music\, garden setting\, and luncheon. \nIf you are interested in the fashion-history theme\, pay attention not only to the clothing itself but also to how silhouettes\, accessories\, and styling change from era to era. \nAfter the Event: Relax in Big Bear\nInstead of beginning a long drive home immediately after the luncheon\, return to your cabin or spend part of the afternoon exploring Big Bear Lake. \nA slower schedule works especially well for groups who want the fashion show to feel like part of a getaway rather than a single appointment. \nCheck A Chalet availability for September 19–21. \nWhere to Stay for Fashions Through the Decades 2026\nBecause Sunnybrook Estate is in Big Bear Lake\, an A Chalet property in Big Bear Lake is the most practical choice for this event. \nFor a smaller party\, Dream Lake Cabin is currently listed in Big Bear Lake for up to four guests with two bedrooms and one bathroom. Its current A Chalet listing confirms Wi-Fi\, a kitchen\, outdoor grill\, pet-friendly accommodations\, air conditioning\, and suitability for children. \nFor a larger friend or family group\, Conklin Canopy is currently listed in Big Bear Lake with three bedrooms and two bathrooms. Its current property page verifies an in-unit washer and dryer\, parking for up to three vehicles\, barbecue\, and a Big Bear Lake location. \nA cabin can be particularly useful for an event like this because guests have shared space to get ready\, store outfits\, enjoy breakfast together\, and unwind after the luncheon. \nAlways review the live listing before booking to confirm current occupancy\, parking\, amenities\, pet rules\, and house policies. \nBrowse current A Chalet rentals for the Fashions Through the Decades weekend. \nTips for Booking a Fashion Show Weekend Cabin\nArrive Saturday if possible. That eliminates the need to coordinate a mountain drive\, event clothing\, and check-in on Sunday morning. \nChoose Big Bear Lake first. Sunnybrook Estate is in Big Bear Lake\, so a cabin in the same community is the simplest fit. \nThink about getting-ready space. Friend groups may appreciate multiple bedrooms\, mirrors\, bathrooms\, and shared common areas. \nCheck parking limits. Eight guests attending on a VIP table may arrive in several vehicles unless transportation is coordinated. \nConfirm the final event time. The organizer and Visit Big Bear currently publish different schedules. \nKeep Sunday evening flexible. Staying another night allows you to enjoy the luncheon without watching the clock for a long drive home. \nVerify ticket details before purchase. Published prices and VIP inclusions should be checked against the current organizer checkout page. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Is Fashions Through the Decades 2026?\nThe event is on Sunday\, September 20\, 2026 at Sunnybrook Estate in Big Bear Lake. \nWhat Time Does Fashions Through the Decades Start?\nThe organizer’s current event page lists 11:00 AM to 2:00 PM\, while Visit Big Bear lists 12:30 PM to 4:30 PM. Use your ticket confirmation or the organizer’s latest instructions before attending. \nWhere Is the Fashion Show?\nIt takes place at Sunnybrook Estate\, 42488 Moonridge Road\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315. \nHow Much Are Tickets?\nVisit Big Bear currently lists tickets at $60 per person\, $55 for members\, and $560 for a VIP table of eight. Because the organizer is currently selling tickets directly\, verify the live checkout price before purchase. \nDo You Have to Wear a Hat?\nNo. Garden party dress and hats are specifically described as optional. \nIs Parking Available?\nYes. Parking is listed as available at Sunnybrook Estate. \nWhere Should I Stay for Fashions Through the Decades?\nAn A Chalet cabin in Big Bear Lake is the most convenient base for an event at Sunnybrook Estate. Staying overnight gives you time to arrive before the event\, get ready comfortably\, enjoy the luncheon\, and relax afterward without an immediate drive home. \nCheck A Chalet cabins for the September 20 fashion show weekend. \nPlan Your Fashions Through the Decades 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nFashions Through the Decades 2026 brings fashion\, music\, a garden setting\, and a luncheon together at Sunnybrook Estate on Sunday\, September 20. \nThe event is organized by the “A” Garden Club of Big Bear Valley and is built around a nostalgic journey through styles from different eras. Garden-party attire is optional\, tickets are currently on sale\, and parking is available at the venue. \nThe one detail visitors should confirm carefully is the start time: the organizer’s current website lists 11:00 AM-2:00 PM\, while Visit Big Bear lists 12:30 PM-4:30 PM. Your current ticket confirmation should take priority. \nTurning the luncheon into an overnight trip makes the experience much more relaxed. Arrive Saturday\, settle into a Big Bear Lake cabin\, enjoy Sunday without rushing\, and return to your rental afterward instead of immediately heading down the mountain. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Fashions Through the Decades 2026 weekend. \n\n“`
URL:https://achalet.com/event/fashions-through-the-decades-fashion-show-luncheon-2/
LOCATION:Sunnybrook Estate\, 42430 Moonridge Rd\, Big Bear Lake\, CA\, 92315\, United States
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260920T140000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260920T150000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215624Z
CREATED:20261016T215624Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215624Z
UID:13992-1789912800-1789916400@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Mountain Story Time
DESCRIPTION:Mountain Story Time 2026: Dates\, Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nMountain Story Time 2026 is a recurring family program at the Big Bear Discovery Center in Fawnskin featuring stories and hot chocolate in a nature-focused setting. The published schedule runs through December 20\, 2026\, with Story Time held Fridays at 12:00 PM and Sundays at 2:00 PM. The program is described as family-friendly and suitable for all ages. \nThe Big Bear Discovery Center is located at 40971 North Shore Drive/Hwy 38\, Fawnskin\, CA 92333. While visiting\, families can also learn about the surrounding San Bernardino National Forest and explore the Discovery Center’s nature-oriented offerings. The Center’s normal business hours are currently listed as Thursday through Monday\, 9:00 AM to 4:00 PM. \nMountain Story Time works especially well as part of a family weekend rather than as the only reason for a mountain trip. Staying in the Big Bear area gives families time to combine the program with outdoor recreation and a relaxed cabin stay. A Chalet currently offers rentals in both Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City\, including options for smaller families and larger groups. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Big Bear family trip. \nMountain Story Time 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nMountain Story Time\n\n\n2026 schedule\nFridays and Sundays through December 20\, 2026\n\n\nFriday time\n12:00 PM\n\n\nSunday time\n2:00 PM\n\n\nVenue\nBig Bear Discovery Center\n\n\nAddress\n40971 North Shore Drive/Hwy 38\, Fawnskin\, CA 92333\n\n\nAudience\nFamily-friendly; described as suitable for all ages\n\n\nProgram\nStories and hot chocolate\n\n\nAdmission\nNo Mountain Story Time admission price is published on the current event page\n\n\nParking\nAt/serving the Big Bear Discovery Center; follow posted parking directions\n\n\nRecommended arrival\nAbout 10-15 minutes early as a practical planning buffer; no official early-arrival requirement is currently published\n\n\nPhone\n909-382-2790\n\n\nOfficial event information\nMountain Story Time at Visit Big Bear\n\n\n\nOne detail in the source data can be confusing: the event page’s structured header displays a generic 1:30 PM-2:30 PM time\, while the actual event description specifically says Fridays at noon and Sundays at 2:00 PM. The current upcoming-date list also confirms the Friday/Sunday recurrence. For trip planning\, visitors should follow the day-specific schedule and verify their chosen session before leaving. \nWhat Is Mountain Story Time?\nMountain Story Time is a recurring family activity hosted at the Big Bear Discovery Center on the north side of Big Bear Lake. Rather than being a large festival or ticketed performance\, it offers families a simpler activity centered on stories and hot chocolate. \nThe current event description calls the program family-friendly and suitable for all ages. That makes it useful for families seeking an indoor or lower-key activity to balance hiking\, lake recreation\, snow play\, or other more active parts of a Big Bear trip. \nThe setting is part of the appeal. The Big Bear Discovery Center opened in 1998 and provides visitor information\, educational programs\, eco-tours\, special events\, and opportunities to learn more about responsible recreation in the San Bernardino National Forest. \nVisit Big Bear reports that the Discovery Center welcomes more than 190\,000 visitors annually and describes its goal as helping visitors become more knowledgeable and responsible caretakers of the surrounding national forest. \nWhen Is Mountain Story Time in 2026?\nThe published Mountain Story Time schedule continues through Sunday\, December 20\, 2026. \nThe recurring weekly schedule is: \n\nFridays: 12:00 PM\nSundays: 2:00 PM\n\nAs of September 10\, the next sessions listed by Visit Big Bear begin on Friday\, September 11 and Sunday\, September 13\, followed by Friday and Sunday dates through December 20. \nUpcoming dates currently include September 11\, 13\, 18\, 20\, 25\, and 27; October 2\, 4\, 9\, 11\, 16\, 18\, 23\, 25\, and 30; November 1\, 6\, 8\, 13\, 15\, 20\, 22\, 27\, and 29; and December 4\, 6\, 11\, 13\, 18\, and 20. \nBecause this is a recurring program extending into winter\, families should still check the official listing before traveling. Mountain weather\, holidays\, operating changes\, or other circumstances can affect individual dates. \nWhere Is Mountain Story Time?\nMountain Story Time takes place at: \nBig Bear Discovery Center\n40971 North Shore Drive/Hwy 38\nFawnskin\, CA 92333 \nThe Discovery Center is on the north side of Big Bear Lake in Fawnskin. Its current normal business hours are listed as Thursday through Monday from 9:00 AM to 4:00 PM\, which includes both the Friday and Sunday Story Time days. \nFor current venue information\, visitors can call 909-382-2790. The Discovery Center directory also publishes info@mountainsfoundation.org as a contact email. \nWhat Can Families Expect at Mountain Story Time?\nThe format is intentionally straightforward. Families gather at the Discovery Center for stories and hot chocolate in a program designed for all ages. \nUnlike a major festival\, the event listing does not advertise performers\, competitions\, vendors\, or a complicated activity schedule. Families should plan for a relaxed story-time experience rather than expecting an all-day event. \nThe event description also encourages visitors to make more of their Discovery Center stop by enjoying a nature hike and exploring the Center’s nature-themed gift shop. \nThat combination can work well for families with younger children: Story Time provides a scheduled anchor for the day\, while the rest of the visit can remain flexible depending on weather\, energy levels\, and current trail conditions. \nDoes Mountain Story Time Require Tickets?\nThe current Mountain Story Time listing does not publish an admission price or state that advance tickets are required. Visitors should therefore avoid relying on third-party pricing or assuming that another Discovery Center program’s admission rules apply to Story Time. \nIf participation requirements are important to your plans\, call the Big Bear Discovery Center at 909-382-2790 before your visit\, particularly for holiday-weekend or winter sessions. \nThe official event listing can also be checked at Visit Big Bear’s Mountain Story Time page. \nParking and Arrival Tips\nThe event takes place at the Big Bear Discovery Center\, and the listing does not announce a separate off-site event parking or shuttle program. Visitors should use the appropriate parking serving the Center and follow all posted directions when they arrive. \nThere is no official requirement in the current listing to arrive a specific number of minutes early. Still\, arriving roughly 10 to 15 minutes before Story Time is a reasonable planning buffer\, especially for families who need time to park\, get children settled\, or visit the restroom before the program begins. \nRemember that the schedule changes according to the day: Friday sessions are at noon\, while Sunday sessions are at 2:00 PM. \nWhat Should You Bring to Mountain Story Time?\nMountain Story Time does not have a published event-specific packing list. Families therefore do not need specialized equipment simply to attend the storytelling program. \nFor a broader Discovery Center visit\, consider bringing: \n\nWeather-appropriate layers\nComfortable shoes if you plan to walk outdoors\nWater for your family\nAny necessary medications or child-care essentials\nSun protection for daytime outdoor activities\n\nIf you intend to add a nature walk\, check current weather and trail conditions first. A December Story Time visit can require very different preparation from a September visit. \nIs Mountain Story Time Good for Kids?\nYes. The official event description specifically calls Mountain Story Time family-friendly and says it is suitable for all ages. \nNo minimum age is published. That makes the program potentially useful for families traveling with children of different ages or grandparents joining a multigenerational Big Bear trip. \nParents should still consider their own child’s ability to sit through a storytelling activity. “All ages” describes the program’s intended audience; it does not mean every child will have the same attention span or interest. \nWhat Else Can You Do at the Big Bear Discovery Center?\nThe Discovery Center is more than a Story Time venue. It serves as an educational and visitor hub connected to the San Bernardino National Forest and hosts weekly programs\, eco-tours\, outdoor concerts\, theater productions\, and nighttime interpretive programming at different times of year. \nFor Mountain Story Time specifically\, the event listing suggests adding a nature hike and a stop in the nature-themed gift shop. \nFamilies should check what is operating on their actual travel date rather than assuming every Discovery Center program runs alongside Story Time. \nHow to Make a Weekend of Mountain Story Time\nFriday Option: Arrive for Noon Story Time\nIf your family can reach Big Bear before Friday’s noon session\, Mountain Story Time can serve as the first scheduled activity of your trip. Visit the Discovery Center\, enjoy the program\, and keep the afternoon open for an easy outdoor activity if conditions are appropriate. \nAfterward\, check into your cabin and have a relaxed evening rather than packing several major attractions into arrival day. \nSaturday: Enjoy a Full Day in Big Bear\nUse Saturday for the larger activity your family wants to build the trip around. Depending on the season and current conditions\, Big Bear offers lake recreation\, hiking\, mountain activities\, shopping\, and other family attractions. \nReturning to a cabin afterward gives families space to eat together and recharge before another day out. \nCheck A Chalet cabin availability for your Mountain Story Time weekend. \nSunday Option: Story Time Before Heading Home\nFamilies arriving later on Friday can instead make the Sunday 2:00 PM session part of their final day. \nKeep checkout requirements and your drive home in mind when using the Sunday program as a departure-day activity. If your schedule allows another night\, staying through Sunday can remove the need to immediately begin a longer drive after the Discovery Center visit. \nWhere to Stay for Mountain Story Time\nMountain Story Time is held in Fawnskin on the north side of Big Bear Lake. For most visitors\, Big Bear Lake or Big Bear City provides a more geographically relevant lodging base than Lake Arrowhead for this particular event. \nA Chalet currently offers vacation rentals in Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City\, with options ranging from one-bedroom accommodations to larger four-bedroom properties. \nCurrent examples include Bear Den with one bedroom; Heavenly Bay Retreat\, Jaybird Cabin\, Maverick’s Cabin\, and Golden Hour with two bedrooms; Conklin Canopy with three bedrooms; and Boulder Landing\, Rustic Ridge\, and Elevated Escape with four bedrooms. \nFor families\, choose based on the current occupancy limits and features of the individual listing rather than bedroom count alone. For example\, A Chalet’s current Conklin Canopy listing identifies it as a three-bedroom\, two-bathroom Big Bear Lake property sleeping up to eight\, with a game room\, kitchen\, washer and dryer\, and parking for up to three vehicles. \nProperty details and availability can change\, so verify the live listing before booking rather than assuming the same amenities are included at every A Chalet cabin. \nBrowse current A Chalet Big Bear cabins. \nTips for Booking a Mountain Story Time Weekend Cabin\nChoose Friday or Sunday first. Friday Story Time begins at noon\, while Sunday’s session starts at 2:00 PM. \nCheck the event listing before traveling. The program is recurring through December\, so weather\, holidays\, or operating changes may affect individual sessions. \nStay in the Big Bear area. Big Bear Lake or Big Bear City is a practical base for a Fawnskin event. \nMatch the cabin to your family. Check occupancy\, bedroom configuration\, parking rules\, and current amenities before reserving. \nConsider two nights. Story Time itself is a relatively simple family activity\, so it makes more sense when combined with other Big Bear experiences rather than a rushed same-day trip. \nPlan differently by season. September and December can bring very different mountain conditions. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Is Mountain Story Time in 2026?\nMountain Story Time runs on Fridays and Sundays through December 20\, 2026. Friday sessions are listed at 12:00 PM and Sunday sessions at 2:00 PM. \nWhere Is Mountain Story Time?\nThe program is held at the Big Bear Discovery Center\, 40971 North Shore Drive/Hwy 38\, Fawnskin\, CA 92333. \nIs Mountain Story Time Good for Children?\nYes. The event is specifically described as family-friendly and suitable for all ages. No minimum age is currently published. \nDo You Need Tickets for Mountain Story Time?\nThe current official event page does not publish an admission price or state that advance tickets are required. For the latest participation details\, check the event page or call the Discovery Center at 909-382-2790. \nWhat Happens During Mountain Story Time?\nThe program features stories and hot chocolate. The event listing also encourages families to enjoy a nature hike and explore the Discovery Center’s nature-themed gift shop while visiting. \nWhat Time Should We Arrive?\nNo official early-arrival requirement is published. Arriving around 10-15 minutes before the session is a practical buffer for parking and getting children settled. Remember that Friday sessions begin at noon and Sunday sessions at 2:00 PM. \nWhere Should Families Stay for Mountain Story Time?\nBig Bear Lake or Big Bear City provides a practical base for visiting the Discovery Center in Fawnskin. A Chalet currently offers one-\, two-\, three-\, and four-bedroom options across its Big Bear collection\, depending on current availability. \nCheck A Chalet availability for your family trip. \nPlan Your Mountain Story Time 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nMountain Story Time 2026 is an easy addition to a family trip to Big Bear: stories\, hot chocolate\, and a visit to the Big Bear Discovery Center in Fawnskin. The current schedule runs through December 20\, with Friday sessions at noon and Sunday sessions at 2:00 PM. \nFamilies can pair Story Time with a visit to the Discovery Center\, an appropriate nature walk\, and other seasonal Big Bear activities. Because the program continues from late summer into December\, check the latest event information and mountain conditions before each visit. \nTurning the outing into an overnight stay also gives families more flexibility. Instead of driving to the mountains solely for Story Time\, you can check into a Big Bear cabin\, enjoy a full weekend together\, and use the Discovery Center program as one relaxed part of the itinerary. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Big Bear family stay around Mountain Story Time 2026.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/mountain-story-time-22/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260921T000000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260921T000000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215622Z
CREATED:20261016T215622Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215622Z
UID:13439-1789948800-1789948800@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Plein Air Art Competition
DESCRIPTION:Plein Air Art Competition 2026: Dates\, Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nThe Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition 2026 is Visit Big Bear’s third annual plein air competition and a month-long celebration of outdoor painting across the Big Bear Valley. Artists can create their competition work between September 12 and October 10\, 2026\, with gallery events beginning in September and the main Competition Gallery and awards scheduled for October. \nRegistered artists first complete online registration\, then visit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center at 40824 Big Bear Boulevard to have their painting substrates stamped. The Visitor Center is currently listed as open daily from 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM. Artists may have multiple substrates stamped\, but the competition information says there is one submission per artist for galleries.  \nThe main submitted works will be displayed at the Destination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake. Visit Big Bear lists the principal competition awards as $2\,000 for first place\, $1\,500 for second place\, and $500 for third place. The awards ceremony is scheduled for October 18 at 10:00 AM.  \nThis event is particularly well suited to an overnight or multi-night Big Bear trip because artists are intentionally given time to explore the valley\, choose landscapes\, return to locations\, and continue developing their work. A Chalet offers cabins in Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City that can serve as a base between painting sessions\, gallery visits\, and other fall activities.  \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Big Bear art trip. \nPlein Air Art Competition 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nBig Bear Plein Air Art Competition & Festival of Artist Events\n\n\nOrganizer\nVisit Big Bear\n\n\nCompetition year\n2026 — 3rd annual event\n\n\nCreate period\nSeptember 12-October 10\, 2026\n\n\nArtist registration\nOnline registration required before arrival\n\n\nMaximum artists\n75 participants\n\n\nSubstrate stamping\nBig Bear Lake Visitor Center\n\n\nVisitor Center\n40824 Big Bear Boulevard\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nVisitor Center hours\nDaily\, 9:00 AM-5:00 PM\n\n\nCompetition Gallery\nDestination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake\n\n\nMain gallery period\nOctober 14-18\, 2026\n\n\nAwards ceremony\nOctober 18\, 2026 at 10:00 AM\n\n\nMain awards\n1st: $2\,000; 2nd: $1\,500; 3rd: $500\n\n\nPublic gallery access\nPublic invited; artwork available for purchase\n\n\nParking\nNo single competition-wide parking plan is published; follow instructions and posted rules at each location\n\n\nOfficial website\nVisit Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition\n\n\n\nVisit Big Bear confirms the September 12-October 10 creation period and lists every day in that period as part of the recurring competition calendar.  \nWhat Is the Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition?\nThe Plein Air Art Competition invites artists to create landscapes outdoors in the Big Bear Valley\, working directly from the scenery rather than solely from photographs or studio references. \nWhat distinguishes the Big Bear format is its extended creation period. Artists do not have to arrive on one morning and complete their work under a short time limit. Visit Big Bear gives participants from September 12 through October 10 to explore\, select a location\, paint\, and potentially return to Big Bear to continue their work.  \nThat format encourages artists to experience the valley during early fall\, when the character of the landscape can change with light\, weather\, and seasonal conditions. Participants choose their own Big Bear landscape subject rather than being assigned one specific painting location for the main competition. \nFor 2026\, Visit Big Bear has expanded the program with a Festival of Artist Events. Registration in the main competition includes access to the highlighted festival activities\, and artists may choose to participate in one or several. The competition is limited to a maximum of 75 artist participants.  \nWhen Is the Plein Air Art Competition 2026?\nThe competition is not a single-day event. Instead\, it unfolds across several phases. \nSeptember 12-October 10: Create\nArtists may visit Big Bear at any point during this period to create their competition work. Before arriving\, participants are instructed to complete online registration. \nAfter reaching Big Bear\, artists must stop at the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center\, 40824 Big Bear Boulevard\, to have their painting substrates stamped. Visit Big Bear says artists can have as many substrates stamped as they wish. Completed competition artwork is then returned to the Visitor Center for storage before the gallery opens.  \nOctober 14-18: Competition Gallery\nVisit Big Bear’s dedicated competition page identifies the main gallery and awards period as October 14-18. The event calendar separately shows the Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition Gallery running during this same mid-October period at 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake.  \nThe public is invited to view the competition artwork\, and Visit Big Bear states that artwork at the galleries will be available for purchase.  \nOctober 18: Awards Ceremony\nThe awards ceremony is scheduled for Sunday\, October 18 at 10:00 AM at the Destination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.  \nWhat Special Artist Events Are Part of the 2026 Festival?\nThe expanded 2026 Festival of Artist Events adds several opportunities beyond the main competition. \nArtist’s Best Work en Plein Air Gallery — September 18-19\nThis gallery gives participating artists another chance to exhibit and sell plein air work. Visit Big Bear lists a $500 Best of Show award for this portion of the festival.  \nThe Village Paint-Out — September 19\nA dedicated Paint-Out is scheduled in The Village Big Bear Lake on September 19. This provides a more concentrated event within the broader month-long competition period.  \nMoonridge Corridor Paint-Out — October 3\nAnother Paint-Out takes place in the Moonridge Corridor on October 3\, followed by a gallery on October 4. Visit Big Bear lists a separate $500 Best of Show award for this event.  \nMain Competition Gallery and Awards — October 14-18\nThe main competition concludes with the complete collection of submitted works and the awards ceremony. The principal prizes currently published are: \n\nFirst Place: $2\,000\nSecond Place: $1\,500\nThird Place: $500\n\nVisit Big Bear lists John Budicin\, Diane Moore\, and Lisa Mozzini-McDill as distinguished judges associated with the 2026 competition.  \nHow Do Artists Register and Submit Their Work?\nArtists should begin at the official Visit Big Bear Plein Air Competition page and complete the linked registration before traveling to Big Bear. \nThe currently published process is: \n\nComplete registration online before arriving.\nVisit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center during operating hours.\nHave the painting substrates you may use stamped.\nExplore Big Bear and create the work during the September 12-October 10 competition period.\nReturn the completed competition painting to the Visitor Center.\nSubmitted artwork is stored until the Competition Gallery opens.\n\nVisit Big Bear states that the 2026 competition has a maximum of 75 participating artists and allows one submission per artist for the galleries.  \nThe public page reviewed for this guide does not display a clearly stated universal competition registration price in its main event information. Artists should check the live registration form for the current fee and full participation terms rather than relying on a prior year’s price. \nWhere Are the Visitor Center and Competition Gallery?\nBig Bear Lake Visitor Center\n40824 Big Bear Boulevard\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nThe Visitor Center is currently listed as open daily from 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM and is the location where artists get substrates stamped and return completed competition paintings.  \nDestination Big Bear Event Room\n713 Stocker Rd.\nBig Bear Lake\, CA \nThis is the published location for the Competition Gallery\, the October 18 awards ceremony\, and the public pop-up galleries associated with the festival.  \nNo single parking plan covering every competition location is published. Artists and gallery visitors should follow event instructions and posted parking regulations at the Visitor Center\, The Village\, Moonridge\, and the Destination Big Bear Event Room. \nCan Non-Artists Attend the Plein Air Events?\nYes. The competition is not only for participating painters. \nVisit Big Bear specifically invites art enthusiasts\, collectors\, and members of the community to attend the pop-up galleries and view the complete collection of 2026 competition artwork. Artwork will also be available for purchase.  \nThat makes the October gallery period a good option for visitors who enjoy art but do not plan to enter the competition themselves. \nA public admission charge for the galleries is not stated on the current competition page. Visitors should check the individual gallery listing closer to their chosen date if admission\, opening hours\, or purchasing procedures are important to their plans. \nWhat Should Artists Bring?\nVisit Big Bear does not publish one universal equipment list because plein air painters work with different media and setups. Participants should therefore prepare according to their own painting method and the outdoor mountain environment. \nA practical artist packing list may include: \n\nYour preferred paints\, brushes\, and painting tools\nMultiple eligible substrates to have stamped at the Visitor Center\nPortable easel or pochade setup\nWater or appropriate painting medium\nSun protection\nWeather-appropriate layers\nWater and snacks\nProtective equipment for transporting wet artwork\nAny personal medications or necessities\n\nBecause artists choose their own locations around Big Bear\, conditions can vary significantly between lakefront areas\, forested locations\, The Village\, and higher-elevation viewpoints. Check the forecast and current access conditions before setting up outdoors. \nHow to Make a Weekend of the Plein Air Art Competition\nDay 1: Arrive\, Register\, and Scout Locations\nComplete online registration before leaving home. After arriving in Big Bear\, check into your cabin and visit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center between 9:00 AM and 5:00 PM to get your substrates stamped. \nInstead of immediately committing to the first landscape you see\, use part of the afternoon to explore Big Bear Valley and observe how light falls across different areas. \nDay 2: Paint en Plein Air\nStart early enough to work during the light conditions you want to capture. Because the competition gives artists nearly a month to create\, there is no need to treat the trip like a speed-painting contest unless you’re participating in a specific Paint-Out. \nReturning to a cabin between sessions can be useful for organizing supplies\, resting\, eating\, and preparing for another painting period. \nCheck A Chalet cabins for your Plein Air Competition dates. \nReturn for the Gallery or Awards\nArtists do not have to treat the September-October creation period and October gallery as a single continuous stay. Visit Big Bear explicitly allows artists to visit once or return to Big Bear to continue their work.  \nYou might therefore plan one trip for painting and another for the Competition Gallery and October 18 awards ceremony. \nWhere to Stay for the Plein Air Art Competition\nBecause the competition spans the Big Bear Valley and important event locations are in Big Bear Lake\, staying in Big Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear City makes practical sense. \nA Chalet currently offers cabins in both destinations\, with properties ranging from smaller two-bedroom stays to larger three- and four-bedroom rentals. Current examples shown in A Chalet’s collection include Heavenly Bay Retreat and Jaybird Cabin with two bedrooms\, Conklin Canopy with three bedrooms\, and Boulder Landing and Rustic Ridge with four bedrooms.  \nFor an artist traveling alone or with a partner\, a smaller cabin can provide a straightforward base between painting sessions. Friends participating together may prefer additional bedrooms and common space for organizing the trip. \nIf you need particular features for an art-focused stay—such as parking capacity\, a kitchen\, laundry facilities\, pet permission\, or additional indoor space—verify them on the current individual property listing before booking. Amenities differ by cabin and should not be assumed. \nA multi-night stay may be especially useful for this competition because participants are encouraged to explore the landscape rather than paint against a single-day deadline. \nBrowse current A Chalet Big Bear cabin availability. \nTips for Booking an Art Competition Weekend Cabin\nChoose your competition phase first. A September painting trip\, October 3 Moonridge Paint-Out weekend\, and October 14-18 gallery trip have different schedules. \nComplete artist registration before traveling. Visit Big Bear specifically instructs participants to register online before arriving. \nAllow time for the Visitor Center. Substrates need to be stamped\, and current Visitor Center hours are 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM. \nConsider more than one night. One of the main advantages of this competition is the ability to explore different Big Bear landscapes and work without a short painting deadline. \nMatch the cabin to your group. Solo artists and couples may prefer smaller accommodations\, while several artists traveling together can compare multi-bedroom rentals. \nVerify amenities directly. Parking\, kitchens\, pet policies\, and other property features vary across A Chalet’s inventory. \nRecheck event details before your trip. Gallery hours\, registration availability\, and individual festival-event instructions can change. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Is the Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition 2026?\nArtists can create competition work from September 12 through October 10\, 2026. The main gallery period follows in mid-October\, with the awards ceremony scheduled for October 18 at 10:00 AM.  \nWhere Is the Plein Air Art Competition?\nPainting can take place across the Big Bear Valley. Substrate stamping and artwork drop-off are handled through the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center at 40824 Big Bear Boulevard\, while the main Competition Gallery is held at 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake.  \nDo Artists Need to Register?\nYes. Visit Big Bear directs artists to complete online registration before arriving. The 2026 competition is limited to a maximum of 75 artist participants.  \nWhat Are the 2026 Plein Air Competition Prizes?\nThe main competition awards are currently listed as $2\,000 for first place\, $1\,500 for second place\, and $500 for third place. Separate $500 Best of Show prizes are also listed for certain festival galleries.  \nCan the Public Visit the Galleries?\nYes. Visit Big Bear invites the public\, art enthusiasts\, and collectors to attend the galleries. Artwork is expected to be available for purchase.  \nWhen Is the Awards Ceremony?\nThe awards ceremony is scheduled for October 18\, 2026 at 10:00 AM at the Destination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.  \nWhere Should I Stay for the Plein Air Art Competition?\nBig Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear City is practical because the competition is centered throughout the Big Bear Valley and key administrative and gallery locations are in Big Bear Lake. A Chalet offers cabins of several sizes in the Big Bear area. Browse current A Chalet availability. \nPlan Your Plein Air Art Competition 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nThe Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition 2026 gives painters something many competitions do not: time. From September 12 through October 10\, registered artists can explore Big Bear\, choose their landscape\, paint\, return to refine their work\, and participate in an expanded schedule of festival events.  \nThe 2026 festival includes the Artist’s Best Work gallery on September 18-19\, The Village Paint-Out on September 19\, the Moonridge Paint-Out on October 3\, the Moonridge gallery on October 4\, and the main Competition Gallery and awards activities in mid-October. The awards ceremony is set for October 18 at 10:00 AM.  \nArtists should register online before arriving\, visit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center to have substrates stamped\, and verify the latest competition instructions before beginning their work. \nFor a trip built around several painting sessions—or a separate return visit for the gallery and awards—an overnight cabin gives you a comfortable base in the Big Bear Valley instead of forcing the creative process into a single day. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Big Bear stay around the Plein Air Art Competition 2026.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/plein-air-art-competition-11/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260921T090000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260921T120000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215629Z
CREATED:20261016T215629Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215629Z
UID:13994-1789981200-1789992000@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Landscape Painting Classes
DESCRIPTION:Landscape Painting Classes 2026: Dates\, Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nLandscape Painting Classes 2026 are Monday morning art sessions at Miller Park in Fawnskin\, on the north side of Big Bear Lake. Classes run from 9:00 AM to 12:00 PM and welcome oil\, acrylic\, and watercolor painters. All skill levels are welcome\, although the published event information notes that some previous painting or art-class experience can be helpful. \nThe 2026 series is scheduled on Mondays through September 28\, 2026. As of September 10\, the remaining published classes are September 14\, September 21\, and September 28. The official event listing identifies Miller Park at 1178 Chickasaw\, Fawnskin\, CA 92333 as the venue and says parking is available at the park. ?cite?turn0search0?turn0search9? \nInstructor Marilyn begins sessions with instruction on painting techniques and follows with a demonstration using a reference photo. The classes also introduce basic plein air painting skills. Participants bring their own painting supplies and may register online or contact Big Bear Valley Recreation & Parks District at 909-866-9700. ?cite?turn0search0? \nFor visitors traveling to the mountains specifically for a class\, staying Sunday night can make the 9:00 AM Monday start more enjoyable. A Chalet offers cabins in Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City\, providing a local base for a creative weekend before the Monday morning session. ?cite?turn1search0? \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for a Big Bear painting getaway. \nLandscape Painting Classes 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nLandscape Painting Classes\n\n\n2026 season\nMondays through September 28\, 2026\n\n\nRemaining published dates\nSeptember 14\, September 21\, and September 28\n\n\nTime\n9:00 AM-12:00 PM\n\n\nVenue\nMiller Park\n\n\nAddress\n1178 Chickasaw\, Fawnskin\, CA 92333\n\n\nInstructor\nMarilyn\n\n\nSkill level\nAll skill levels welcome; some previous painting or art-class experience may be helpful\n\n\nMedia\nOil\, acrylic\, and watercolor\n\n\nClass content\nPainting techniques\, demonstration painting\, and basic plein air painting skills\n\n\nSupplies\nParticipants bring their own painting materials\n\n\nParking\nAvailable at Miller Park\n\n\nOrganizer/contact\nBig Bear Valley Recreation & Parks District\n\n\nPhone\n909-866-9700\n\n\nAdmission\nConfirm current registration fee with the Recreation & Parks District\n\n\nEvent information\nVisit Big Bear Landscape Painting Classes\n\n\n\nWhat Are the Landscape Painting Classes?\nThe Landscape Painting Classes are recurring three-hour art sessions designed to help participants develop landscape-painting techniques in a mountain setting. The classes take place at Miller Park in Fawnskin and are taught by an instructor identified in the event information as Marilyn\, who paints primarily with oils. \nThe format combines instruction with demonstration. Each session begins with a short lesson on painting techniques\, supported by a handout and potentially a presentation or video. Marilyn then demonstrates a painting using a reference photograph and teaches fundamental plein air painting skills. ?cite?turn0search0? \nThe classes are not restricted to oil painters. Oil\, acrylic\, and watercolor painters are welcome\, giving participants flexibility to work in the medium they already know or prefer. ?cite?turn0search0? \nThe event welcomes all skill levels. Complete newcomers should note\, however\, that the organizer says previous painting or art-class experience can be helpful. That makes the sessions particularly appealing to hobby artists who already understand some basic materials but want more guidance with landscapes and plein air techniques. \nWhen and Where Are the Landscape Painting Classes?\nThe 2026 Landscape Painting Classes are scheduled on Mondays from 9:00 AM until 12:00 PM at Miller Park. \nThe published season runs through September 28\, 2026. With September 7 now past\, the remaining classes on the current Visit Big Bear calendar are: \n\nMonday\, September 14\, 2026 — 9:00 AM-12:00 PM\nMonday\, September 21\, 2026 — 9:00 AM-12:00 PM\nMonday\, September 28\, 2026 — 9:00 AM-12:00 PM\n\nVisit Big Bear’s live event calendar confirms the September 14\, September 21\, and September 28 occurrences. ?cite?turn0search9?turn0search11? \nThe venue is: \nMiller Park\n1178 Chickasaw\nFawnskin\, CA 92333 \nSan Bernardino County’s official Miller Park venue page independently confirms the 1178 Chickasaw address and lists Landscape Paint programming at the park. ?cite?turn1search3? \nWhat Can Visitors Expect in a Landscape Painting Class?\nThis is a structured art class rather than simply an informal gathering of painters. The published format includes instruction\, demonstration\, and practical painting work. \nParticipants can expect the session to begin with a short lesson about painting techniques. The instructor may use printed materials\, a presentation\, or video to support the lesson. A demonstration painting based on a reference photograph follows\, allowing students to observe how the instructor approaches the subject. ?cite?turn0search0? \nThe class also introduces basic plein air painting skills. Plein air painting refers to working directly from the outdoor landscape rather than exclusively from photographs or inside a studio. \nThat connection makes Fawnskin a fitting setting for the program. The north shore of Big Bear Lake places participants in a mountain community surrounded by forest\, lake\, and changing seasonal scenery—useful inspiration for anyone interested in landscape art. \nThe exact subject or painting completed during a particular Monday session is not published in advance\, so participants should not assume every class follows an identical project. \nWhat Painting Supplies Should You Bring?\nParticipants are expected to bring their own painting materials. The published supply list is fairly detailed\, so preparing before traveling to Big Bear is important. \n\nA table easel\nAn 8×10\, 9×12\, 11×14\, or 12×16 stretched canvas or board panel\, or 140-pound watercolor paper\nOil\, acrylic\, or watercolor paints\nOdorless solvent such as Gamsol if working in oils\nWarm and cool red\nWarm and cool blue\nWarm and cool yellow\nWhite and black\nA basic set of flat or filbert brushes\, including sizes #2\, #4\, #6\, #8\, and #10\nA palette\nSketching paper or a sketchbook for thumbnail sketches\nA reference photograph of something you would like to paint\nDrawing pencils and an eraser\nGloves and an apron\nPaper towels\n\nThe organizer notes that additional paint colors and brushes are fine if you prefer to use them. Marilyn favors Masterson palettes\, but participants may use their preferred palette. ?cite?turn0search0? \nOil painters should pay particular attention to the solvent instruction: the published materials list specifies odorless solvent. \nDo You Need Painting Experience?\nNo specific minimum skill level is published. The classes welcome all levels of skill. \nHowever\, the organizer adds that some previous painting or art classes would be helpful. That distinction is useful when deciding whether the class fits your experience. \nA first-time painter is not expressly excluded\, but someone who already knows how to handle brushes\, mix basic colors\, and set up their chosen medium may find it easier to focus on the landscape techniques being taught. \nIf you are completely new to painting and unsure whether the class is appropriate\, contact Big Bear Valley Recreation & Parks District at 909-866-9700 before registering. \nRegistration\, Cost\, and Class Information\nThe event information says participants may sign up online or contact Big Bear Valley Recreation & Parks District. ?cite?turn0search0? \nA reliable current class fee is not published on the Visit Big Bear page reviewed for this guide\, so no price is stated here. Contact the Recreation & Parks District for the current registration cost\, availability\, and any cancellation or age policies that apply to your chosen date. \nThis is especially important if you are planning an overnight trip around the class. Confirm your class registration before making the Monday session the centerpiece of your itinerary. \nParking and Getting to Miller Park\nThe official event listing states that parking is available at Miller Park. ?cite?turn0search0? \nMiller Park is located at 1178 Chickasaw in Fawnskin\, on the north side of the Big Bear Valley. San Bernardino County’s venue listing confirms the same address. ?cite?turn1search3? \nBecause class begins at 9:00 AM\, allow enough time to park and carry your supplies to the class area before instruction starts. Painting equipment can take longer to unload and organize than gear for a typical indoor activity. \nCheck mountain road and weather conditions before departure\, particularly if you are traveling into Big Bear on Monday morning. \nWhat Else Should You Bring for a Mountain Painting Morning?\nIn addition to the required art supplies\, a few practical items can make the morning more comfortable: \n\nWater\nWeather-appropriate layers\nSun protection if part of the session is outdoors\nA bag or container that keeps brushes and supplies organized\nProtection for transporting a wet oil or acrylic painting\nA cloth or additional paper towels for cleanup\nYour registration information\n\nBecause the class teaches plein air fundamentals\, prepare for the possibility of spending time in outdoor conditions. Mountain weather can change during a three-hour morning session. \nIf you work in oils\, also think ahead about transporting a wet painting back to your cabin or vehicle without damaging it. \nHow to Make a Creative Weekend of the Landscape Painting Classes\nSaturday: Arrive and Find Inspiration\nTurn the Monday class into a longer Big Bear art getaway by arriving over the weekend. Spend Saturday settling into your cabin and exploring the valley at an unhurried pace. \nIf you are bringing a reference photograph for class\, the weekend can also give you time to think about the type of landscape you want to paint. \nSunday: Explore Big Bear’s Scenery\nUse Sunday for a relaxed scenic day rather than filling every hour with activities. The Big Bear Valley offers lake\, forest\, mountain\, and village environments that can help put you in a creative mindset before Monday’s class. \nSeptember 2026 is also the creation period for Big Bear’s third annual Plein Air Art Competition\, which runs from September 12 through October 10. Artists participating in that separate competition can potentially build a broader art-focused trip around the valley\, although its registration and submission requirements are separate from the Miller Park class. \nReturn to your cabin Sunday evening and organize your easel\, paints\, brushes\, canvas or paper\, reference image\, and other supplies so you are ready to leave Monday morning. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for a creative Big Bear weekend. \nMonday: Paint at Miller Park\nHave breakfast early and head toward Fawnskin with enough time to park and unload your materials before the 9:00 AM class. \nThe session runs until noon. Afterward\, carefully pack your artwork—especially if it is still wet—and consider having lunch or spending additional time around Big Bear before leaving the mountains. \nFor travelers who do not need to return home Monday afternoon\, an additional night can remove the pressure to pack up a cabin\, attend a three-hour painting class\, and immediately begin a long drive on the same day. \nWhere to Stay for Landscape Painting Classes\nThe class itself is in Fawnskin. A Chalet’s current destination collection focuses on Big Bear Lake\, Big Bear City\, and Lake Arrowhead. For a Miller Park class\, Big Bear Lake or Big Bear City are the relevant choices because they keep you within the broader Big Bear Valley. ?cite?turn1search0? \nCouples and solo artists can consider smaller A Chalet properties\, while friends attending together may prefer a two- or three-bedroom cabin with more shared space. \nCurrent A Chalet featured listings include Bear Den with one bedroom and one bath; Heavenly Bay Retreat and Maverick’s Cabin with two bedrooms and two baths; Conklin Canopy with three bedrooms and two baths; and larger four-bedroom options including Boulder Landing\, Rustic Ridge\, and Elevated Escape. ?cite?turn1search0? \nFor example\, Maverick’s Cabin is currently listed in Big Bear City with two bedrooms and two bathrooms. Its current property page lists a refrigerator\, microwave\, washer\, dryer\, Wi-Fi\, and other amenities. ?cite?turn1search4? \nA cabin can be particularly practical for an art weekend because it gives you a place to organize supplies\, prepare breakfast before class\, and relax after several hours of concentrated painting. \nDo not assume every cabin has the same workspace\, parking\, or amenities. Review the live property listing before reserving\, especially if you are bringing bulky art equipment. \nCheck current A Chalet availability for your Landscape Painting Classes trip. \nTips for Booking a Landscape Painting Weekend Cabin\nConfirm your class first. The remaining published dates are September 14\, September 21\, and September 28\, but registration availability should be verified with Big Bear Valley Recreation & Parks District. \nConsider arriving Sunday at the latest. Staying locally avoids combining a mountain drive with unloading art supplies before a 9:00 AM class. \nPack from the official materials list. This is not a class where you should assume paints\, canvases\, brushes\, or easels will be supplied. \nPlan for wet artwork. Bring an appropriate way to transport your finished piece without damaging your vehicle or cabin. \nChoose your cabin based on your group. A solo artist may need very little space\, while several painters traveling together may value separate bedrooms and room to organize supplies. \nVerify property rules before using art materials indoors. Avoid painting\, cleaning brushes\, or using solvents inside a vacation rental unless the property rules clearly permit what you plan to do. Protect the cabin and handle art materials responsibly. \nLeave some unscheduled time. A creative mountain trip works well when you have time to observe the landscape instead of rushing from one activity to another. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Are the Landscape Painting Classes in Big Bear in 2026?\nThe classes are held on Mondays from 9:00 AM to noon through September 28. As of September 10\, the remaining published sessions are September 14\, September 21\, and September 28\, 2026. ?cite?turn0search0?turn0search11? \nWhere Are the Landscape Painting Classes?\nClasses take place at Miller Park\, 1178 Chickasaw\, Fawnskin\, CA 92333. Parking is available at the park. ?cite?turn0search0?turn1search3? \nDo I Need Painting Experience?\nAll skill levels are welcome\, although the organizer says some prior painting or art-class experience may be helpful. \nCan I Use Watercolor or Acrylic Paint?\nYes. The class welcomes oil\, acrylic\, and watercolor painters. Instructor Marilyn works in oils\, but participants do not have to use the same medium. ?cite?turn0search0? \nDo I Need to Bring My Own Art Supplies?\nYes. The published materials list asks participants to bring an easel\, painting surface\, paints\, brushes\, palette\, sketching materials\, reference photograph\, pencils\, eraser\, gloves\, apron\, paper towels\, and other supplies appropriate to their medium. ?cite?turn0search0? \nHow Do I Register?\nThe event information says participants may sign up online or contact Big Bear Valley Recreation & Parks District at 909-866-9700. Confirm the current fee and availability when registering. ?cite?turn0search0? \nWhere Should I Stay for the Landscape Painting Classes?\nBig Bear Lake and Big Bear City are the most relevant A Chalet destinations for a class at Miller Park in Fawnskin. Staying Sunday night gives you a local base before the 9:00 AM Monday session and avoids starting your painting day with a long drive into the mountains. ?cite?turn1search0? \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Big Bear art getaway. \nPlan Your Landscape Painting Classes 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nLandscape Painting Classes Big Bear 2026 offer artists a relaxed Monday morning devoted to technique\, demonstration\, and the fundamentals of plein air painting. The three-hour sessions at Miller Park welcome oil\, acrylic\, and watercolor painters and are suitable for a range of experience levels. \nAs of September 10\, three classes remain on the published calendar: September 14\, September 21\, and September 28\, each from 9:00 AM to noon. Bring your own easel\, painting surface\, paints\, brushes\, palette\, reference photograph\, and other required materials\, and confirm registration with Big Bear Valley Recreation & Parks District before making the trip. ?cite?turn0search0?turn0search11? \nFor visitors coming from outside the mountains\, an overnight stay can turn a Monday art class into a more complete creative escape. Arrive over the weekend\, explore the Big Bear Valley for inspiration\, organize your painting supplies Sunday evening\, and wake up locally for the morning session in Fawnskin. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Landscape Painting Classes 2026 getaway.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/landscape-painting-classes-4/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260922T000000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260922T000000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215622Z
CREATED:20261016T215622Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215622Z
UID:13444-1790035200-1790035200@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Plein Air Art Competition
DESCRIPTION:Plein Air Art Competition 2026: Dates\, Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nThe Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition 2026 is Visit Big Bear’s third annual plein air competition and a month-long celebration of outdoor painting across the Big Bear Valley. Artists can create their competition work between September 12 and October 10\, 2026\, with gallery events beginning in September and the main Competition Gallery and awards scheduled for October. \nRegistered artists first complete online registration\, then visit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center at 40824 Big Bear Boulevard to have their painting substrates stamped. The Visitor Center is currently listed as open daily from 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM. Artists may have multiple substrates stamped\, but the competition information says there is one submission per artist for galleries.  \nThe main submitted works will be displayed at the Destination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake. Visit Big Bear lists the principal competition awards as $2\,000 for first place\, $1\,500 for second place\, and $500 for third place. The awards ceremony is scheduled for October 18 at 10:00 AM.  \nThis event is particularly well suited to an overnight or multi-night Big Bear trip because artists are intentionally given time to explore the valley\, choose landscapes\, return to locations\, and continue developing their work. A Chalet offers cabins in Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City that can serve as a base between painting sessions\, gallery visits\, and other fall activities.  \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Big Bear art trip. \nPlein Air Art Competition 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nBig Bear Plein Air Art Competition & Festival of Artist Events\n\n\nOrganizer\nVisit Big Bear\n\n\nCompetition year\n2026 — 3rd annual event\n\n\nCreate period\nSeptember 12-October 10\, 2026\n\n\nArtist registration\nOnline registration required before arrival\n\n\nMaximum artists\n75 participants\n\n\nSubstrate stamping\nBig Bear Lake Visitor Center\n\n\nVisitor Center\n40824 Big Bear Boulevard\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nVisitor Center hours\nDaily\, 9:00 AM-5:00 PM\n\n\nCompetition Gallery\nDestination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake\n\n\nMain gallery period\nOctober 14-18\, 2026\n\n\nAwards ceremony\nOctober 18\, 2026 at 10:00 AM\n\n\nMain awards\n1st: $2\,000; 2nd: $1\,500; 3rd: $500\n\n\nPublic gallery access\nPublic invited; artwork available for purchase\n\n\nParking\nNo single competition-wide parking plan is published; follow instructions and posted rules at each location\n\n\nOfficial website\nVisit Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition\n\n\n\nVisit Big Bear confirms the September 12-October 10 creation period and lists every day in that period as part of the recurring competition calendar.  \nWhat Is the Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition?\nThe Plein Air Art Competition invites artists to create landscapes outdoors in the Big Bear Valley\, working directly from the scenery rather than solely from photographs or studio references. \nWhat distinguishes the Big Bear format is its extended creation period. Artists do not have to arrive on one morning and complete their work under a short time limit. Visit Big Bear gives participants from September 12 through October 10 to explore\, select a location\, paint\, and potentially return to Big Bear to continue their work.  \nThat format encourages artists to experience the valley during early fall\, when the character of the landscape can change with light\, weather\, and seasonal conditions. Participants choose their own Big Bear landscape subject rather than being assigned one specific painting location for the main competition. \nFor 2026\, Visit Big Bear has expanded the program with a Festival of Artist Events. Registration in the main competition includes access to the highlighted festival activities\, and artists may choose to participate in one or several. The competition is limited to a maximum of 75 artist participants.  \nWhen Is the Plein Air Art Competition 2026?\nThe competition is not a single-day event. Instead\, it unfolds across several phases. \nSeptember 12-October 10: Create\nArtists may visit Big Bear at any point during this period to create their competition work. Before arriving\, participants are instructed to complete online registration. \nAfter reaching Big Bear\, artists must stop at the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center\, 40824 Big Bear Boulevard\, to have their painting substrates stamped. Visit Big Bear says artists can have as many substrates stamped as they wish. Completed competition artwork is then returned to the Visitor Center for storage before the gallery opens.  \nOctober 14-18: Competition Gallery\nVisit Big Bear’s dedicated competition page identifies the main gallery and awards period as October 14-18. The event calendar separately shows the Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition Gallery running during this same mid-October period at 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake.  \nThe public is invited to view the competition artwork\, and Visit Big Bear states that artwork at the galleries will be available for purchase.  \nOctober 18: Awards Ceremony\nThe awards ceremony is scheduled for Sunday\, October 18 at 10:00 AM at the Destination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.  \nWhat Special Artist Events Are Part of the 2026 Festival?\nThe expanded 2026 Festival of Artist Events adds several opportunities beyond the main competition. \nArtist’s Best Work en Plein Air Gallery — September 18-19\nThis gallery gives participating artists another chance to exhibit and sell plein air work. Visit Big Bear lists a $500 Best of Show award for this portion of the festival.  \nThe Village Paint-Out — September 19\nA dedicated Paint-Out is scheduled in The Village Big Bear Lake on September 19. This provides a more concentrated event within the broader month-long competition period.  \nMoonridge Corridor Paint-Out — October 3\nAnother Paint-Out takes place in the Moonridge Corridor on October 3\, followed by a gallery on October 4. Visit Big Bear lists a separate $500 Best of Show award for this event.  \nMain Competition Gallery and Awards — October 14-18\nThe main competition concludes with the complete collection of submitted works and the awards ceremony. The principal prizes currently published are: \n\nFirst Place: $2\,000\nSecond Place: $1\,500\nThird Place: $500\n\nVisit Big Bear lists John Budicin\, Diane Moore\, and Lisa Mozzini-McDill as distinguished judges associated with the 2026 competition.  \nHow Do Artists Register and Submit Their Work?\nArtists should begin at the official Visit Big Bear Plein Air Competition page and complete the linked registration before traveling to Big Bear. \nThe currently published process is: \n\nComplete registration online before arriving.\nVisit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center during operating hours.\nHave the painting substrates you may use stamped.\nExplore Big Bear and create the work during the September 12-October 10 competition period.\nReturn the completed competition painting to the Visitor Center.\nSubmitted artwork is stored until the Competition Gallery opens.\n\nVisit Big Bear states that the 2026 competition has a maximum of 75 participating artists and allows one submission per artist for the galleries.  \nThe public page reviewed for this guide does not display a clearly stated universal competition registration price in its main event information. Artists should check the live registration form for the current fee and full participation terms rather than relying on a prior year’s price. \nWhere Are the Visitor Center and Competition Gallery?\nBig Bear Lake Visitor Center\n40824 Big Bear Boulevard\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nThe Visitor Center is currently listed as open daily from 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM and is the location where artists get substrates stamped and return completed competition paintings.  \nDestination Big Bear Event Room\n713 Stocker Rd.\nBig Bear Lake\, CA \nThis is the published location for the Competition Gallery\, the October 18 awards ceremony\, and the public pop-up galleries associated with the festival.  \nNo single parking plan covering every competition location is published. Artists and gallery visitors should follow event instructions and posted parking regulations at the Visitor Center\, The Village\, Moonridge\, and the Destination Big Bear Event Room. \nCan Non-Artists Attend the Plein Air Events?\nYes. The competition is not only for participating painters. \nVisit Big Bear specifically invites art enthusiasts\, collectors\, and members of the community to attend the pop-up galleries and view the complete collection of 2026 competition artwork. Artwork will also be available for purchase.  \nThat makes the October gallery period a good option for visitors who enjoy art but do not plan to enter the competition themselves. \nA public admission charge for the galleries is not stated on the current competition page. Visitors should check the individual gallery listing closer to their chosen date if admission\, opening hours\, or purchasing procedures are important to their plans. \nWhat Should Artists Bring?\nVisit Big Bear does not publish one universal equipment list because plein air painters work with different media and setups. Participants should therefore prepare according to their own painting method and the outdoor mountain environment. \nA practical artist packing list may include: \n\nYour preferred paints\, brushes\, and painting tools\nMultiple eligible substrates to have stamped at the Visitor Center\nPortable easel or pochade setup\nWater or appropriate painting medium\nSun protection\nWeather-appropriate layers\nWater and snacks\nProtective equipment for transporting wet artwork\nAny personal medications or necessities\n\nBecause artists choose their own locations around Big Bear\, conditions can vary significantly between lakefront areas\, forested locations\, The Village\, and higher-elevation viewpoints. Check the forecast and current access conditions before setting up outdoors. \nHow to Make a Weekend of the Plein Air Art Competition\nDay 1: Arrive\, Register\, and Scout Locations\nComplete online registration before leaving home. After arriving in Big Bear\, check into your cabin and visit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center between 9:00 AM and 5:00 PM to get your substrates stamped. \nInstead of immediately committing to the first landscape you see\, use part of the afternoon to explore Big Bear Valley and observe how light falls across different areas. \nDay 2: Paint en Plein Air\nStart early enough to work during the light conditions you want to capture. Because the competition gives artists nearly a month to create\, there is no need to treat the trip like a speed-painting contest unless you’re participating in a specific Paint-Out. \nReturning to a cabin between sessions can be useful for organizing supplies\, resting\, eating\, and preparing for another painting period. \nCheck A Chalet cabins for your Plein Air Competition dates. \nReturn for the Gallery or Awards\nArtists do not have to treat the September-October creation period and October gallery as a single continuous stay. Visit Big Bear explicitly allows artists to visit once or return to Big Bear to continue their work.  \nYou might therefore plan one trip for painting and another for the Competition Gallery and October 18 awards ceremony. \nWhere to Stay for the Plein Air Art Competition\nBecause the competition spans the Big Bear Valley and important event locations are in Big Bear Lake\, staying in Big Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear City makes practical sense. \nA Chalet currently offers cabins in both destinations\, with properties ranging from smaller two-bedroom stays to larger three- and four-bedroom rentals. Current examples shown in A Chalet’s collection include Heavenly Bay Retreat and Jaybird Cabin with two bedrooms\, Conklin Canopy with three bedrooms\, and Boulder Landing and Rustic Ridge with four bedrooms.  \nFor an artist traveling alone or with a partner\, a smaller cabin can provide a straightforward base between painting sessions. Friends participating together may prefer additional bedrooms and common space for organizing the trip. \nIf you need particular features for an art-focused stay—such as parking capacity\, a kitchen\, laundry facilities\, pet permission\, or additional indoor space—verify them on the current individual property listing before booking. Amenities differ by cabin and should not be assumed. \nA multi-night stay may be especially useful for this competition because participants are encouraged to explore the landscape rather than paint against a single-day deadline. \nBrowse current A Chalet Big Bear cabin availability. \nTips for Booking an Art Competition Weekend Cabin\nChoose your competition phase first. A September painting trip\, October 3 Moonridge Paint-Out weekend\, and October 14-18 gallery trip have different schedules. \nComplete artist registration before traveling. Visit Big Bear specifically instructs participants to register online before arriving. \nAllow time for the Visitor Center. Substrates need to be stamped\, and current Visitor Center hours are 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM. \nConsider more than one night. One of the main advantages of this competition is the ability to explore different Big Bear landscapes and work without a short painting deadline. \nMatch the cabin to your group. Solo artists and couples may prefer smaller accommodations\, while several artists traveling together can compare multi-bedroom rentals. \nVerify amenities directly. Parking\, kitchens\, pet policies\, and other property features vary across A Chalet’s inventory. \nRecheck event details before your trip. Gallery hours\, registration availability\, and individual festival-event instructions can change. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Is the Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition 2026?\nArtists can create competition work from September 12 through October 10\, 2026. The main gallery period follows in mid-October\, with the awards ceremony scheduled for October 18 at 10:00 AM.  \nWhere Is the Plein Air Art Competition?\nPainting can take place across the Big Bear Valley. Substrate stamping and artwork drop-off are handled through the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center at 40824 Big Bear Boulevard\, while the main Competition Gallery is held at 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake.  \nDo Artists Need to Register?\nYes. Visit Big Bear directs artists to complete online registration before arriving. The 2026 competition is limited to a maximum of 75 artist participants.  \nWhat Are the 2026 Plein Air Competition Prizes?\nThe main competition awards are currently listed as $2\,000 for first place\, $1\,500 for second place\, and $500 for third place. Separate $500 Best of Show prizes are also listed for certain festival galleries.  \nCan the Public Visit the Galleries?\nYes. Visit Big Bear invites the public\, art enthusiasts\, and collectors to attend the galleries. Artwork is expected to be available for purchase.  \nWhen Is the Awards Ceremony?\nThe awards ceremony is scheduled for October 18\, 2026 at 10:00 AM at the Destination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.  \nWhere Should I Stay for the Plein Air Art Competition?\nBig Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear City is practical because the competition is centered throughout the Big Bear Valley and key administrative and gallery locations are in Big Bear Lake. A Chalet offers cabins of several sizes in the Big Bear area. Browse current A Chalet availability. \nPlan Your Plein Air Art Competition 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nThe Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition 2026 gives painters something many competitions do not: time. From September 12 through October 10\, registered artists can explore Big Bear\, choose their landscape\, paint\, return to refine their work\, and participate in an expanded schedule of festival events.  \nThe 2026 festival includes the Artist’s Best Work gallery on September 18-19\, The Village Paint-Out on September 19\, the Moonridge Paint-Out on October 3\, the Moonridge gallery on October 4\, and the main Competition Gallery and awards activities in mid-October. The awards ceremony is set for October 18 at 10:00 AM.  \nArtists should register online before arriving\, visit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center to have substrates stamped\, and verify the latest competition instructions before beginning their work. \nFor a trip built around several painting sessions—or a separate return visit for the gallery and awards—an overnight cabin gives you a comfortable base in the Big Bear Valley instead of forcing the creative process into a single day. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Big Bear stay around the Plein Air Art Competition 2026.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/plein-air-art-competition-12/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260922T083000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260922T130000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215632Z
CREATED:20261016T215632Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215632Z
UID:13996-1790065800-1790082000@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Big Bear Farmers Market
DESCRIPTION:Big Bear Farmers Market 2026: Dates\, Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nThe Big Bear Farmers Market 2026 is an outdoor Tuesday market held at the Big Bear Lake Convention Center\, 42900 Big Bear Blvd.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315. The market runs every Tuesday from 8:30 AM to 1:00 PM from April through September. \nCurrent 2026 event listings show the season ending on Tuesday\, September 22. As of September 10\, the remaining scheduled market dates are September 15 and September 22\, 2026. \nVisitors can shop for fresh fruits and vegetables\, flowers\, handmade goods\, arts and crafts\, health products\, collectibles\, prepared food\, and other items from local farmers\, makers\, and small businesses. The organizer also describes the Big Bear market as a community tradition that has been operating for more than 30 years. \nThe market is entirely outdoors and current Visit Big Bear guidance describes it as pet-friendly for leashed pets. Parking is available at the Convention Center\, although Visit Big Bear notes that parking can be limited and recommends considering a trolley or ride service when practical. \nFor travelers spending several days in the mountains\, the farmers market is an easy addition to a cabin stay. A Chalet offers vacation rentals in Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City\, giving guests a kitchen where fresh market produce\, baked goods\, and other finds can become part of breakfast\, lunch\, or dinner back at the cabin. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Big Bear Farmers Market visit. \nBig Bear Farmers Market 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nBig Bear Farmers Market\n\n\nSchedule\nTuesdays\, April through September 2026\n\n\n2026 season end\nTuesday\, September 22\, 2026\n\n\nRemaining dates as of September 10\nSeptember 15 and September 22\n\n\nHours\n8:30 AM-1:00 PM\n\n\nLocation\nBig Bear Lake Convention Center\n\n\nAddress\n42900 Big Bear Blvd.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nFormat\nOutdoor farmers market\n\n\nTypical offerings\nFresh produce\, flowers\, handmade goods\, arts and crafts\, health products\, collectibles\, food\, and small-business products\n\n\nPets\nCurrent Visit Big Bear guidance says leashed pets are welcome at the outdoor market\n\n\nParking\nAvailable at the Big Bear Lake Convention Center; spaces may be limited\n\n\nPhone\n909-585-3000\n\n\nOrganizer website\nHigh Desert Farmers Market\n\n\nOfficial tourism listing\nVisit Big Bear Farmers Market\n\n\n\nWhat Is the Big Bear Farmers Market?\nThe Big Bear Farmers Market is a seasonal outdoor market where farmers\, food vendors\, artists\, makers\, and other small businesses gather at the Big Bear Lake Convention Center on Tuesday mornings. \nThe market is operated by High Desert Farmers Market\, an organization that traces its farmers market operations to 1992. Its stated goal is to create a welcoming community atmosphere while providing access to farm-direct produce and locally made goods. \nIn Big Bear\, the result is a market that blends traditional farmers market shopping with a broader selection of handmade and specialty products. Visitors may come for produce and leave with baked goods\, crafts\, flowers\, food\, or an unexpected find from one of the participating small businesses. \nThat variety makes the market useful for both local residents and travelers. Cabin guests can stock up on fresh ingredients\, while visitors who do not plan to cook can still browse prepared foods\, crafts\, and other market products. \nWhen Is the Big Bear Farmers Market in 2026?\nThe organizer lists the Big Bear Farmers Market every Tuesday from April through September\, from 8:30 AM to 1:00 PM. \nVisit Big Bear’s current 2026 event calendar provides the more specific seasonal endpoint of September 22\, 2026. \nAs of September 10\, the final two scheduled dates are: \n\nTuesday\, September 15\, 2026\nTuesday\, September 22\, 2026\n\nThis is important because the general event description says only “April through September\,” which could make travelers assume the market continues through the final Tuesday of the month. The live Visit Big Bear calendar currently ends the 2026 series on September 22. \nIf you are planning specifically around the final market day\, check the current event page before traveling in case organizers make a late-season change. \nWhere Is the Big Bear Farmers Market?\nThe market takes place at: \nBig Bear Lake Convention Center\n42900 Big Bear Blvd.\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nThe Convention Center is a year-round event venue in the Big Bear Valley and is also home to Wyatt’s Grill and Saloon. \nAlthough the venue is called the Big Bear Lake Convention Center\, the farmers market itself is held outdoors. \nThat means visitors should plan for the day’s actual mountain weather rather than assuming the shopping area will be climate-controlled. \nWhat Can You Buy at the Big Bear Farmers Market?\nThe market offers more than produce. Current organizer and tourism information describes a mix of agricultural products\, food\, crafts\, and specialty merchandise. \nDepending on the vendors attending a particular Tuesday\, visitors may find: \n\nFresh fruits\nFresh vegetables\nFlowers\nFresh coffee\nPrepared food and food-truck offerings\nHandmade goods\nArts and crafts\nHealth-related products\nCollectibles\nLocally made specialty items\nProducts from small businesses and makers\n\nVendor participation and product availability can vary from week to week. Seasonal produce can also change during the course of the market season. \nIf you are visiting for one specific product\, do not assume a particular farmer\, baker\, artisan\, or food vendor will be present unless the organizer confirms it for that date. \nIs This the Same as the Big Bear Lake Farmers Market at Ski Beach?\nNo. Big Bear has two similarly named farmers markets in 2026\, and it is easy to confuse them when planning a trip. \nThe Big Bear Farmers Market covered in this guide takes place: \n\nOn Tuesdays\nAt the Big Bear Lake Convention Center\nFrom 8:30 AM to 1:00 PM\nDuring the April-through-September season\n\nA separate Big Bear Lake Farmers Market operates at Ski Beach Park on Fridays during its own seasonal schedule. \nIf you are building a weekend or midweek itinerary\, double-check the market name\, weekday\, and venue before leaving your cabin. \nIs the Big Bear Farmers Market Pet-Friendly?\nYes. Current Visit Big Bear guidance states that the Bear Valley Farmers Market is entirely outdoors and pet-friendly\, with pets allowed to accompany visitors while on leash. \nThe tourism office also notes that some vendors may offer dog-related treats or products. \nPet owners should still use good market etiquette. Keep your dog leashed and close to you\, give food displays and other shoppers adequate space\, clean up after your pet\, and follow any instructions from vendors or event staff. \nIndividual vendors may also have practical reasons for keeping animals away from a particular display or service area\, so respect requests on site. \nDo You Need Tickets?\nNo ticket requirement or general admission price is currently published for shoppers attending the Big Bear Farmers Market. \nVisitors can plan to browse the market during its normal Tuesday operating hours and pay individual vendors directly for purchases. \nPayment methods may vary by vendor\, so carrying more than one option can be useful. Some sellers may accept cards or digital payments\, while others may prefer cash. \nIf you plan to use a particular benefits program or market incentive\, confirm availability with the organizer before relying on it because program participation can differ by location and season. \nParking and Transportation\nParking is available at the Big Bear Lake Convention Center. \nHowever\, Visit Big Bear specifically notes that parking spaces may be limited and encourages visitors to consider transportation services such as a local trolley or other ride options. \nThat is especially worth considering during busier summer Tuesdays or when several activities are taking place around the Convention Center. \nIf you drive\, arrive with enough flexibility to locate an appropriate space and follow posted signs. Do not park in an undesignated area simply to get closer to the market entrance. \nWhat Time Should You Visit?\nThe market runs from 8:30 AM to 1:00 PM\, and different arrival times suit different priorities. \nArrive closer to opening if your main goal is fresh produce or if you want the broadest possible selection before popular items sell out. \nVisit midmorning if you want a relaxed market stop after breakfast while still leaving plenty of time to browse. \nVisit closer to noon if the market is part of a broader morning itinerary\, but keep in mind that product selection may be different later in the session. \nThe organizer advertises the market as operating rain or shine\, but mountain weather can still affect how comfortable an outdoor visit feels. Check current conditions and dress accordingly. \nWhat Should You Bring?\n\nReusable shopping bags\nA tote\, basket\, or cooler for produce\nCash and a card or other payment option\nComfortable walking shoes\nSun protection\nWater\nA light layer for cooler mountain mornings\nA leash and pet supplies if bringing a dog\nA cooler or insulated bag if buying temperature-sensitive food\n\nIf you plan to spend several hours elsewhere in Big Bear after the market\, avoid leaving perishable food sitting in a hot vehicle. A cooler can make it easier to continue your sightseeing safely before returning to your cabin. \nWhy the Farmers Market Works Well With a Cabin Stay\nA farmers market is particularly useful when you are staying somewhere with a kitchen. \nInstead of treating every meal as a restaurant stop\, visitors can pick up fresh produce\, baked goods\, snacks\, flowers\, or other ingredients and bring them back to the cabin. \nA simple market breakfast or dinner can also become part of the trip itself. Fresh fruit can go with breakfast on the deck\, vegetables can be prepared for dinner\, and local treats can become snacks for the rest of the stay. \nFor families and groups\, that flexibility can make mornings easier and give everyone a break from coordinating restaurant plans for every meal. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins with space for your Big Bear market getaway. \nHow to Make a Midweek Getaway of the Big Bear Farmers Market\nMonday: Arrive in the Mountains\nCheck into your Big Bear cabin Monday afternoon or evening so you are already in the valley when the market opens Tuesday morning. \nHave a relaxed dinner\, review the weather forecast\, and bring reusable bags or a cooler into the cabin so they are ready for the morning. \nTuesday Morning: Shop the Farmers Market\nHead to the Convention Center after the market opens at 8:30 AM. \nBrowse produce first if fresh ingredients are your priority\, then make a second pass for crafts\, coffee\, food vendors\, handmade products\, and other market finds. \nIf you are shopping for dinner ingredients\, think about what your cabin kitchen already provides before buying items that require specialized equipment. \nTuesday Afternoon: Explore Big Bear\nAfter the market closes at 1:00 PM\, return purchases that need refrigeration to your cabin before continuing your day. \nThen choose an activity appropriate for the season and current conditions\, such as time by the lake\, a walk\, a scenic drive\, shopping\, or another local attraction. \nKeeping the afternoon flexible works well because a farmers market visit does not require an all-day commitment. \nTuesday Evening: Cook With Your Market Finds\nOne of the easiest ways to turn the market into part of the travel experience is to use what you bought for dinner. \nKeep the meal simple: fresh vegetables\, fruit\, bread\, prepared market food\, or another combination that fits your group and your rental’s verified kitchen setup. \nA night at the cabin also gives you time to enjoy the items you bought instead of transporting everything directly back down the mountain. \nWednesday: Enjoy a Slower Departure\nIf your schedule allows another night\, use Wednesday morning for breakfast and a final Big Bear activity before checkout. \nMidweek trips can be especially comfortable for visitors who want a quieter rhythm than a festival-heavy weekend itinerary. \nWhere to Stay for the Big Bear Farmers Market\nThe market is at the Big Bear Lake Convention Center on Big Bear Boulevard\, so Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City are both practical A Chalet destinations. \nOne current Big Bear City option is Maverick’s Cabin\, a two-bedroom\, two-bathroom property. Its current A Chalet listing verifies a refrigerator\, microwave\, washer and dryer\, Wi-Fi\, fireplaces\, hot tub\, barbecue\, and pet-friendly accommodations. \nFor visitors who want to stay in Big Bear Lake itself\, Conklin Canopy is currently listed with three bedrooms and two bathrooms and sleeps up to eight guests. Its verified amenities include a fully equipped kitchen\, washer and dryer\, game room\, Wi-Fi\, barbecue\, secure deck\, and parking for up to three vehicles. \nA kitchen is especially useful for this event because it allows guests to actually use fresh produce or other food purchased at the market rather than treating it only as a sightseeing stop. \nFor larger or smaller parties\, A Chalet’s current collection also includes one-\, two-\, three-\, and four-bedroom options across the Big Bear area. \nAlways review the current individual property page before booking to confirm occupancy\, amenities\, parking\, pet rules\, and availability. \nCheck current A Chalet availability for your Tuesday market trip. \nTips for Booking a Farmers Market Getaway\nStay Monday night. That makes the 8:30 AM Tuesday opening easy without requiring an early mountain drive. \nChoose a cabin with a verified kitchen if you plan to cook. Market produce is much more useful when your lodging setup matches your meal plans. \nBring a cooler. It helps protect food if you want to explore after shopping instead of immediately returning to your rental. \nCheck the final market date. The current 2026 calendar ends on September 22\, even though the organizer’s broader description says April through September. \nDo not confuse the Tuesday and Friday markets. The Tuesday Big Bear Farmers Market is at the Convention Center; the separate Friday Big Bear Lake Farmers Market is at Ski Beach Park. \nReview pet rules for both the market and your cabin. The market permits leashed pets according to current tourism guidance\, but individual vacation rentals have their own policies. \nLeave your itinerary flexible. The farmers market only occupies the morning\, so it pairs well with another Big Bear activity later in the day. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Is the Big Bear Farmers Market 2026?\nThe market runs Tuesdays from April through September 2026\, from 8:30 AM to 1:00 PM. The current Visit Big Bear calendar lists September 22 as the final market date of the 2026 season. \nWhat Are the Remaining September 2026 Dates?\nAs of September 10\, the remaining scheduled dates are Tuesday\, September 15 and Tuesday\, September 22\, 2026. \nWhere Is the Big Bear Farmers Market?\nIt is held outdoors at the Big Bear Lake Convention Center\, 42900 Big Bear Blvd.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315. \nWhat Can You Buy There?\nVisitors can browse fresh fruits and vegetables\, flowers\, handmade items\, arts and crafts\, health products\, collectibles\, coffee\, prepared food\, and other goods. The exact vendor mix changes by market day. \nIs the Big Bear Farmers Market Pet-Friendly?\nYes. Current Visit Big Bear information says the outdoor market is pet-friendly for leashed pets. \nIs Parking Available?\nYes. Parking is available at the Big Bear Lake Convention Center\, although Visit Big Bear notes that spaces can be limited and suggests considering local transportation services when appropriate. \nWhere Should I Stay for the Big Bear Farmers Market?\nAn A Chalet cabin in Big Bear Lake or Big Bear City is a practical choice. A cabin with a kitchen is especially useful if you plan to buy produce or other ingredients and prepare meals during your stay. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Big Bear Farmers Market getaway. \nPlan Your Big Bear Farmers Market 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nThe Big Bear Farmers Market 2026 offers a relaxed way to experience the Big Bear Valley beyond its trails\, lake\, and major attractions. Every Tuesday morning during the season\, visitors can browse fresh produce\, flowers\, handmade goods\, food\, crafts\, and small-business products at the Big Bear Lake Convention Center. \nThe market runs from 8:30 AM to 1:00 PM\, with the current 2026 calendar ending on September 22. For September travelers\, that means the remaining scheduled opportunities are September 15 and September 22. \nBecause it is an outdoor\, pet-friendly market with food and handmade goods\, it works equally well as a quick morning stop or the centerpiece of a relaxed midweek visit. Staying overnight makes it even more useful: arrive Monday\, shop Tuesday morning\, bring your market finds back to the cabin\, and spend the rest of the day exploring the mountains. \nA Chalet offers Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City vacation rentals for couples\, families\, and groups\, including properties with verified kitchen facilities that can make fresh market ingredients part of the getaway. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Big Bear Farmers Market 2026 stay. \n\n“`
URL:https://achalet.com/event/big-bear-farmers-market-14/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260922T130000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260922T160000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215630Z
CREATED:20261016T215630Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215630Z
UID:13997-1790082000-1790092800@achalet.com
SUMMARY:High Alti-Tuesdays - Live Music and Specials
DESCRIPTION:High Alti-Tuesdays 2026: Dates\, Live Music\, Barrel 33 Specials\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nHigh Alti-Tuesdays 2026 is a recurring Tuesday live-music event at Barrel 33\, 40754 Village Dr.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315. The recurring program features Brad from SilverMoon playing laid-back music and crowd favorites while guests enjoy Barrel 33’s food\, wine\, beer\, cider\, and Tuesday specials. \nBarrel 33’s current official website promotes High Alti-Tuesday live music from 1:00 PM to 4:00 PM. Visit Big Bear also lists the recurring event from 1:00 PM to 4:00 PM and currently shows Tuesday dates extending through the fall and winter season. \nThere is one schedule detail worth checking before you go: Visit Big Bear’s separate September live-music calendar lists Brad at 1:30 PM to 3:30 PM on several September Tuesdays\, while the dedicated High Alti-Tuesdays page and Barrel 33’s own recurring-event information use 1:00 PM to 4:00 PM. If hearing the entire set matters to you\, call Barrel 33 at 909-878-0838 before heading over. \nThe dedicated event listing also promotes a $20 pretzel and draft beer special. Because restaurant promotions can change\, confirm the special when ordering. \nFor travelers spending a few weekdays in the mountains\, High Alti-Tuesdays can be an easy addition to a Big Bear getaway. Stay in an A Chalet cabin\, spend the morning outdoors or exploring The Village\, catch the afternoon music at Barrel 33\, then return to your cabin for a relaxed evening. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for a midweek Big Bear getaway. \nHigh Alti-Tuesdays 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nHigh Alti-Tuesdays – Live Music and Specials\n\n\nDay\nEvery Tuesday on currently scheduled event dates\n\n\nPublished recurring time\n1:00 PM-4:00 PM\n\n\nPerformer\nBrad from SilverMoon\n\n\nVenue\nBarrel 33\n\n\nAddress\n40754 Village Dr.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nCurrent Tuesday special\n$20 pretzel + draft beer special\, as promoted on the dedicated event listing\n\n\nVenue type\nWine\, beer\, cider\, food\, retail\, and live-music venue\n\n\nAdmission\nNo separate live-music admission charge is currently published\n\n\nParking\nUse available parking in and around The Village and follow current posted restrictions\n\n\nPhone\n909-878-0838\n\n\nOfficial venue\nBarrel 33 Big Bear\n\n\nEvent information\nVisit Big Bear High Alti-Tuesdays\n\n\n\nWhat Is High Alti-Tuesdays?\nHigh Alti-Tuesdays is Barrel 33’s recurring Tuesday afternoon live-music event in The Village at Big Bear Lake. \nThe concept is intentionally relaxed. Instead of a ticketed evening concert\, visitors can stop into Barrel 33 during the afternoon\, listen to live music\, order food or drinks\, and spend a few hours unwinding in the center of The Village. \nBrad from SilverMoon is the featured performer associated with the recurring Tuesday program. The event description characterizes the music as laid-back tunes and familiar\, good-time favorites\, fitting Barrel 33’s casual mountain atmosphere. \nThat makes High Alti-Tuesdays useful for visitors looking for something to do between daytime recreation and dinner. It can work as an après-ski stop in winter\, an afternoon break after hiking or shopping in warmer weather\, or simply the main activity on a slower midweek day. \nWhen Is High Alti-Tuesdays 2026?\nHigh Alti-Tuesdays takes place on Tuesdays\, with Barrel 33’s current website advertising the recurring live-music program from 1:00 PM to 4:00 PM. \nVisit Big Bear’s dedicated event page currently lists the series across the 2026-27 season\, with upcoming dates including: \n\nSeptember 15\, 2026\nSeptember 22\, 2026\nSeptember 29\, 2026\nOctober 6\, 2026\nOctober 13\, 2026\nOctober 20\, 2026\nOctober 27\, 2026\nNovember 3\, 2026\nNovember 10\, 2026\nNovember 17\, 2026\nNovember 24\, 2026\n\nThe recurring calendar continues beyond November\, so travelers visiting later in the winter should check the current event page rather than assuming the series has ended. \nThe structured export supplied for this event shifts the start date by a day\, but Tuesdays are the operative event days. For example\, September 15\, 2026 is a Tuesday. \nWhat Time Does the Live Music Start?\nThe dedicated High Alti-Tuesdays information says 1:00 PM to 4:00 PM. Barrel 33’s own current homepage also promotes “High alti-Tuesday” live music from 1:00 PM to 4:00 PM. \nHowever\, Visit Big Bear’s separate September live-music schedule lists Brad from 1:30 PM to 3:30 PM on September 15\, September 22\, and September 29\, as well as October 6. \nThat means travelers should distinguish between the broader High Alti-Tuesday event window and the performer time published on the date-specific music calendar. \nIf you are simply stopping in for food\, drinks\, and atmosphere\, arriving during the broader afternoon window is reasonable. If Brad’s live set is the primary reason for your visit\, call 909-878-0838 to confirm the performance time for your specific Tuesday. \nWhat Can Visitors Expect at High Alti-Tuesdays?\nThe main draw is live music paired with Barrel 33’s regular food and beverage experience. \nVisitors can expect: \n\nLive Tuesday music featuring Brad from SilverMoon\nWine\, beer\, and cider options\nFood and shareable plates\nTuesday menu promotions\nThe currently promoted $20 pretzel and draft beer special\nA casual afternoon atmosphere in The Village\n\nBarrel 33 describes itself as a wine\, beer\, and eatery destination with rotating wine and draft selections\, food designed for sharing\, and recurring live music and community events. \nThe exact songs\, menu specials\, draft selection\, and food availability can change. Treat the event as a recurring experience rather than a fixed concert program with an identical set list and menu every week. \nWho Is Brad from SilverMoon?\nThe High Alti-Tuesdays listings identify the recurring performer as Brad from SilverMoon. \nCurrent event descriptions emphasize laid-back songs and crowd-friendly favorites rather than publishing a specific genre or set list. \nBrad also appears repeatedly on Barrel 33’s broader live-music calendar\, making him a regular part of the venue’s entertainment schedule. \nNo detailed official artist biography is currently published alongside the recurring event\, so visitors should avoid assuming a particular lineup\, genre mix\, or SilverMoon band configuration beyond the information Barrel 33 provides for the individual date. \nWhat Is the $20 Pretzel and Draft Beer Special?\nThe dedicated High Alti-Tuesdays event listing promotes a $20 Pretzel + Draft Beer Special. \nIt is one of the food-and-beverage offers designed to accompany the Tuesday live-music program. \nBecause restaurant menus\, beer selections\, serving sizes\, and promotions can change\, confirm the current offer with Barrel 33 when you order. The published promotion should not be interpreted as guaranteeing every draft beer or every menu variation at that price. \nVisitors who do not drink alcohol can still attend the live-music event and order from the venue’s other available food and beverage choices. \nIs High Alti-Tuesdays Free?\nNo separate ticket price or live-music cover charge is currently published for the recurring High Alti-Tuesdays program. \nGuests should plan to pay for whatever food and beverages they order. \nThis is different from a ticketed concert where admission buys access to a dedicated performance space. High Alti-Tuesdays operates as live entertainment within Barrel 33’s normal restaurant and beverage-service environment. \nIf a particular Tuesday becomes a special event or carries different conditions\, follow the current Barrel 33 event information for that date. \nWhere Is Barrel 33?\nHigh Alti-Tuesdays takes place at: \nBarrel 33\n40754 Village Dr.\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n909-878-0838 \nThe venue is located in The Village\, Big Bear Lake’s walkable commercial district with restaurants\, shops\, entertainment\, and visitor services. \nThat location makes the event easy to combine with an afternoon of browsing The Village rather than driving from attraction to attraction. \nBarrel 33’s current published hours are 11:00 AM to 9:00 PM Sunday through Thursday and 11:00 AM to 10:00 PM Friday and Saturday\, so Tuesday’s live-music period falls comfortably within normal operating hours. \nWhere Should You Park?\nThe Village has public parking options\, and visitors should follow current signs\, posted time restrictions\, and any event-day directions. \nBecause Barrel 33 sits in a walkable commercial area\, you may not need to park immediately outside the venue. Parking once and exploring The Village on foot can be more convenient than moving your vehicle between nearby stops. \nAllow extra time during busy weekends\, holiday periods\, or winter recreation days when The Village may attract more visitors. \nNever use a private business lot unless signage indicates that parking is available for your visit. \nIs Barrel 33 Family-Friendly?\nBarrel 33’s current FAQ says the Big Bear location is family-friendly\, particularly earlier in the day. \nThat is relevant to High Alti-Tuesdays because the live music occurs during the afternoon rather than late at night. \nBarrel 33’s focus includes wine and craft beverages\, but the venue describes itself as a relaxed community space where families are welcome. \nAlcoholic drinks\, of course\, are limited to guests who meet legal age requirements. Families should also consider whether an afternoon restaurant and live-music environment suits their individual children. \nIs Barrel 33 Pet-Friendly?\nVisit Big Bear currently identifies Barrel 33 as a pet-friendly business and lists patio/outdoor seating among its amenities. \nIf you plan to bring a dog\, contact Barrel 33 before your visit to confirm where pets may sit and whether weather conditions affect patio availability. \nKeep dogs leashed and under control\, and remember that live music\, crowds\, food service\, and other dogs can make a restaurant environment stimulating for some pets. \nIf your dog is uncomfortable around music or busy dining spaces\, relaxing at a pet-friendly cabin may be a better option. \nWhat Should You Bring?\nHigh Alti-Tuesdays is a casual restaurant event\, so you do not need specialized gear. A few practical items can still help: \n\nA light layer or jacket for changing mountain temperatures\nValid identification if ordering alcohol\nA payment method for food and drinks\nSunglasses or sun protection if sitting outside\nComfortable shoes if exploring The Village before or after\nA leash and pet supplies if bringing a dog to an approved pet-friendly area\n\nIf you are coming directly from hiking\, skiing\, or another outdoor activity\, consider changing into clean\, dry clothing before heading to the restaurant. \nHow to Make a Midweek Getaway of High Alti-Tuesdays\nMonday: Arrive in Big Bear\nFor visitors with flexible schedules\, arriving Monday gives you a full Tuesday in the mountains without an early morning drive. \nCheck into your A Chalet cabin\, unpack\, have dinner\, and settle into the slower pace of a weekday stay. \nTuesday Morning: Explore Big Bear\nUse the morning for an activity appropriate to the season. \nIn warmer weather\, that might mean a walk\, a lake-oriented outing\, or time exploring local shops. In winter\, your morning may center on snow recreation or simply enjoying the mountain scenery. \nKeep the schedule flexible enough that you are not racing from a demanding activity to Barrel 33. \nTuesday Afternoon: High Alti-Tuesdays\nHead to The Village before the music window and find appropriate parking. \nSpend the afternoon at Barrel 33 enjoying Brad from SilverMoon\, food\, and whatever Tuesday specials are currently available. \nIf hearing Brad’s full set is important\, confirm the date-specific start time because September’s separate music calendar currently lists a shorter 1:30 PM-3:30 PM performance window within the broader 1:00 PM-4:00 PM High Alti-Tuesday period. \nTuesday Evening: Relax at Your Cabin\nAfter the music\, take your time returning to your cabin rather than beginning a long drive down the mountain. \nA vacation rental gives you a comfortable place to make dinner\, play games\, watch a movie\, or simply unwind after an afternoon in The Village. \nIf anyone in your group consumes alcohol\, arrange safe transportation and never drive impaired. \nCheck A Chalet cabins for your Tuesday Big Bear getaway. \nWednesday: Enjoy a Slow Morning\nAn extra night lets you enjoy breakfast at the cabin and another piece of Big Bear before checking out. \nThis can be particularly appealing for travelers who normally visit on crowded weekends. A midweek trip offers a different rhythm and makes High Alti-Tuesdays the centerpiece of a short mountain break. \nWhere to Stay for High Alti-Tuesdays 2026\nBecause Barrel 33 is in The Village in Big Bear Lake\, an A Chalet property in Big Bear Lake is the most natural base for High Alti-Tuesdays. \nFor a smaller group\, Dream Lake Cabin is a verified Big Bear Lake option currently listed for up to four guests with two bedrooms and one bathroom. Its live booking information includes a kitchen\, Wi-Fi\, outdoor grill\, air conditioning\, and pet-friendly accommodations. \nFor a larger group\, Conklin Canopy is currently listed in Big Bear Lake with three bedrooms\, two bathrooms\, and space for up to eight guests. Verified amenities include a fully equipped kitchen\, washer and dryer\, Wi-Fi\, game room\, barbecue\, secure deck\, and parking for up to three vehicles. \nA cabin is particularly useful for a midweek music getaway because there is no need to structure the entire trip around restaurants. Have breakfast at the rental\, enjoy Big Bear during the morning\, visit Barrel 33 in the afternoon\, and return to your own shared space for the evening. \nAlways check the live property listing before booking to confirm current occupancy\, parking\, amenities\, pet rules\, and house policies. \nBrowse current A Chalet rentals for High Alti-Tuesdays. \nTips for Booking a High Alti-Tuesdays Cabin Getaway\nConsider Monday and Tuesday nights. That schedule gives you a full Tuesday without driving into or out of the mountains immediately around the event. \nChoose Big Bear Lake. Barrel 33 is in The Village\, so a Big Bear Lake cabin keeps your stay centered near the event. \nConfirm the music time. The recurring event window and date-specific September performance schedule currently differ slightly. \nCheck pet rules carefully. Barrel 33 is listed as pet-friendly\, and some A Chalet cabins accept pets\, but individual rental rules and fees vary. \nPlan transportation if drinking. A cabin stay does not eliminate the need for a safe ride between Barrel 33 and your rental. \nCheck current specials. The $20 pretzel and draft beer promotion is currently advertised\, but food-and-beverage offers can change. \nUse the weekday advantage. Rather than packing Tuesday with activities\, leave enough free time to enjoy the music and The Village at a relaxed pace. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Is High Alti-Tuesdays 2026?\nHigh Alti-Tuesdays is a recurring Tuesday event at Barrel 33. The dedicated event information currently lists the program from 1:00 PM to 4:00 PM on scheduled Tuesdays. \nWhere Is High Alti-Tuesdays?\nThe event takes place at Barrel 33\, 40754 Village Dr.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\, in The Village. \nWho Plays at High Alti-Tuesdays?\nThe recurring featured musician is Brad from SilverMoon\, with the event promoted around laid-back tunes and familiar favorites. \nIs High Alti-Tuesdays Free?\nNo separate admission or cover charge is currently published for the recurring live music. Guests pay for the food and beverages they order. \nWhat Is the Tuesday Special at Barrel 33?\nThe dedicated event listing currently advertises a $20 pretzel and draft beer special\, along with other menu and food-and-beverage deals. Confirm current availability when ordering. \nCan Families Attend High Alti-Tuesdays?\nBarrel 33’s current FAQ describes its Big Bear location as family-friendly\, especially earlier in the day. Alcohol is restricted to guests of legal drinking age. \nWhere Should I Stay for High Alti-Tuesdays?\nAn A Chalet cabin in Big Bear Lake provides a convenient home base for an afternoon at Barrel 33. An overnight stay lets you enjoy the event without building a same-day mountain drive around the live-music schedule. \nCheck A Chalet availability for your High Alti-Tuesday trip. \nPlan Your High Alti-Tuesdays 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nHigh Alti-Tuesdays 2026 is an easygoing way to add live music to a weekday in Big Bear Lake. Head to Barrel 33 in The Village for an afternoon featuring Brad from SilverMoon\, food and drinks\, and the venue’s Tuesday promotions. \nThe recurring program is advertised from 1:00 PM to 4:00 PM\, although some date-specific September listings currently show Brad performing from 1:30 PM to 3:30 PM. Confirm the exact set time if the music is the main reason for your visit. \nPairing the event with an overnight cabin stay makes it easy to enjoy Big Bear at a slower pace. Arrive the day before\, explore Tuesday morning\, spend the afternoon at Barrel 33\, then return to your cabin instead of immediately driving home. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your High Alti-Tuesdays 2026 getaway. \n\n“`
URL:https://achalet.com/event/high-alti-tuesdays-live-music-and-specials-11/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260922T133000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260922T153000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215628Z
CREATED:20261016T215628Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215628Z
UID:13998-1790083800-1790091000@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Live Music at Barrel 33
DESCRIPTION:Live Music at Barrel 33 2026: September & October Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nLive Music at Barrel 33 2026 brings acoustic afternoons and evening performances to Barrel 33 in Big Bear Lake throughout September and into early October. The venue combines live music with its food\, craft beer\, and wine offerings at 40754 Village Dr.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315. Performance times vary by artist and date\, so checking the schedule before arriving is important.  \nAs of September 10\, the next confirmed performances begin with Matt & Emily on September 11 from 5:00 PM to 8:00 PM\, followed by Local Legends on September 12. Additional September performers include Brad\, Tanner\, Sergio Snow\, Matt & Emily\, and The Blackwells. Ryan Bieber is currently scheduled for October 2 and October 3.  \nOne schedule detail deserves attention: Visit Big Bear currently lists Brad on September 30 and again on October 6\, but Barrel 33’s own live event calendar currently identifies September 30 as Locals Night and a Pirate Ship Wine Cruise rather than a Brad performance\, and it does not currently display an October 6 Brad event. Because the venue is the primary source\, this guide treats those two performances as unconfirmed and recommends checking Barrel 33 directly before planning around them.  \nVisitors traveling from outside Big Bear can easily build a cabin stay around one of these performances. A Chalet currently offers Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City vacation rentals for couples\, families\, and groups\, making an overnight stay practical if you’d rather enjoy the evening without immediately driving down the mountain afterward.  \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Big Bear live music trip. \nLive Music at Barrel 33 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nLive Music at Barrel 33\n\n\nCurrent event period\nSeptember 2026 into early October 2026\n\n\nVenue\nBarrel 33\n\n\nAddress\n40754 Village Dr.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nPerformance times\nVary by date\, generally between 1:30 PM and 8:00 PM\n\n\nConfirmed upcoming artists\nMatt & Emily\, Local Legends\, Brad\, Tanner\, Sergio Snow\, The Blackwells\, and Ryan Bieber\n\n\nAdmission\nNo universal live-music admission charge is currently published on Barrel 33’s event listings\n\n\nFood and drinks\nFood\, craft beer\, and wine are promoted alongside the live music\n\n\nParking\nUse appropriate public parking serving The Village and follow posted restrictions\n\n\nPhone\n909-878-0838\n\n\nRecommended arrival\nNo official early-arrival time is published; arriving 15-30 minutes before your chosen performance is a practical buffer\n\n\nOfficial venue calendar\nBarrel 33 Events\n\n\n\nVisit Big Bear describes the live-music series as a recurring event from September 1 through October 6\, while Barrel 33’s own calendar confirms individual performances through October 3 at the time of writing. Because performer schedules can change\, use the venue calendar as the final source before traveling.  \nWhat Is Live Music at Barrel 33?\nLive Music at Barrel 33 is a series of individual acoustic and live-band performances at Barrel 33 in Big Bear Lake’s Village area. Rather than one large concert with a fixed lineup and ticket package\, the venue schedules different performers on selected afternoons and evenings. \nBarrel 33 promotes these performances alongside food\, craft beer\, wine\, and a casual social atmosphere. That makes the series easy to add to a Big Bear itinerary without dedicating an entire day to an event.  \nSome performances are early-afternoon acoustic sets\, while many Friday and Saturday appearances run from 5:00 PM to 8:00 PM. This variation is useful for travelers: an afternoon Brad performance can fit between daytime activities\, while an evening show can serve as the main plan after hiking\, lake time\, shopping\, or sightseeing. \nThe current event descriptions do not publish reserved seating arrangements\, a universal cover charge\, or a formal concert-style admission process. Visitors should therefore check the listing for their specific date rather than assuming every performance operates identically. \nWhen Is Live Music at Barrel 33 in 2026?\nThe official Barrel 33 calendar and Visit Big Bear currently confirm a substantial September schedule\, followed by Ryan Bieber performances on October 2 and October 3.  \nAs of September 10\, the confirmed upcoming schedule is: \n\n\n\nDate\nPerformer\nTime\n\n\n\n\nSeptember 11\, 2026\nMatt & Emily\n5:00 PM-8:00 PM\n\n\nSeptember 12\, 2026\nLocal Legends\n5:00 PM-8:00 PM\n\n\nSeptember 15\, 2026\nBrad\n1:30 PM-3:30 PM\n\n\nSeptember 17\, 2026\nTanner\n5:00 PM-8:00 PM\n\n\nSeptember 18\, 2026\nSergio Snow\n5:00 PM-8:00 PM\n\n\nSeptember 19\, 2026\nSergio Snow\n5:00 PM-8:00 PM\n\n\nSeptember 22\, 2026\nBrad\n1:30 PM-3:30 PM\n\n\nSeptember 25\, 2026\nMatt & Emily\n5:00 PM-8:00 PM\n\n\nSeptember 26\, 2026\nThe Blackwells\n5:00 PM-8:00 PM\n\n\nSeptember 29\, 2026\nBrad\n1:30 PM-3:30 PM\n\n\nOctober 2\, 2026\nRyan Bieber\n5:00 PM-8:00 PM\n\n\nOctober 3\, 2026\nRyan Bieber\n5:00 PM-8:00 PM\n\n\n\nThese dates and times are confirmed on Barrel 33’s current official event calendar.  \nEarlier September performances included Brad on September 1 and September 8\, Katie on September 4\, Austin Rogers on September 5\, and Dana on September 6.  \nWhat About the September 30 and October 6 Performances?\nThere is currently a discrepancy between published sources. \nVisit Big Bear’s event page lists Brad on September 30 from 5:00 PM to 7:00 PM and Brad on October 6 from 1:30 PM to 3:30 PM.  \nHowever\, Barrel 33’s own current calendar lists September 30 as Locals Night from 5:00 PM to 7:00 PM and also lists a Pirate Ship Wine Cruise that evening. It does not currently show a September 30 Brad performance or October 6 Brad event.  \nBecause Barrel 33 is the venue and primary source\, travelers should not plan a trip specifically around September 30 or October 6 live music unless the venue confirms those performances. This is exactly the kind of schedule detail worth rechecking shortly before your visit. \nWhere Is Barrel 33 in Big Bear Lake?\nBarrel 33 is located at: \nBarrel 33\n40754 Village Dr.\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315\nPhone: 909-878-0838 \nVisit Big Bear confirms the venue at 40754 Village Dr. in Big Bear Lake. Barrel 33’s own event calendar also lists the Village Drive location and the same phone number.  \nThe location places visitors in The Village area\, so a live-music performance can be combined naturally with time spent walking through central Big Bear Lake before or afterward. \nWhat Can Visitors Expect?\nThe experience depends somewhat on the day you attend. Brad’s Tuesday appearances are promoted as Afternoon Acoustic sessions and currently run from 1:30 PM to 3:30 PM. Friday and Saturday live-music events usually run in the early evening\, often from 5:00 PM to 8:00 PM.  \nBarrel 33 promotes live music alongside: \n\nFood\nCraft beer\nWine\nIndividual acoustic artists and bands\nA casual Village setting\n\nThe venue’s current event descriptions do not publish a detailed set list\, number of performance breaks\, stage schedule\, reserved-seat system\, or performer-specific admission fee. Those details should not be invented or assumed from another date. \nIf seeing a particular artist is the reason for your trip\, check Barrel 33’s calendar on the day of the performance. Live entertainment schedules can change due to artist availability\, weather\, or venue considerations. \nTickets\, Parking\, and Transportation\nDo You Need Tickets for Live Music at Barrel 33?\nBarrel 33’s current individual live-music listings do not publish a universal ticket price or cover charge. The venue simply invites guests to attend for live music\, food\, craft beer\, and wine.  \nThat does not guarantee that every future performance will always operate without special admission terms. Check your chosen date or call 909-878-0838 if admission arrangements are important to your plans. \nWhere Should You Park?\nBarrel 33 is located in The Village area of Big Bear Lake. Visitors should use appropriate public parking serving The Village and follow all posted parking restrictions. \nWeekend evenings can bring more activity to The Village\, so leave enough time to park and walk to Barrel 33 rather than arriving exactly when the band is scheduled to begin. \nHow Early Should You Arrive?\nNo official early-arrival requirement is published. A practical approach is to reach the area 15 to 30 minutes before the scheduled start\, particularly for Friday and Saturday evening performances. \nThis is a travel-planning recommendation rather than an official Barrel 33 check-in rule. If the venue publishes different instructions for your date\, follow those instead. \nWhat Should You Bring?\nLive music at Barrel 33 requires relatively little preparation\, but a few items can make your evening easier: \n\nValid identification: Bring appropriate ID if you intend to purchase alcoholic beverages.\nA warm layer: Big Bear evenings can cool quickly\, even after a warm afternoon.\nYour chosen event details: Confirm the artist and start time before leaving.\nA transportation plan: Decide how you’ll return to your cabin if you plan to drink.\nA charged phone: Useful for navigation\, parking\, and checking last-minute venue updates.\n\nBecause the performances are at an established Village venue rather than a trail\, lake\, or mountaintop event\, you do not need specialized outdoor equipment. \nIs Live Music at Barrel 33 Family Friendly?\nThe current live-music listings do not publish a universal age restriction. However\, Barrel 33 serves craft beer and wine\, so families should not assume that every scheduled event has the same age policy. \nIf you’re considering attending with children or teenagers\, contact Barrel 33 at 909-878-0838 to confirm the venue’s current policy for that particular performance. \nSimilarly\, no detailed accessibility information is included in the individual live-music listings. Visitors requiring specific accommodations should contact the venue directly before arrival. \nHow to Make a Weekend of Live Music at Barrel 33\nArrival Day: Check Into Big Bear\nIf you’re coming from outside the mountains for a Friday or Saturday performance\, consider arriving earlier in the afternoon rather than trying to time a mountain drive around a 5:00 PM start. \nCheck into your cabin\, unpack\, and review the latest Barrel 33 listing. That gives your group time to settle in before heading toward The Village. \nBefore the Music: Explore The Village\nArriving in The Village ahead of the performance gives you flexibility if parking takes longer than expected. Spend some time walking around the area and then head to Barrel 33 before your chosen artist begins. \nFor Tuesday afternoon performances with Brad\, the 1:30 PM to 3:30 PM schedule leaves plenty of time for another Big Bear activity afterward. Friday and Saturday shows running until 8:00 PM work better as the main evening plan.  \nAfter the Performance: Return to Your Cabin\nAfter an evening performance\, an overnight cabin provides an easy place for your group to wind down without immediately starting a long drive out of Big Bear. \nIf anyone has been drinking alcohol\, use a safe transportation plan rather than driving. Planning that before the performance keeps the evening simple. \nCheck A Chalet cabin availability for your Barrel 33 live-music dates. \nNext Morning: Enjoy More of Big Bear\nUse the following morning for another local experience before departure. Depending on the season and conditions\, that could mean time around Big Bear Lake\, an appropriate trail outing\, or a relaxed morning in The Village. \nIf you’re attending Ryan Bieber on October 2 or October 3\, remember that early October mountain conditions can differ noticeably from September. Check the weather before packing and before any outdoor plans. \nWhere to Stay for Live Music at Barrel 33\nBecause Barrel 33 is in Big Bear Lake\, visitors should concentrate on Big Bear Lake and nearby Big Bear City accommodations. Staying in Lake Arrowhead solely for an evening at Barrel 33 would add unnecessary mountain travel. \nA Chalet currently lists vacation rentals in Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City\, with properties suited to different group sizes. Its current collection includes two-bedroom stays such as Heavenly Bay Retreat\, Jaybird Cabin\, and Maverick’s Cabin; three-bedroom Conklin Canopy; and four-bedroom choices including Boulder Landing\, Rustic Ridge\, and Elevated Escape.  \nFor a couple attending a single acoustic or evening performance\, a smaller cabin can keep the trip straightforward. A group of friends planning dinner\, live music\, and another day in Big Bear may appreciate additional bedrooms and common living space. \nA Chalet’s current site also lists a one-bedroom Bear Den\, providing another smaller-stay option.  \nDo not assume that every property has identical amenities. If a kitchen\, hot tub\, pet-friendly policy\, laundry facilities\, or a particular number of parking spaces matters to your trip\, verify that feature on the current property listing before booking. \nBrowse current A Chalet Big Bear cabin availability. \nTips for Booking an Event Weekend Cabin\nChoose your performer first. Start with the live schedule so you know whether you’re planning around a Tuesday acoustic afternoon\, a Thursday performance\, or a Friday or Saturday evening show. \nVerify the date directly with Barrel 33. This is especially important for September 30 and October 6 because the tourism calendar and venue calendar currently conflict. \nStay in the Big Bear area. Barrel 33 is in Big Bear Lake\, making Big Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear City the logical lodging choice. \nMatch the cabin to your group. Couples can compare smaller stays\, while groups of friends may prefer several bedrooms and shared gathering space. \nCheck parking rules at your cabin. If several friends are arriving in separate vehicles\, verify the property’s maximum allowed vehicle count. \nPlan for the evening after the music. An overnight stay is particularly useful for shows finishing at 8:00 PM and for anyone who wants to enjoy Barrel 33’s beverage selection without a long drive afterward. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen is Live Music at Barrel 33 in 2026?\nThe current series includes numerous September dates and confirmed performances on October 2 and October 3. Visit Big Bear lists the broader recurring period through October 6\, but Barrel 33’s own current calendar should be treated as the final source for individual performances.  \nWhere is Live Music at Barrel 33?\nThe performances take place at Barrel 33\, 40754 Village Dr.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315.  \nWho is performing at Barrel 33 in September 2026?\nUpcoming confirmed September performers include Matt & Emily\, Local Legends\, Brad\, Tanner\, Sergio Snow\, and The Blackwells. Performance dates and times vary.  \nDo you need tickets for the live music?\nNo universal ticket price or cover charge is currently published for the standard live-music performances. Check Barrel 33’s calendar or call the venue before attending if admission terms are important to your trip. \nWhere do you park for Barrel 33?\nBarrel 33 is in The Village area. Use appropriate public parking serving The Village\, obey posted restrictions\, and allow extra time on busy evenings. \nCan kids attend Live Music at Barrel 33?\nThe current event listings do not publish a universal age restriction. Because Barrel 33 serves beer and wine\, contact the venue to confirm its current policy before bringing younger guests. \nWhere should I stay for Live Music at Barrel 33?\nBig Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear City is the most convenient area. A Chalet currently offers both smaller cabins and multi-bedroom vacation rentals in the Big Bear area. Browse A Chalet’s current availability for your music weekend. \nPlan Your Live Music at Barrel 33 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nLive Music at Barrel 33 2026 gives Big Bear visitors an easy way to add local entertainment to a mountain trip without committing to an all-day festival. The remaining September schedule includes afternoon acoustic sessions and evening performances by Matt & Emily\, Local Legends\, Brad\, Tanner\, Sergio Snow\, and The Blackwells\, followed by Ryan Bieber on October 2 and October 3.  \nCheck the venue calendar before traveling\, especially if you’re planning around a particular artist. The September 30 and October 6 entries shown by Visit Big Bear are not currently matched by Barrel 33’s primary event calendar\, so those dates should be confirmed directly with the venue.  \nFor travelers coming from outside the mountains\, an overnight stay can make the experience much easier. Arrive earlier\, check into your cabin\, spend time in The Village\, enjoy the performance\, and return somewhere comfortable afterward instead of immediately driving out of Big Bear. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Big Bear stay around Live Music at Barrel 33 2026.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/live-music-at-barrel-33-25/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260922T170000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260922T190000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215620Z
CREATED:20261016T215620Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215620Z
UID:13999-1790096400-1790103600@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Taco Tuesday & Latin Night at Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites
DESCRIPTION:Taco Tuesday & Latin Night Big Bear 2026: Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nTaco Tuesday & Latin Night Big Bear 2026 is a recurring food-and-music event at Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites by Hilton\, 41820 Big Bear Blvd.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315. \nThe current event description separates the week into two experiences: Taco Tuesday runs from 5:00 PM to 7:00 PM on Tuesdays\, while Latin Night runs from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM on Sundays and features a live DJ. \nVisit Big Bear’s current calendar confirms the event at the Hilton property and shows recurring Tuesday listings extending through the 2026-27 season. However\, some of the tourism calendar’s recurrence metadata is inconsistent\, so visitors should use the event description for the Tuesday/Sunday format and verify their exact date before heading over. \nParking is available at the Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites property. No admission charge\, cover fee\, taco pricing\, age restriction\, or reservation requirement is currently published in the event information\, so those details should be confirmed directly with the venue if they matter to your plans. \nFor travelers building an easy evening into a Big Bear getaway\, an A Chalet cabin provides a comfortable home base before dinner and after the music\, especially if you want more space for a group or prefer preparing the rest of your meals at the cabin. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Big Bear getaway. \nTaco Tuesday & Latin Night Big Bear 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nTaco Tuesday & Latin Night at Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites\n\n\nTaco Tuesday\nTuesdays\, 5:00 PM-7:00 PM\n\n\nLatin Night\nSundays\, 6:00 PM-9:00 PM\n\n\nVenue\nHampton Inn Big Bear Lake / Home2 Suites by Hilton Big Bear Lake\n\n\nAddress\n41820 Big Bear Blvd.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nTuesday experience\nTaco Tuesday evening\n\n\nSunday experience\nLatin Night with a live DJ\n\n\nAdmission\nNo cover charge or ticket requirement is currently published\n\n\nFood pricing\nNot currently published in the event listing\n\n\nParking\nAvailable at Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites by Hilton\n\n\nAge policy\nNo event-specific age restriction is currently published\n\n\nVenue phone\nHampton Inn: 909-866-0000; Home2 Suites: 909-866-0005\n\n\nCurrent visitor information\nVisit Big Bear – Hampton Inn Big Bear Lake\n\n\n\nWhat Is Taco Tuesday & Latin Night at Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites?\nTaco Tuesday & Latin Night is a recurring social event hosted at the shared Hampton Inn and Home2 Suites property on Big Bear Boulevard. \nRather than being one identical event repeated twice a week\, the listing describes two different experiences. \nTuesdays focus on Taco Tuesday\, giving locals and visitors an early-evening food option from 5:00 PM to 7:00 PM. \nSundays shift to Latin Night from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM\, with the event description specifically advertising a live DJ and a more music-focused atmosphere. \nThe format makes the event useful for travelers who want something casual to do in the evening without committing to a major festival\, concert\, or ticketed attraction. \nWhen Is Taco Tuesday in Big Bear Lake?\nThe event description lists Taco Tuesday every Tuesday from 5:00 PM to 7:00 PM. \nVisit Big Bear’s current Hampton Inn directory confirms recurring Taco Tuesday & Latin Night calendar entries at the property\, including September 15\, September 22\, September 29\, and October 6\, 2026\, with additional Tuesday dates appearing beyond those. \nThe tourism calendar’s recurrence system occasionally displays unusual start and end ranges\, so visitors should not rely on one broad date span as proof that every Tuesday indefinitely is confirmed. \nIf you are planning around a specific Tuesday\, check the current Visit Big Bear calendar or call the Hilton property before going. \nWhen Is Latin Night in Big Bear?\nThe supplied event description lists Latin Night every Sunday from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM. \nLatin Night is described as featuring a live DJ\, making it the more music-driven half of the recurring series. \nCurrent indexed Visit Big Bear results are clearer about the recurring Tuesday calendar entries than the individual Sunday listings\, so the Sunday schedule is best treated as the published event format while still being verified for a specific date. \nNo DJ name\, music lineup\, dance instruction\, or special performance schedule is currently published. \nWhere Is Taco Tuesday & Latin Night Held?\nThe event takes place at the shared Hilton hotel property at: \nHampton Inn Big Bear Lake / Home2 Suites by Hilton Big Bear Lake\n41820 Big Bear Blvd.\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nVisit Big Bear currently lists both hotels at this address. \nThe location sits along Big Bear Boulevard between the lake and the Snow Summit area\, making it convenient for travelers who are already spending the day elsewhere in Big Bear Lake. \nWhat Can You Expect on Taco Tuesday?\nThe current description keeps Taco Tuesday simple: come by for a Tuesday evening centered on tacos. \nNo current public listing confirms the taco menu\, price per taco\, drink specials\, service format\, vegetarian options\, or whether food is served from a dedicated restaurant\, bar\, or event station. \nBecause those details can change\, visitors who have dietary restrictions or are planning specifically around a dinner special should call the venue before arriving. \nThe 5:00 PM-7:00 PM window makes Taco Tuesday a useful early dinner stop before returning to a cabin\, visiting The Village\, or settling in for the evening. \nWhat Can You Expect on Latin Night?\nSunday’s Latin Night is advertised from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM with a live DJ. \nThe description promotes a groovy\, social evening but does not currently publish a named DJ\, specific Latin music genres\, dance floor details\, lessons\, or a dress code. \nVisitors should therefore think of Latin Night as a casual DJ-centered hotel event rather than assume it is a formal salsa class\, nightclub event\, or ticketed dance production. \nIf dancing or a particular music style is important to you\, confirm that week’s programming directly with the venue. \nIs Taco Tuesday & Latin Night Free?\nNo ticket price or cover charge is currently listed in the public event information. \nThat does not mean all food and drinks are free. Taco Tuesday is a food event\, and normal charges for food and beverages should be expected unless the venue advertises a specific promotion. \nThe event listing also does not currently publish minimum purchase requirements or reservation requirements. \nFor the most accurate same-week information\, contact the hotel before attending. \nDo You Need to Be a Hotel Guest?\nThe event is promoted on Visit Big Bear’s public events calendar rather than only as a private hotel amenity\, which indicates it is intended for visitors beyond overnight hotel guests. \nHowever\, the listing does not spell out a formal public-access policy. \nIf you are staying elsewhere in Big Bear and want to attend\, especially with a large group\, calling ahead is a practical way to confirm seating and access. \nIs Latin Night 21 and Over?\nNo event-specific age restriction is currently published. \nBecause the gathering takes place at a hotel and may include alcohol service\, normal California alcohol laws will apply to drinks\, but that does not automatically make the entire event 21-and-over. \nFamilies or guests under 21 should check with the venue if age policy is important to their plans. \nParking at Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites\nThe event listing states that parking is available at Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites by Hilton. \nUnlike events in The Village that may require public parking several blocks away\, this one is hosted directly at the hotel property. \nVisitors should follow onsite signs and avoid occupying spaces reserved for hotel guests\, accessible parking\, loading areas\, or other restricted uses. \nIf the event is particularly busy\, hotel staff can provide the best guidance on where non-guests should park. \nWhat Should You Bring?\nThis is a casual food-and-entertainment event\, so very little special preparation is required. \n\nPhoto ID if you plan to purchase alcohol\nA payment method for food and drinks\nA light jacket or warmer layer for the walk to and from your vehicle\nYour hotel or cabin transportation plan\nAny dietary questions you want to confirm before ordering\n\nBig Bear evenings can cool down quickly even when the daytime weather is mild\, so keeping an extra layer in the car is useful. \nCan You Combine the Event With Other Big Bear Activities?\nYes. The relatively short evening windows make both versions of the event easy to build into a larger itinerary. \nOn Tuesday\, you can spend the day hiking\, sightseeing\, shopping\, or enjoying the lake\, then stop for Taco Tuesday between 5:00 PM and 7:00 PM. \nOn Sunday\, Latin Night provides an evening option after a full day outdoors. \nThe Hampton Inn and Home2 Suites are also located less than two miles from The Village according to Visit Big Bear’s current hotel information\, so visitors can combine the event with shopping\, dining\, or a Village stroll. \nHow to Make a Big Bear Weekend of Latin Night\nFriday: Check Into Your Cabin\nArrive in Big Bear Lake and settle into an A Chalet cabin for the weekend. \nHaving your own kitchen and living space can make the trip feel less structured than staying around a fixed hotel itinerary\, especially for groups or families. \nSaturday: Spend the Day Exploring Big Bear\nUse Saturday for outdoor recreation\, The Village\, Big Bear Lake\, or another seasonal event. \nReturn to your cabin in the evening and enjoy a relaxed night before Sunday’s activities. \nSunday: Enjoy a Slow Mountain Day\nPlan a late breakfast\, afternoon sightseeing\, or a walk before getting ready for Latin Night. \nBecause the event begins at 6:00 PM\, there is plenty of time to enjoy the day first. \nSunday Evening: Head to Latin Night\nArrive at Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites for the 6:00 PM-9:00 PM event and enjoy the live DJ atmosphere. \nIf you’re attending specifically for dancing\, confirm the current week’s programming before leaving your cabin. \nCheck A Chalet cabins for your Big Bear weekend. \nHow to Build Taco Tuesday Into a Midweek Getaway\nTaco Tuesday also works well as part of a quieter midweek Big Bear trip. \nArrive Monday or Tuesday\, spend the afternoon exploring\, and head to the Hilton property for the 5:00 PM-7:00 PM Taco Tuesday window. \nAfter dinner\, return to the cabin or continue your evening elsewhere in Big Bear Lake. \nMidweek travel can also make it easier to build a flexible itinerary without centering the entire trip around one event. \nWhere to Stay for Taco Tuesday & Latin Night Big Bear 2026\nAn A Chalet property in Big Bear Lake is a practical choice for this recurring event because the Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites venue is located directly in Big Bear Lake. \nFor smaller groups\, Dream Lake Cabin is currently listed for up to four guests with two bedrooms and one bathroom. Verified amenities include a kitchen\, Wi-Fi\, outdoor grill\, air conditioning\, and pet-friendly accommodations. \nFor larger groups\, Conklin Canopy is currently listed with three bedrooms\, two bathrooms\, and space for up to eight guests. \nVerified Conklin Canopy amenities include a fully equipped kitchen\, Wi-Fi\, washer and dryer\, game room\, secure deck\, barbecue\, and parking for up to three vehicles. \nStaying in a cabin can be particularly useful for a casual recurring event like this because you can make the evening only one part of your trip. Cook breakfast at the cabin\, spend the day exploring\, head out for tacos or the DJ\, then return to your own mountain home base afterward. \nAlways review the current property listing before booking to confirm occupancy\, parking limits\, amenities\, pet policies\, and house rules. \nBrowse current A Chalet cabins in Big Bear Lake. \nTips for Booking a Taco Tuesday or Latin Night Getaway\nVerify your specific date. The event is recurring\, but tourism-calendar recurrence fields can contain inconsistencies. \nRemember that Tuesday and Sunday are different experiences. Taco Tuesday is listed from 5:00 PM to 7:00 PM\, while Sunday Latin Night runs from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM with a live DJ. \nCall ahead for menu details. Current taco prices and food selections are not publicly listed. \nConfirm age policy if needed. No event-specific age restriction is currently posted. \nStay in Big Bear Lake for convenience. That keeps you close to the event as well as many other popular visitor areas. \nPlan a designated driver if drinking. Do not rely on deciding transportation after the event. \nMake the event part of the trip\, not the entire trip. Its short evening format pairs easily with outdoor recreation\, shopping\, sightseeing\, and relaxing at your cabin. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Is Taco Tuesday at Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites?\nThe current event description lists Taco Tuesday every Tuesday from 5:00 PM to 7:00 PM. Check the current calendar or call the venue to confirm your specific date. \nWhen Is Latin Night in Big Bear?\nLatin Night is listed for Sundays from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM and features a live DJ. \nWhere Is Taco Tuesday & Latin Night Held?\nThe event takes place at Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites by Hilton\, 41820 Big Bear Blvd.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315. \nIs There a Cover Charge?\nNo admission or cover charge is currently published. Food and beverages should be expected to cost extra unless a specific promotion says otherwise. \nDo I Need to Be a Hotel Guest?\nThe event is publicly promoted through Visit Big Bear\, but the listing does not spell out a formal non-guest access policy. Calling ahead is recommended for larger groups or if seating is important. \nIs Parking Available?\nYes. The event listing states that parking is available at the Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites property. \nWhere Should I Stay for Taco Tuesday or Latin Night?\nAn A Chalet cabin in Big Bear Lake gives visitors a convenient base for the event while providing more room to relax\, prepare meals\, and enjoy the rest of a mountain getaway. \nCheck A Chalet availability for your travel dates. \nPlan Your Taco Tuesday & Latin Night Big Bear 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nTaco Tuesday & Latin Night Big Bear 2026 offers two easy ways to add a casual evening activity to a Big Bear Lake trip: tacos on Tuesdays from 5:00 PM to 7:00 PM and a live-DJ Latin Night on Sundays from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM. \nThe event takes place at Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites by Hilton at 41820 Big Bear Blvd.\, with parking available onsite. Because menu pricing\, cover charges\, age policies\, and individual DJ details are not currently published\, verify those details directly with the venue when they matter to your plans. \nPair the evening with an A Chalet stay and you can enjoy Big Bear at a slower pace: spend the day outdoors\, stop for tacos or Sunday music\, and return to a comfortable cabin instead of treating the event as a quick turnaround trip. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Taco Tuesday & Latin Night Big Bear 2026 getaway. \n\n“`
URL:https://achalet.com/event/taco-tuesday-latin-night-at-hampton-inn-home2-suites-7/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260923T000000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260923T000000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215622Z
CREATED:20261016T215622Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215622Z
UID:13447-1790121600-1790121600@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Plein Air Art Competition
DESCRIPTION:Plein Air Art Competition 2026: Dates\, Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nThe Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition 2026 is Visit Big Bear’s third annual plein air competition and a month-long celebration of outdoor painting across the Big Bear Valley. Artists can create their competition work between September 12 and October 10\, 2026\, with gallery events beginning in September and the main Competition Gallery and awards scheduled for October. \nRegistered artists first complete online registration\, then visit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center at 40824 Big Bear Boulevard to have their painting substrates stamped. The Visitor Center is currently listed as open daily from 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM. Artists may have multiple substrates stamped\, but the competition information says there is one submission per artist for galleries.  \nThe main submitted works will be displayed at the Destination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake. Visit Big Bear lists the principal competition awards as $2\,000 for first place\, $1\,500 for second place\, and $500 for third place. The awards ceremony is scheduled for October 18 at 10:00 AM.  \nThis event is particularly well suited to an overnight or multi-night Big Bear trip because artists are intentionally given time to explore the valley\, choose landscapes\, return to locations\, and continue developing their work. A Chalet offers cabins in Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City that can serve as a base between painting sessions\, gallery visits\, and other fall activities.  \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Big Bear art trip. \nPlein Air Art Competition 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nBig Bear Plein Air Art Competition & Festival of Artist Events\n\n\nOrganizer\nVisit Big Bear\n\n\nCompetition year\n2026 — 3rd annual event\n\n\nCreate period\nSeptember 12-October 10\, 2026\n\n\nArtist registration\nOnline registration required before arrival\n\n\nMaximum artists\n75 participants\n\n\nSubstrate stamping\nBig Bear Lake Visitor Center\n\n\nVisitor Center\n40824 Big Bear Boulevard\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nVisitor Center hours\nDaily\, 9:00 AM-5:00 PM\n\n\nCompetition Gallery\nDestination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake\n\n\nMain gallery period\nOctober 14-18\, 2026\n\n\nAwards ceremony\nOctober 18\, 2026 at 10:00 AM\n\n\nMain awards\n1st: $2\,000; 2nd: $1\,500; 3rd: $500\n\n\nPublic gallery access\nPublic invited; artwork available for purchase\n\n\nParking\nNo single competition-wide parking plan is published; follow instructions and posted rules at each location\n\n\nOfficial website\nVisit Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition\n\n\n\nVisit Big Bear confirms the September 12-October 10 creation period and lists every day in that period as part of the recurring competition calendar.  \nWhat Is the Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition?\nThe Plein Air Art Competition invites artists to create landscapes outdoors in the Big Bear Valley\, working directly from the scenery rather than solely from photographs or studio references. \nWhat distinguishes the Big Bear format is its extended creation period. Artists do not have to arrive on one morning and complete their work under a short time limit. Visit Big Bear gives participants from September 12 through October 10 to explore\, select a location\, paint\, and potentially return to Big Bear to continue their work.  \nThat format encourages artists to experience the valley during early fall\, when the character of the landscape can change with light\, weather\, and seasonal conditions. Participants choose their own Big Bear landscape subject rather than being assigned one specific painting location for the main competition. \nFor 2026\, Visit Big Bear has expanded the program with a Festival of Artist Events. Registration in the main competition includes access to the highlighted festival activities\, and artists may choose to participate in one or several. The competition is limited to a maximum of 75 artist participants.  \nWhen Is the Plein Air Art Competition 2026?\nThe competition is not a single-day event. Instead\, it unfolds across several phases. \nSeptember 12-October 10: Create\nArtists may visit Big Bear at any point during this period to create their competition work. Before arriving\, participants are instructed to complete online registration. \nAfter reaching Big Bear\, artists must stop at the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center\, 40824 Big Bear Boulevard\, to have their painting substrates stamped. Visit Big Bear says artists can have as many substrates stamped as they wish. Completed competition artwork is then returned to the Visitor Center for storage before the gallery opens.  \nOctober 14-18: Competition Gallery\nVisit Big Bear’s dedicated competition page identifies the main gallery and awards period as October 14-18. The event calendar separately shows the Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition Gallery running during this same mid-October period at 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake.  \nThe public is invited to view the competition artwork\, and Visit Big Bear states that artwork at the galleries will be available for purchase.  \nOctober 18: Awards Ceremony\nThe awards ceremony is scheduled for Sunday\, October 18 at 10:00 AM at the Destination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.  \nWhat Special Artist Events Are Part of the 2026 Festival?\nThe expanded 2026 Festival of Artist Events adds several opportunities beyond the main competition. \nArtist’s Best Work en Plein Air Gallery — September 18-19\nThis gallery gives participating artists another chance to exhibit and sell plein air work. Visit Big Bear lists a $500 Best of Show award for this portion of the festival.  \nThe Village Paint-Out — September 19\nA dedicated Paint-Out is scheduled in The Village Big Bear Lake on September 19. This provides a more concentrated event within the broader month-long competition period.  \nMoonridge Corridor Paint-Out — October 3\nAnother Paint-Out takes place in the Moonridge Corridor on October 3\, followed by a gallery on October 4. Visit Big Bear lists a separate $500 Best of Show award for this event.  \nMain Competition Gallery and Awards — October 14-18\nThe main competition concludes with the complete collection of submitted works and the awards ceremony. The principal prizes currently published are: \n\nFirst Place: $2\,000\nSecond Place: $1\,500\nThird Place: $500\n\nVisit Big Bear lists John Budicin\, Diane Moore\, and Lisa Mozzini-McDill as distinguished judges associated with the 2026 competition.  \nHow Do Artists Register and Submit Their Work?\nArtists should begin at the official Visit Big Bear Plein Air Competition page and complete the linked registration before traveling to Big Bear. \nThe currently published process is: \n\nComplete registration online before arriving.\nVisit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center during operating hours.\nHave the painting substrates you may use stamped.\nExplore Big Bear and create the work during the September 12-October 10 competition period.\nReturn the completed competition painting to the Visitor Center.\nSubmitted artwork is stored until the Competition Gallery opens.\n\nVisit Big Bear states that the 2026 competition has a maximum of 75 participating artists and allows one submission per artist for the galleries.  \nThe public page reviewed for this guide does not display a clearly stated universal competition registration price in its main event information. Artists should check the live registration form for the current fee and full participation terms rather than relying on a prior year’s price. \nWhere Are the Visitor Center and Competition Gallery?\nBig Bear Lake Visitor Center\n40824 Big Bear Boulevard\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nThe Visitor Center is currently listed as open daily from 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM and is the location where artists get substrates stamped and return completed competition paintings.  \nDestination Big Bear Event Room\n713 Stocker Rd.\nBig Bear Lake\, CA \nThis is the published location for the Competition Gallery\, the October 18 awards ceremony\, and the public pop-up galleries associated with the festival.  \nNo single parking plan covering every competition location is published. Artists and gallery visitors should follow event instructions and posted parking regulations at the Visitor Center\, The Village\, Moonridge\, and the Destination Big Bear Event Room. \nCan Non-Artists Attend the Plein Air Events?\nYes. The competition is not only for participating painters. \nVisit Big Bear specifically invites art enthusiasts\, collectors\, and members of the community to attend the pop-up galleries and view the complete collection of 2026 competition artwork. Artwork will also be available for purchase.  \nThat makes the October gallery period a good option for visitors who enjoy art but do not plan to enter the competition themselves. \nA public admission charge for the galleries is not stated on the current competition page. Visitors should check the individual gallery listing closer to their chosen date if admission\, opening hours\, or purchasing procedures are important to their plans. \nWhat Should Artists Bring?\nVisit Big Bear does not publish one universal equipment list because plein air painters work with different media and setups. Participants should therefore prepare according to their own painting method and the outdoor mountain environment. \nA practical artist packing list may include: \n\nYour preferred paints\, brushes\, and painting tools\nMultiple eligible substrates to have stamped at the Visitor Center\nPortable easel or pochade setup\nWater or appropriate painting medium\nSun protection\nWeather-appropriate layers\nWater and snacks\nProtective equipment for transporting wet artwork\nAny personal medications or necessities\n\nBecause artists choose their own locations around Big Bear\, conditions can vary significantly between lakefront areas\, forested locations\, The Village\, and higher-elevation viewpoints. Check the forecast and current access conditions before setting up outdoors. \nHow to Make a Weekend of the Plein Air Art Competition\nDay 1: Arrive\, Register\, and Scout Locations\nComplete online registration before leaving home. After arriving in Big Bear\, check into your cabin and visit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center between 9:00 AM and 5:00 PM to get your substrates stamped. \nInstead of immediately committing to the first landscape you see\, use part of the afternoon to explore Big Bear Valley and observe how light falls across different areas. \nDay 2: Paint en Plein Air\nStart early enough to work during the light conditions you want to capture. Because the competition gives artists nearly a month to create\, there is no need to treat the trip like a speed-painting contest unless you’re participating in a specific Paint-Out. \nReturning to a cabin between sessions can be useful for organizing supplies\, resting\, eating\, and preparing for another painting period. \nCheck A Chalet cabins for your Plein Air Competition dates. \nReturn for the Gallery or Awards\nArtists do not have to treat the September-October creation period and October gallery as a single continuous stay. Visit Big Bear explicitly allows artists to visit once or return to Big Bear to continue their work.  \nYou might therefore plan one trip for painting and another for the Competition Gallery and October 18 awards ceremony. \nWhere to Stay for the Plein Air Art Competition\nBecause the competition spans the Big Bear Valley and important event locations are in Big Bear Lake\, staying in Big Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear City makes practical sense. \nA Chalet currently offers cabins in both destinations\, with properties ranging from smaller two-bedroom stays to larger three- and four-bedroom rentals. Current examples shown in A Chalet’s collection include Heavenly Bay Retreat and Jaybird Cabin with two bedrooms\, Conklin Canopy with three bedrooms\, and Boulder Landing and Rustic Ridge with four bedrooms.  \nFor an artist traveling alone or with a partner\, a smaller cabin can provide a straightforward base between painting sessions. Friends participating together may prefer additional bedrooms and common space for organizing the trip. \nIf you need particular features for an art-focused stay—such as parking capacity\, a kitchen\, laundry facilities\, pet permission\, or additional indoor space—verify them on the current individual property listing before booking. Amenities differ by cabin and should not be assumed. \nA multi-night stay may be especially useful for this competition because participants are encouraged to explore the landscape rather than paint against a single-day deadline. \nBrowse current A Chalet Big Bear cabin availability. \nTips for Booking an Art Competition Weekend Cabin\nChoose your competition phase first. A September painting trip\, October 3 Moonridge Paint-Out weekend\, and October 14-18 gallery trip have different schedules. \nComplete artist registration before traveling. Visit Big Bear specifically instructs participants to register online before arriving. \nAllow time for the Visitor Center. Substrates need to be stamped\, and current Visitor Center hours are 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM. \nConsider more than one night. One of the main advantages of this competition is the ability to explore different Big Bear landscapes and work without a short painting deadline. \nMatch the cabin to your group. Solo artists and couples may prefer smaller accommodations\, while several artists traveling together can compare multi-bedroom rentals. \nVerify amenities directly. Parking\, kitchens\, pet policies\, and other property features vary across A Chalet’s inventory. \nRecheck event details before your trip. Gallery hours\, registration availability\, and individual festival-event instructions can change. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Is the Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition 2026?\nArtists can create competition work from September 12 through October 10\, 2026. The main gallery period follows in mid-October\, with the awards ceremony scheduled for October 18 at 10:00 AM.  \nWhere Is the Plein Air Art Competition?\nPainting can take place across the Big Bear Valley. Substrate stamping and artwork drop-off are handled through the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center at 40824 Big Bear Boulevard\, while the main Competition Gallery is held at 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake.  \nDo Artists Need to Register?\nYes. Visit Big Bear directs artists to complete online registration before arriving. The 2026 competition is limited to a maximum of 75 artist participants.  \nWhat Are the 2026 Plein Air Competition Prizes?\nThe main competition awards are currently listed as $2\,000 for first place\, $1\,500 for second place\, and $500 for third place. Separate $500 Best of Show prizes are also listed for certain festival galleries.  \nCan the Public Visit the Galleries?\nYes. Visit Big Bear invites the public\, art enthusiasts\, and collectors to attend the galleries. Artwork is expected to be available for purchase.  \nWhen Is the Awards Ceremony?\nThe awards ceremony is scheduled for October 18\, 2026 at 10:00 AM at the Destination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.  \nWhere Should I Stay for the Plein Air Art Competition?\nBig Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear City is practical because the competition is centered throughout the Big Bear Valley and key administrative and gallery locations are in Big Bear Lake. A Chalet offers cabins of several sizes in the Big Bear area. Browse current A Chalet availability. \nPlan Your Plein Air Art Competition 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nThe Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition 2026 gives painters something many competitions do not: time. From September 12 through October 10\, registered artists can explore Big Bear\, choose their landscape\, paint\, return to refine their work\, and participate in an expanded schedule of festival events.  \nThe 2026 festival includes the Artist’s Best Work gallery on September 18-19\, The Village Paint-Out on September 19\, the Moonridge Paint-Out on October 3\, the Moonridge gallery on October 4\, and the main Competition Gallery and awards activities in mid-October. The awards ceremony is set for October 18 at 10:00 AM.  \nArtists should register online before arriving\, visit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center to have substrates stamped\, and verify the latest competition instructions before beginning their work. \nFor a trip built around several painting sessions—or a separate return visit for the gallery and awards—an overnight cabin gives you a comfortable base in the Big Bear Valley instead of forcing the creative process into a single day. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Big Bear stay around the Plein Air Art Competition 2026.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/plein-air-art-competition-13/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260923T000000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260923T000000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215626Z
CREATED:20261016T215626Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215626Z
UID:14000-1790121600-1790121600@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours
DESCRIPTION:Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026: Dates\, Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 offer approximately 90-minute narrated sightseeing cruises on Big Bear Lake from Pine Knot Marina. The published 2026 season runs from August 19 through November 1\, with daytime departures at 12:00 PM\, 2:00 PM\, and 4:00 PM. A 6:00 PM Twilight Cruise is listed for Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday evenings. Tours are weather permitting and require a minimum number of passengers to operate.  \nThe cruise combines lake views with narration covering Big Bear history dating back to 1845\, folklore\, local stories\, and possible celebrity sightings. Pine Knot Marina recommends advance reservations and asks guests to arrive 15 to 30 minutes before departure.  \nFor visitors coming from outside the mountains\, the cruise is easy to turn into a one- or two-night Big Bear trip. A Chalet offers vacation cabins in Big Bear Lake\, Big Bear City\, and other nearby mountain communities\, giving couples\, families\, and groups a place to relax before or after a day on the lake.  \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Miss Liberty cruise weekend. \nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours\n\n\n2026 season\nAugust 19-November 1\, 2026\n\n\nTour length\nApproximately 90 minutes\n\n\nDaytime departures\n12:00 PM\, 2:00 PM\, and 4:00 PM\n\n\nTwilight Cruise\n6:00 PM Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday\n\n\nVenue\nPine Knot Marina\n\n\nAddress\n439 Pine Knot Ave\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nAdult daytime ticket\n$32 for ages 13 and older\, Wednesday-Friday\n\n\nChild daytime ticket\n$21 for ages 4-14\, Wednesday-Friday\n\n\nSenior / military daytime ticket\n$26\, Wednesday-Friday\n\n\nTwilight adult ticket\n$36 for ages 13 and older\n\n\nTwilight child ticket\n$26 for ages 4-14\n\n\nParking\nAvailable at Pine Knot Marina\n\n\nRecommended arrival\n15-30 minutes before departure\n\n\nOfficial tour website\nPine Knot Marina Miss Liberty Tours\n\n\n\nThe 2026 schedule and ticket information above are currently published by Visit Big Bear. Pine Knot Marina notes that schedules and pricing can change\, so travelers should verify the details shown during booking for their specific cruise date.  \nWhat Is the Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour?\nMiss Liberty is a narrated sightseeing boat operating from Pine Knot Marina on Big Bear Lake. Instead of renting a boat and navigating the lake yourself\, you can board for a guided cruise while learning more about the history and character of Big Bear Valley. \nThe approximately 90-minute narration covers highlights of Big Bear history dating to 1845\, along with folklore\, interesting facts\, and local stories. This makes the cruise especially appealing for first-time visitors who want to understand more about the destination while enjoying views from the water.  \nPine Knot Marina identifies Miss Liberty as a 64-foot Skipperliner 1500LX built in 1994 and refurbished in 2006. The operator currently lists a shaded upper deck\, enclosed and heated main salon\, modern restrooms\, small-group seating areas\, and capacity for 80 passengers.  \nThe vessel also has a galley where passengers can purchase light snacks and beverages. The current operator information mentions soft drinks as well as beer\, wine\, and champagne. Available items can change\, so do not plan a meal around the onboard selection without checking first.  \nMiss Liberty can work well for couples\, families\, multigenerational groups\, and visitors looking for an activity that does not require operating their own watercraft. The combination of an outdoor upper deck and enclosed salon also provides flexibility when mountain temperatures change. \nWhen and Where Are Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours in 2026?\nThe published Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 season runs from August 19 through November 1\, 2026.  \nThe current daytime schedule lists departures at: \n\n12:00 PM\n2:00 PM\n4:00 PM\n\nFriday\, Saturday\, and Sunday also have a published 6:00 PM Twilight Cruise.  \nAll cruises depart from: \nPine Knot Marina\n439 Pine Knot Ave\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nPine Knot Marina describes its location as the point “where the Village meets the lake\,” which makes the cruise easy to combine with time around Big Bear Lake’s Village area.  \nThe marina asks guests to arrive approximately 15 to 30 minutes before departure. Give yourself additional time if you’re driving into Big Bear on the same day\, since parking\, mountain traffic\, weather\, or road conditions can affect your arrival.  \nWhat Can Visitors Expect on Miss Liberty?\nThe Miss Liberty experience is primarily a scenic and educational cruise rather than a high-speed boating activity. Once onboard\, passengers can settle in and enjoy approximately an hour and a half on Big Bear Lake while listening to the narrated tour. \nHistory is a central part of the experience. The narration highlights Big Bear’s past beginning in the mid-19th century while mixing in folklore and other stories connected to the valley.  \nThe shaded upper deck provides an open-air vantage point\, while the heated enclosed salon offers another place to sit when conditions are cooler. This can be particularly useful later in the 2026 season\, when an evening on the lake may feel noticeably colder than an afternoon in town.  \nPine Knot Marina states that Miss Liberty is handicapped accessible. Travelers with particular mobility needs should still contact the operator before booking to ask about boarding\, seating\, restroom access\, and any assistance they may require.  \nThe boat is also available for private parties\, corporate groups\, and other group arrangements. Travelers interested in a private use of the vessel should contact Pine Knot Marina for current rates\, capacity requirements\, and available amenities rather than relying on standard tour ticket pricing.  \nHow Much Are Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour Tickets?\nThe current 2026 event listing publishes the following prices:  \n\n\n\nTicket\nPublished Price\nSchedule\n\n\n\n\nAdult\, age 13+\n$32\nWednesday-Friday daytime\n\n\nChild\, ages 4-14\n$21\nWednesday-Friday daytime\n\n\nSenior 65+ / Military\n$26\nWednesday-Friday daytime\n\n\nTwilight Cruise adult\, age 13+\n$36\nFriday-Sunday\n\n\nTwilight Cruise child\, ages 4-14\n$26\nFriday-Sunday\n\n\n\nThose are the currently published 2026 rates rather than guaranteed future prices. Pine Knot Marina specifically states that its schedules and pricing are subject to change\, so confirm the amount shown during the reservation process.  \nTickets\, Parking\, and Transportation\nDo You Need to Reserve Miss Liberty Tickets in Advance?\nPine Knot Marina says reservations are suggested and should be made early. Booking ahead is particularly useful if you want a specific departure time or a weekend Twilight Cruise.  \nThe operator also notes that all tours are weather permitting. In addition\, the published 2026 event information states that a minimum number of guests is required for the boat to tour the lake. Check any communication from the marina before traveling\, especially if weather conditions are uncertain.  \nWhere Do You Park for Miss Liberty?\nThe 2026 event listing states that parking is available at Pine Knot Marina.  \nArriving early is still important\, especially during busy weekends. The marina is close to The Village\, so the surrounding area can see additional pedestrian and vehicle activity during popular travel periods. \nHow Early Should You Arrive?\nPlan to arrive 15 to 30 minutes before your departure time. This gives you time to park\, locate the correct boarding area\, check in\, and be ready before the vessel departs.  \nIf you’re driving up the mountain on the day of your cruise\, leave considerably more than a 15-minute buffer. Traffic\, road work\, weather\, and mountain driving conditions can all affect travel time. \nWhat Should You Bring on a Miss Liberty Cruise?\nYou do not need much equipment for a 90-minute sightseeing cruise\, but these items can make the outing more comfortable: \n\nLayers: Big Bear Lake can feel cooler on the water than conditions onshore.\nA jacket: Particularly useful for the 6:00 PM Twilight Cruise or late-season departures.\nSun protection: Bring sunscreen\, sunglasses\, and a hat for daytime tours.\nYour reservation information: Keep your booking confirmation accessible.\nA charged phone or camera: Expect plenty of lake and mountain views.\nPersonal accessibility necessities: Contact Pine Knot Marina before your trip if you need assistance boarding.\n\nThe vessel has a shaded upper deck and an enclosed heated salon\, but passengers should still check the day’s forecast and dress appropriately.  \nHow to Make a Weekend of Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours\nArrival Day: Check In and Explore Big Bear\nArrive in Big Bear Lake the afternoon or evening before your cruise if your schedule allows. Checking into your cabin before tour day eliminates the need to coordinate a mountain drive with a fixed boat departure. \nOnce settled\, spend some time around The Village or enjoy a relaxed dinner. Pine Knot Marina’s location close to The Village makes it straightforward to combine shopping\, dining\, and the waterfront within the same portion of your trip.  \nCruise Day: See Big Bear Lake From the Water\nFor a daytime tour\, have a relaxed morning and head to the marina early enough to be there 15 to 30 minutes before departure. \nAfter your approximately 90-minute cruise\, keep the remainder of the day flexible. You could spend additional time near the lake or return to the cabin for a slower afternoon. \nFor a Friday\, Saturday\, or Sunday Twilight Cruise\, leave your late afternoon relatively open. The current Twilight departure is at 6:00 PM\, so you do not want another activity running late and forcing you to rush to the marina.  \nOnce the boat returns\, having an overnight cabin means you can enjoy the rest of your evening in Big Bear rather than immediately starting a drive down the mountain. \nCheck A Chalet cabin availability for your Miss Liberty weekend. \nDeparture Day: Enjoy More of the Lake\nUse the following morning for another Big Bear experience before heading home. Pine Knot Marina currently offers additional boating and water activities beyond Miss Liberty\, including seasonal rentals and recreation. Verify what’s operating on your travel date before adding another lake activity.  \nA slower departure morning also gives your group time to eat\, pack\, and leave the mountains without turning the entire weekend into a tight driving schedule. \nWhere to Stay for Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours\nBecause Miss Liberty departs from Big Bear Lake\, accommodations in Big Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear communities are the logical choices for most visitors. Staying in Lake Arrowhead solely for a Miss Liberty trip would add unnecessary mountain travel. \nA Chalet currently offers vacation rentals across Big Bear Lake\, Big Bear City\, and Lake Arrowhead\, with a mix of smaller and larger properties. For this particular cruise\, focus your search on the Big Bear inventory.  \nA couple can consider a smaller one- or two-bedroom cabin for a simple lake weekend. Families often benefit from two or three bedrooms and a shared living area\, while groups traveling together can compare larger properties that keep everyone under one roof. \nA Chalet’s current collection includes examples ranging from the one-bedroom Bear Den to two-bedroom properties such as Heavenly Bay Retreat and Jaybird Cabin\, three-bedroom options such as Conklin Canopy\, and four-bedroom properties including Boulder Landing and Rustic Ridge. Bedroom and bathroom counts should always be rechecked on the live listing before booking.  \nIf cooking at the cabin is important to your trip\, confirm that the particular property you choose currently lists a kitchen. The same rule applies to hot tubs\, pet-friendly policies\, parking\, air conditioning\, and other amenities: different A Chalet properties have different features. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your 2026 Big Bear Lake cruise dates. \nTips for Booking an Event Weekend Cabin\nReserve your cruise first. Knowing whether you have a noon\, afternoon\, or Twilight departure makes it easier to choose check-in and checkout dates. \nStay in the Big Bear area. The tour leaves from Pine Knot Marina in Big Bear Lake\, so prioritize Big Bear Lake and nearby Big Bear communities. \nChoose the correct cabin size. A couple does not necessarily need a large group property\, while families and friends may appreciate additional bedrooms and gathering space. \nVerify current property details. Check guest capacity\, bedrooms\, parking\, amenities\, house rules\, and cancellation terms on the current listing. \nConsider arriving the day before. This removes much of the risk associated with combining mountain traffic and a fixed cruise departure. \nConsider staying after a Twilight Cruise. An extra night allows you to relax after the evening cruise rather than immediately making a nighttime drive home. \nKeep weather flexibility in mind. Miss Liberty cruises are weather permitting\, so avoid building a trip where every other reservation depends on the boat operating exactly as planned.  \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen are Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours in 2026?\nThe published season runs from August 19 through November 1\, 2026. Daytime cruises are listed at 12:00 PM\, 2:00 PM\, and 4:00 PM\, with 6:00 PM Twilight Cruises on Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday.  \nWhere is the Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour?\nMiss Liberty departs from Pine Knot Marina\, 439 Pine Knot Ave\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315.  \nDo You Need Tickets for Miss Liberty?\nYes. The cruise is a ticketed attraction\, and Pine Knot Marina recommends making reservations early. Published 2026 prices vary by passenger category and cruise type.  \nIs Miss Liberty Good for Children?\nThe sightseeing format can work well for families\, and the published 2026 ticket structure includes a child category for ages 4-14. Families traveling with younger children should confirm current ticket and boarding requirements directly with Pine Knot Marina.  \nWhere Do You Park for the Miss Liberty Tour?\nParking is currently listed as available at Pine Knot Marina. Arrive 15 to 30 minutes before the cruise to give yourself time to park and board.  \nWhat Should I Bring on the Cruise?\nBring layers\, a jacket for cooler departures\, sun protection for daytime cruises\, your reservation details\, and a phone or camera. Check the forecast because conditions can feel cooler on the water. \nWhere Should I Stay for Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours?\nBig Bear Lake and nearby Big Bear communities are the most practical lodging areas. A Chalet offers cabins for couples\, families\, and groups across the Big Bear area. Browse current A Chalet availability for your Miss Liberty cruise dates. \nPlan Your Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 offer an easy way to experience Big Bear Lake from the water while learning about the valley’s history\, folklore\, and local stories. The 2026 season is currently scheduled through November 1\, with approximately 90-minute daytime tours and weekend Twilight Cruises.  \nStart by choosing your cruise and confirming the current schedule with Pine Knot Marina. Arrive 15 to 30 minutes early\, check the weather before traveling\, and keep enough flexibility in your itinerary for changing lake or mountain conditions. \nFor visitors coming from outside Big Bear\, an overnight stay makes it easier to enjoy the cruise without planning the entire day around driving. Arrive early\, spend some time in The Village\, cruise the lake\, return to your cabin afterward\, and enjoy another morning in the mountains before heading home. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and reserve a Big Bear stay that fits your 2026 Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour plans.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/miss-liberty-paddlewheel-tours-31/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260923T180000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260923T193000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215630Z
CREATED:20261016T215630Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215630Z
UID:14002-1790186400-1790191800@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Hatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina
DESCRIPTION:Hatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina 2026: Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nHatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina 2026 is a recurring Wednesday evening yoga class in Big Bear City designed to help participants connect body and mind through meditative breathing and yoga. Classes run from 6:00 PM to 7:30 PM at the Ranch Clubhouse\, 2080 Erwin Ranch Rd.\, Big Bear City\, CA 92314. The class welcomes all experience levels and participants ages 16 and older\, and supplies are listed as available. The current Visit Big Bear listing confirms the Wednesday schedule\, location\, age requirement\, and parking information.  \nThis is a convenient wellness activity for Big Bear residents as well as visitors looking for a slower-paced addition to a mountain trip. Since the class finishes at 7:30 PM\, travelers coming from outside the mountains may find an overnight stay more comfortable than immediately beginning the drive home. A Chalet currently offers vacation rentals in Big Bear City\, Big Bear Lake\, and other mountain communities.  \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Big Bear yoga getaway. \nHatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nHatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina\n\n\nSchedule\nWednesdays\, 2026\n\n\nTime\n6:00 PM-7:30 PM\n\n\nLocation\nRanch Clubhouse\n\n\nAddress\n2080 Erwin Ranch Rd.\, Big Bear City\, CA 92314\n\n\nExperience level\nAll levels welcome\n\n\nAge requirement\nAges 16+\n\n\nSupplies\nSupplies are listed as available\n\n\nAdmission\nNo current price is stated in the published event information\n\n\nParking\nAvailable at the Ranch Clubhouse\n\n\nRecommended arrival\nNo official early-arrival time is published; arrive with enough time to park and prepare before the 6:00 PM start\n\n\nEvent information\nVisit Big Bear event calendar\n\n\n\nThe current event listing identifies this as a recurring Wednesday class and lists the session from 6:00 PM to 7:30 PM. It does not publish an admission price or state that advance tickets are required. Visitors should therefore check the current event listing before attending rather than assuming the class is free or that walk-ins are guaranteed.  \nWhat Is Hatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina?\nHatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina is an evening wellness class centered on yoga and meditative breathing. The event description invites participants to explore the connection between body and mind\, making it a natural fit for visitors who want to balance Big Bear’s more active outdoor experiences with a quieter wellness activity. \nOne of the most useful details for newcomers is that all levels are welcome. You do not need to be an advanced yoga practitioner to consider attending. The published information also sets the minimum age at 16 and states that supplies are available.  \nHatha yoga is generally associated with physical postures and controlled breathing practiced at a deliberate pace. For this particular event\, however\, visitors should rely on Instructor Paulina’s class guidance rather than assuming a specific sequence\, difficulty level\, or teaching format that has not been published. \nThe 90-minute evening schedule can work especially well for couples\, solo travelers\, wellness-focused visitors\, and older teens traveling with family. It can also provide a calmer activity after hiking\, sightseeing\, skiing\, mountain biking\, or spending the day exploring Big Bear. \nWhen and Where Is Hatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina in 2026?\nHatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina 2026 is scheduled on Wednesdays from 6:00 PM to 7:30 PM. The current Visit Big Bear calendar shows the recurring event continuing across multiple Wednesday dates.  \nThe class takes place at: \nRanch Clubhouse\n2080 Erwin Ranch Rd.\nBig Bear City\, CA 92314 \nIndependent venue information also identifies 2080 Erwin Ranch Rd. as the Big Bear Sports Ranch Clubhouse location\, supporting the published event address.  \nParking is listed as available at the Ranch Clubhouse. There is no published requirement to arrive a specific number of minutes early\, so visitors should simply allow enough time to park\, enter the venue\, and get situated before the 6:00 PM start.  \nBecause this is a recurring event\, verify that your intended Wednesday session is still scheduled before making a special trip. Event calendars can change\, particularly over a long recurring season. \nWhat Can Visitors Expect?\nThe published description focuses on two complementary elements: meditative breathing and yoga. The goal is to explore the connection between body and mind rather than presenting the class as a competitive fitness event. \nThe most important confirmed details for first-time participants are: \n\nAll experience levels are welcome.\nParticipants must be age 16 or older.\nSupplies are listed as available.\nThe session lasts 90 minutes.\nThe class takes place indoors at the Ranch Clubhouse.\n\nThe event information does not publish a detailed pose sequence\, class intensity\, instructor biography\, maximum attendance\, or specific list of provided equipment. Those details should not be assumed. \nIf you have an injury\, mobility concern\, or question about whether the session is appropriate for you\, contact the event organizer or venue before participating and follow your own healthcare professional’s guidance where applicable. \nAdmission\, Parking\, and Transportation\nHow Much Does Hatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina Cost?\nThe current event information does not publish an admission price. It also does not specify a ticketing or reservation requirement. Because those details are not confirmed\, visitors should not assume the class is free. \nCheck the current Visit Big Bear event information before your chosen Wednesday and follow any updated registration instructions that may be added. \nWhere Do You Park?\nParking is listed as available at the Ranch Clubhouse.  \nThe venue is in Big Bear City rather than central Big Bear Lake. If you are staying elsewhere in the valley\, check your route before leaving so you arrive before the 6:00 PM class. \nWhat Should Visitors Know About Mountain Driving?\nSince the class is held in the evening\, participants traveling from outside Big Bear should account for mountain road and weather conditions. Conditions can vary considerably across a recurring calendar that spans different seasons. \nCheck the forecast and current road conditions before traveling. In colder months\, allow additional time and make sure you understand any applicable mountain driving or chain requirements before starting your trip. \nWhat Should You Bring to Hatha Yoga?\nThe event listing states that supplies are available\, which is helpful for visitors who do not want to pack yoga equipment for a mountain trip. However\, it does not specify exactly which supplies are provided.  \nA practical personal packing list includes: \n\nComfortable clothing that allows easy movement\nA reusable water bottle\nA light layer for before and after class\nYour own yoga mat if you prefer using familiar equipment\nA small towel if useful for your practice\nAny personal items you normally use for yoga\n\nSince the class begins at 6:00 PM and ends at 7:30 PM\, temperatures may be noticeably cooler when you leave the venue\, particularly later in the year. Keeping an extra layer in your vehicle can make the transition from the warm indoor class to mountain evening conditions more comfortable. \nWho Is This Big Bear Yoga Class Best For?\nThe event is explicitly open to all skill levels\, so it can suit both experienced practitioners and people who are relatively new to yoga.  \nFor couples\, the class can provide a low-key evening activity before returning to a cabin for dinner or relaxation. Solo travelers may appreciate having a structured wellness activity during their visit\, while families traveling with teenagers can consider the class for family members age 16 and older. \nThe class can also fit naturally into an active Big Bear itinerary. A visitor might hike or explore the lake earlier in the day\, return to the cabin to change\, and then attend the evening session rather than scheduling another strenuous outdoor activity. \nBecause no universal accessibility details are currently published for the yoga class itself\, anyone needing specific accommodations should confirm them before attending. \nHow to Make a Wellness Getaway of Your Big Bear Yoga Class\nArrival Day: Settle Into the Mountains\nIf you’re coming from outside Big Bear\, consider arriving earlier on Wednesday or the previous evening. Check into your cabin\, unpack\, and leave enough unscheduled time that you do not have to rush directly from mountain traffic into a yoga session. \nKeep the afternoon simple. A relaxed walk\, a quiet meal\, or time at the cabin can complement the wellness focus of the evening. \nWednesday Evening: Attend Hatha Yoga\nHave an early meal or light snack based on your usual pre-yoga routine\, change into comfortable clothing\, and head to the Ranch Clubhouse with enough time to park and settle in before 6:00 PM. \nThe class finishes at 7:30 PM. Instead of immediately beginning a long drive after an evening session\, an overnight cabin lets you return to your accommodations\, have dinner\, and continue the slower pace of the evening. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Wednesday Big Bear wellness stay. \nNext Morning: Enjoy More of Big Bear\nA Thursday morning leaves room for another low-key mountain experience before departure. Depending on the season and conditions\, consider a walk\, time around Big Bear Lake\, or a leisurely breakfast before checking out. \nIf you prefer a more active trip\, you can use the morning for an appropriate trail or another seasonal Big Bear activity. Always check current operating conditions and trail information before heading out. \nWhere to Stay for Hatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina\nBecause the class takes place in Big Bear City\, visitors should prioritize accommodations in Big Bear City or another nearby Big Bear community rather than Lake Arrowhead. A Chalet currently lists Big Bear City and Big Bear Lake among its primary destinations.  \nA Chalet’s current cabin collection includes smaller properties as well as multi-bedroom cabins for families and groups. The live collection currently includes one-bedroom\, two- to three-bedroom\, and larger cabin categories.  \nFor a solo wellness traveler or couple\, a smaller cabin can keep the stay simple and comfortable. Families or friends attending together may prefer a property with multiple sleeping areas and more shared space. \nFor example\, Stargazer is currently included in A Chalet’s two- to three-bedroom collection and is listed with six beds and two bathrooms. Pendleton Pines is currently listed with eight beds and two bathrooms\, providing another option for a larger traveling party.  \nVisitors wanting a larger group property can also compare A Chalet’s four- to six-bedroom category. Since inventory and listing details change\, review the current property page for guest capacity\, amenities\, location\, parking\, and house rules before booking.  \nFor a yoga-centered stay\, features such as a kitchen can be particularly useful if you want to prepare a light meal before class or breakfast the following morning. Only rely on an amenity after confirming that it appears on the current listing for your selected property. \nCheck A Chalet cabin availability for your Big Bear yoga dates. \nTips for Booking a Cabin Around a Wednesday Yoga Class\nConfirm the class date first. This is a recurring event\, so verify that the Wednesday you plan to attend remains on the current schedule. \nChoose lodging in the Big Bear area. The class is in Big Bear City. Staying in Big Bear City or nearby Big Bear communities is more practical than adding a trip to or from Lake Arrowhead. \nThink about the 7:30 PM finish. If you are traveling a significant distance\, staying Wednesday night can make the evening more relaxed. \nMatch the cabin to your party. A couple may prefer a smaller property\, while friends or family traveling together can compare A Chalet’s multi-bedroom cabins. \nReview the live listing. Property amenities\, occupancy limits\, parking\, pet policies\, and house rules vary and can change. \nConsider arriving early enough to enjoy the destination. Rather than treating yoga as a quick evening stop\, arriving earlier can give you time to settle into the mountain environment before class. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen is Hatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina in 2026?\nThe class is listed for Wednesdays in 2026 from 6:00 PM to 7:30 PM. Because it is recurring\, check the current event calendar before traveling to confirm your chosen date.  \nWhere is Hatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina held?\nThe class takes place at the Ranch Clubhouse\, 2080 Erwin Ranch Rd.\, Big Bear City\, CA 92314.  \nDo I need a ticket or reservation?\nThe currently published event information does not state a ticket price or clearly specify an advance reservation requirement. Check the current event listing before attending rather than assuming walk-in participation. \nIs the class suitable for beginners?\nYes. The event listing specifically states that all levels are welcome.  \nCan children attend the yoga class?\nThe published minimum age is 16+. Travelers with younger children should plan another activity for them rather than assuming they can participate.  \nDo I need to bring a yoga mat?\nThe event information says that supplies are available but does not specify exactly what equipment is supplied. You may want to bring your own mat if you prefer familiar equipment\, or verify what is provided before attending.  \nWhere should I stay for Hatha Yoga in Big Bear City?\nBig Bear City and nearby Big Bear communities are the most practical areas for this class. A Chalet offers cabin options ranging from smaller stays to larger multi-bedroom properties. Browse current A Chalet cabin availability for your yoga getaway. \nPlan Your Hatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nHatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina 2026 gives Big Bear visitors a chance to add a slower\, wellness-focused experience to a mountain trip. The Wednesday class runs from 6:00 PM to 7:30 PM at the Ranch Clubhouse in Big Bear City\, welcomes all levels\, is open to ages 16 and older\, and lists supplies as available.  \nBefore attending\, confirm that your chosen Wednesday remains on the current schedule and check for any updated admission or registration information. Then plan enough time to reach the Ranch Clubhouse without rushing. \nFor visitors traveling from outside the mountains\, staying overnight can make an evening class easier to enjoy. Arrive earlier in the day\, settle into your cabin\, attend yoga\, return for a quiet evening\, and enjoy another morning in Big Bear before heading home. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and find a Big Bear stay for your 2026 Hatha Yoga trip.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/hatha-yoga-with-instructor-paulina-7/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260924T000000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260924T000000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215622Z
CREATED:20261016T215622Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215622Z
UID:13451-1790208000-1790208000@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Plein Air Art Competition
DESCRIPTION:Plein Air Art Competition 2026: Dates\, Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nThe Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition 2026 is Visit Big Bear’s third annual plein air competition and a month-long celebration of outdoor painting across the Big Bear Valley. Artists can create their competition work between September 12 and October 10\, 2026\, with gallery events beginning in September and the main Competition Gallery and awards scheduled for October. \nRegistered artists first complete online registration\, then visit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center at 40824 Big Bear Boulevard to have their painting substrates stamped. The Visitor Center is currently listed as open daily from 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM. Artists may have multiple substrates stamped\, but the competition information says there is one submission per artist for galleries.  \nThe main submitted works will be displayed at the Destination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake. Visit Big Bear lists the principal competition awards as $2\,000 for first place\, $1\,500 for second place\, and $500 for third place. The awards ceremony is scheduled for October 18 at 10:00 AM.  \nThis event is particularly well suited to an overnight or multi-night Big Bear trip because artists are intentionally given time to explore the valley\, choose landscapes\, return to locations\, and continue developing their work. A Chalet offers cabins in Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City that can serve as a base between painting sessions\, gallery visits\, and other fall activities.  \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Big Bear art trip. \nPlein Air Art Competition 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nBig Bear Plein Air Art Competition & Festival of Artist Events\n\n\nOrganizer\nVisit Big Bear\n\n\nCompetition year\n2026 — 3rd annual event\n\n\nCreate period\nSeptember 12-October 10\, 2026\n\n\nArtist registration\nOnline registration required before arrival\n\n\nMaximum artists\n75 participants\n\n\nSubstrate stamping\nBig Bear Lake Visitor Center\n\n\nVisitor Center\n40824 Big Bear Boulevard\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nVisitor Center hours\nDaily\, 9:00 AM-5:00 PM\n\n\nCompetition Gallery\nDestination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake\n\n\nMain gallery period\nOctober 14-18\, 2026\n\n\nAwards ceremony\nOctober 18\, 2026 at 10:00 AM\n\n\nMain awards\n1st: $2\,000; 2nd: $1\,500; 3rd: $500\n\n\nPublic gallery access\nPublic invited; artwork available for purchase\n\n\nParking\nNo single competition-wide parking plan is published; follow instructions and posted rules at each location\n\n\nOfficial website\nVisit Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition\n\n\n\nVisit Big Bear confirms the September 12-October 10 creation period and lists every day in that period as part of the recurring competition calendar.  \nWhat Is the Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition?\nThe Plein Air Art Competition invites artists to create landscapes outdoors in the Big Bear Valley\, working directly from the scenery rather than solely from photographs or studio references. \nWhat distinguishes the Big Bear format is its extended creation period. Artists do not have to arrive on one morning and complete their work under a short time limit. Visit Big Bear gives participants from September 12 through October 10 to explore\, select a location\, paint\, and potentially return to Big Bear to continue their work.  \nThat format encourages artists to experience the valley during early fall\, when the character of the landscape can change with light\, weather\, and seasonal conditions. Participants choose their own Big Bear landscape subject rather than being assigned one specific painting location for the main competition. \nFor 2026\, Visit Big Bear has expanded the program with a Festival of Artist Events. Registration in the main competition includes access to the highlighted festival activities\, and artists may choose to participate in one or several. The competition is limited to a maximum of 75 artist participants.  \nWhen Is the Plein Air Art Competition 2026?\nThe competition is not a single-day event. Instead\, it unfolds across several phases. \nSeptember 12-October 10: Create\nArtists may visit Big Bear at any point during this period to create their competition work. Before arriving\, participants are instructed to complete online registration. \nAfter reaching Big Bear\, artists must stop at the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center\, 40824 Big Bear Boulevard\, to have their painting substrates stamped. Visit Big Bear says artists can have as many substrates stamped as they wish. Completed competition artwork is then returned to the Visitor Center for storage before the gallery opens.  \nOctober 14-18: Competition Gallery\nVisit Big Bear’s dedicated competition page identifies the main gallery and awards period as October 14-18. The event calendar separately shows the Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition Gallery running during this same mid-October period at 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake.  \nThe public is invited to view the competition artwork\, and Visit Big Bear states that artwork at the galleries will be available for purchase.  \nOctober 18: Awards Ceremony\nThe awards ceremony is scheduled for Sunday\, October 18 at 10:00 AM at the Destination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.  \nWhat Special Artist Events Are Part of the 2026 Festival?\nThe expanded 2026 Festival of Artist Events adds several opportunities beyond the main competition. \nArtist’s Best Work en Plein Air Gallery — September 18-19\nThis gallery gives participating artists another chance to exhibit and sell plein air work. Visit Big Bear lists a $500 Best of Show award for this portion of the festival.  \nThe Village Paint-Out — September 19\nA dedicated Paint-Out is scheduled in The Village Big Bear Lake on September 19. This provides a more concentrated event within the broader month-long competition period.  \nMoonridge Corridor Paint-Out — October 3\nAnother Paint-Out takes place in the Moonridge Corridor on October 3\, followed by a gallery on October 4. Visit Big Bear lists a separate $500 Best of Show award for this event.  \nMain Competition Gallery and Awards — October 14-18\nThe main competition concludes with the complete collection of submitted works and the awards ceremony. The principal prizes currently published are: \n\nFirst Place: $2\,000\nSecond Place: $1\,500\nThird Place: $500\n\nVisit Big Bear lists John Budicin\, Diane Moore\, and Lisa Mozzini-McDill as distinguished judges associated with the 2026 competition.  \nHow Do Artists Register and Submit Their Work?\nArtists should begin at the official Visit Big Bear Plein Air Competition page and complete the linked registration before traveling to Big Bear. \nThe currently published process is: \n\nComplete registration online before arriving.\nVisit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center during operating hours.\nHave the painting substrates you may use stamped.\nExplore Big Bear and create the work during the September 12-October 10 competition period.\nReturn the completed competition painting to the Visitor Center.\nSubmitted artwork is stored until the Competition Gallery opens.\n\nVisit Big Bear states that the 2026 competition has a maximum of 75 participating artists and allows one submission per artist for the galleries.  \nThe public page reviewed for this guide does not display a clearly stated universal competition registration price in its main event information. Artists should check the live registration form for the current fee and full participation terms rather than relying on a prior year’s price. \nWhere Are the Visitor Center and Competition Gallery?\nBig Bear Lake Visitor Center\n40824 Big Bear Boulevard\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nThe Visitor Center is currently listed as open daily from 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM and is the location where artists get substrates stamped and return completed competition paintings.  \nDestination Big Bear Event Room\n713 Stocker Rd.\nBig Bear Lake\, CA \nThis is the published location for the Competition Gallery\, the October 18 awards ceremony\, and the public pop-up galleries associated with the festival.  \nNo single parking plan covering every competition location is published. Artists and gallery visitors should follow event instructions and posted parking regulations at the Visitor Center\, The Village\, Moonridge\, and the Destination Big Bear Event Room. \nCan Non-Artists Attend the Plein Air Events?\nYes. The competition is not only for participating painters. \nVisit Big Bear specifically invites art enthusiasts\, collectors\, and members of the community to attend the pop-up galleries and view the complete collection of 2026 competition artwork. Artwork will also be available for purchase.  \nThat makes the October gallery period a good option for visitors who enjoy art but do not plan to enter the competition themselves. \nA public admission charge for the galleries is not stated on the current competition page. Visitors should check the individual gallery listing closer to their chosen date if admission\, opening hours\, or purchasing procedures are important to their plans. \nWhat Should Artists Bring?\nVisit Big Bear does not publish one universal equipment list because plein air painters work with different media and setups. Participants should therefore prepare according to their own painting method and the outdoor mountain environment. \nA practical artist packing list may include: \n\nYour preferred paints\, brushes\, and painting tools\nMultiple eligible substrates to have stamped at the Visitor Center\nPortable easel or pochade setup\nWater or appropriate painting medium\nSun protection\nWeather-appropriate layers\nWater and snacks\nProtective equipment for transporting wet artwork\nAny personal medications or necessities\n\nBecause artists choose their own locations around Big Bear\, conditions can vary significantly between lakefront areas\, forested locations\, The Village\, and higher-elevation viewpoints. Check the forecast and current access conditions before setting up outdoors. \nHow to Make a Weekend of the Plein Air Art Competition\nDay 1: Arrive\, Register\, and Scout Locations\nComplete online registration before leaving home. After arriving in Big Bear\, check into your cabin and visit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center between 9:00 AM and 5:00 PM to get your substrates stamped. \nInstead of immediately committing to the first landscape you see\, use part of the afternoon to explore Big Bear Valley and observe how light falls across different areas. \nDay 2: Paint en Plein Air\nStart early enough to work during the light conditions you want to capture. Because the competition gives artists nearly a month to create\, there is no need to treat the trip like a speed-painting contest unless you’re participating in a specific Paint-Out. \nReturning to a cabin between sessions can be useful for organizing supplies\, resting\, eating\, and preparing for another painting period. \nCheck A Chalet cabins for your Plein Air Competition dates. \nReturn for the Gallery or Awards\nArtists do not have to treat the September-October creation period and October gallery as a single continuous stay. Visit Big Bear explicitly allows artists to visit once or return to Big Bear to continue their work.  \nYou might therefore plan one trip for painting and another for the Competition Gallery and October 18 awards ceremony. \nWhere to Stay for the Plein Air Art Competition\nBecause the competition spans the Big Bear Valley and important event locations are in Big Bear Lake\, staying in Big Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear City makes practical sense. \nA Chalet currently offers cabins in both destinations\, with properties ranging from smaller two-bedroom stays to larger three- and four-bedroom rentals. Current examples shown in A Chalet’s collection include Heavenly Bay Retreat and Jaybird Cabin with two bedrooms\, Conklin Canopy with three bedrooms\, and Boulder Landing and Rustic Ridge with four bedrooms.  \nFor an artist traveling alone or with a partner\, a smaller cabin can provide a straightforward base between painting sessions. Friends participating together may prefer additional bedrooms and common space for organizing the trip. \nIf you need particular features for an art-focused stay—such as parking capacity\, a kitchen\, laundry facilities\, pet permission\, or additional indoor space—verify them on the current individual property listing before booking. Amenities differ by cabin and should not be assumed. \nA multi-night stay may be especially useful for this competition because participants are encouraged to explore the landscape rather than paint against a single-day deadline. \nBrowse current A Chalet Big Bear cabin availability. \nTips for Booking an Art Competition Weekend Cabin\nChoose your competition phase first. A September painting trip\, October 3 Moonridge Paint-Out weekend\, and October 14-18 gallery trip have different schedules. \nComplete artist registration before traveling. Visit Big Bear specifically instructs participants to register online before arriving. \nAllow time for the Visitor Center. Substrates need to be stamped\, and current Visitor Center hours are 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM. \nConsider more than one night. One of the main advantages of this competition is the ability to explore different Big Bear landscapes and work without a short painting deadline. \nMatch the cabin to your group. Solo artists and couples may prefer smaller accommodations\, while several artists traveling together can compare multi-bedroom rentals. \nVerify amenities directly. Parking\, kitchens\, pet policies\, and other property features vary across A Chalet’s inventory. \nRecheck event details before your trip. Gallery hours\, registration availability\, and individual festival-event instructions can change. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Is the Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition 2026?\nArtists can create competition work from September 12 through October 10\, 2026. The main gallery period follows in mid-October\, with the awards ceremony scheduled for October 18 at 10:00 AM.  \nWhere Is the Plein Air Art Competition?\nPainting can take place across the Big Bear Valley. Substrate stamping and artwork drop-off are handled through the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center at 40824 Big Bear Boulevard\, while the main Competition Gallery is held at 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake.  \nDo Artists Need to Register?\nYes. Visit Big Bear directs artists to complete online registration before arriving. The 2026 competition is limited to a maximum of 75 artist participants.  \nWhat Are the 2026 Plein Air Competition Prizes?\nThe main competition awards are currently listed as $2\,000 for first place\, $1\,500 for second place\, and $500 for third place. Separate $500 Best of Show prizes are also listed for certain festival galleries.  \nCan the Public Visit the Galleries?\nYes. Visit Big Bear invites the public\, art enthusiasts\, and collectors to attend the galleries. Artwork is expected to be available for purchase.  \nWhen Is the Awards Ceremony?\nThe awards ceremony is scheduled for October 18\, 2026 at 10:00 AM at the Destination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.  \nWhere Should I Stay for the Plein Air Art Competition?\nBig Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear City is practical because the competition is centered throughout the Big Bear Valley and key administrative and gallery locations are in Big Bear Lake. A Chalet offers cabins of several sizes in the Big Bear area. Browse current A Chalet availability. \nPlan Your Plein Air Art Competition 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nThe Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition 2026 gives painters something many competitions do not: time. From September 12 through October 10\, registered artists can explore Big Bear\, choose their landscape\, paint\, return to refine their work\, and participate in an expanded schedule of festival events.  \nThe 2026 festival includes the Artist’s Best Work gallery on September 18-19\, The Village Paint-Out on September 19\, the Moonridge Paint-Out on October 3\, the Moonridge gallery on October 4\, and the main Competition Gallery and awards activities in mid-October. The awards ceremony is set for October 18 at 10:00 AM.  \nArtists should register online before arriving\, visit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center to have substrates stamped\, and verify the latest competition instructions before beginning their work. \nFor a trip built around several painting sessions—or a separate return visit for the gallery and awards—an overnight cabin gives you a comfortable base in the Big Bear Valley instead of forcing the creative process into a single day. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Big Bear stay around the Plein Air Art Competition 2026.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/plein-air-art-competition-14/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260924T000000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260924T000000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215626Z
CREATED:20261016T215626Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215626Z
UID:14003-1790208000-1790208000@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours
DESCRIPTION:Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026: Dates\, Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 offer approximately 90-minute narrated sightseeing cruises on Big Bear Lake from Pine Knot Marina. The published 2026 season runs from August 19 through November 1\, with daytime departures at 12:00 PM\, 2:00 PM\, and 4:00 PM. A 6:00 PM Twilight Cruise is listed for Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday evenings. Tours are weather permitting and require a minimum number of passengers to operate.  \nThe cruise combines lake views with narration covering Big Bear history dating back to 1845\, folklore\, local stories\, and possible celebrity sightings. Pine Knot Marina recommends advance reservations and asks guests to arrive 15 to 30 minutes before departure.  \nFor visitors coming from outside the mountains\, the cruise is easy to turn into a one- or two-night Big Bear trip. A Chalet offers vacation cabins in Big Bear Lake\, Big Bear City\, and other nearby mountain communities\, giving couples\, families\, and groups a place to relax before or after a day on the lake.  \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Miss Liberty cruise weekend. \nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours\n\n\n2026 season\nAugust 19-November 1\, 2026\n\n\nTour length\nApproximately 90 minutes\n\n\nDaytime departures\n12:00 PM\, 2:00 PM\, and 4:00 PM\n\n\nTwilight Cruise\n6:00 PM Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday\n\n\nVenue\nPine Knot Marina\n\n\nAddress\n439 Pine Knot Ave\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nAdult daytime ticket\n$32 for ages 13 and older\, Wednesday-Friday\n\n\nChild daytime ticket\n$21 for ages 4-14\, Wednesday-Friday\n\n\nSenior / military daytime ticket\n$26\, Wednesday-Friday\n\n\nTwilight adult ticket\n$36 for ages 13 and older\n\n\nTwilight child ticket\n$26 for ages 4-14\n\n\nParking\nAvailable at Pine Knot Marina\n\n\nRecommended arrival\n15-30 minutes before departure\n\n\nOfficial tour website\nPine Knot Marina Miss Liberty Tours\n\n\n\nThe 2026 schedule and ticket information above are currently published by Visit Big Bear. Pine Knot Marina notes that schedules and pricing can change\, so travelers should verify the details shown during booking for their specific cruise date.  \nWhat Is the Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour?\nMiss Liberty is a narrated sightseeing boat operating from Pine Knot Marina on Big Bear Lake. Instead of renting a boat and navigating the lake yourself\, you can board for a guided cruise while learning more about the history and character of Big Bear Valley. \nThe approximately 90-minute narration covers highlights of Big Bear history dating to 1845\, along with folklore\, interesting facts\, and local stories. This makes the cruise especially appealing for first-time visitors who want to understand more about the destination while enjoying views from the water.  \nPine Knot Marina identifies Miss Liberty as a 64-foot Skipperliner 1500LX built in 1994 and refurbished in 2006. The operator currently lists a shaded upper deck\, enclosed and heated main salon\, modern restrooms\, small-group seating areas\, and capacity for 80 passengers.  \nThe vessel also has a galley where passengers can purchase light snacks and beverages. The current operator information mentions soft drinks as well as beer\, wine\, and champagne. Available items can change\, so do not plan a meal around the onboard selection without checking first.  \nMiss Liberty can work well for couples\, families\, multigenerational groups\, and visitors looking for an activity that does not require operating their own watercraft. The combination of an outdoor upper deck and enclosed salon also provides flexibility when mountain temperatures change. \nWhen and Where Are Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours in 2026?\nThe published Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 season runs from August 19 through November 1\, 2026.  \nThe current daytime schedule lists departures at: \n\n12:00 PM\n2:00 PM\n4:00 PM\n\nFriday\, Saturday\, and Sunday also have a published 6:00 PM Twilight Cruise.  \nAll cruises depart from: \nPine Knot Marina\n439 Pine Knot Ave\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nPine Knot Marina describes its location as the point “where the Village meets the lake\,” which makes the cruise easy to combine with time around Big Bear Lake’s Village area.  \nThe marina asks guests to arrive approximately 15 to 30 minutes before departure. Give yourself additional time if you’re driving into Big Bear on the same day\, since parking\, mountain traffic\, weather\, or road conditions can affect your arrival.  \nWhat Can Visitors Expect on Miss Liberty?\nThe Miss Liberty experience is primarily a scenic and educational cruise rather than a high-speed boating activity. Once onboard\, passengers can settle in and enjoy approximately an hour and a half on Big Bear Lake while listening to the narrated tour. \nHistory is a central part of the experience. The narration highlights Big Bear’s past beginning in the mid-19th century while mixing in folklore and other stories connected to the valley.  \nThe shaded upper deck provides an open-air vantage point\, while the heated enclosed salon offers another place to sit when conditions are cooler. This can be particularly useful later in the 2026 season\, when an evening on the lake may feel noticeably colder than an afternoon in town.  \nPine Knot Marina states that Miss Liberty is handicapped accessible. Travelers with particular mobility needs should still contact the operator before booking to ask about boarding\, seating\, restroom access\, and any assistance they may require.  \nThe boat is also available for private parties\, corporate groups\, and other group arrangements. Travelers interested in a private use of the vessel should contact Pine Knot Marina for current rates\, capacity requirements\, and available amenities rather than relying on standard tour ticket pricing.  \nHow Much Are Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour Tickets?\nThe current 2026 event listing publishes the following prices:  \n\n\n\nTicket\nPublished Price\nSchedule\n\n\n\n\nAdult\, age 13+\n$32\nWednesday-Friday daytime\n\n\nChild\, ages 4-14\n$21\nWednesday-Friday daytime\n\n\nSenior 65+ / Military\n$26\nWednesday-Friday daytime\n\n\nTwilight Cruise adult\, age 13+\n$36\nFriday-Sunday\n\n\nTwilight Cruise child\, ages 4-14\n$26\nFriday-Sunday\n\n\n\nThose are the currently published 2026 rates rather than guaranteed future prices. Pine Knot Marina specifically states that its schedules and pricing are subject to change\, so confirm the amount shown during the reservation process.  \nTickets\, Parking\, and Transportation\nDo You Need to Reserve Miss Liberty Tickets in Advance?\nPine Knot Marina says reservations are suggested and should be made early. Booking ahead is particularly useful if you want a specific departure time or a weekend Twilight Cruise.  \nThe operator also notes that all tours are weather permitting. In addition\, the published 2026 event information states that a minimum number of guests is required for the boat to tour the lake. Check any communication from the marina before traveling\, especially if weather conditions are uncertain.  \nWhere Do You Park for Miss Liberty?\nThe 2026 event listing states that parking is available at Pine Knot Marina.  \nArriving early is still important\, especially during busy weekends. The marina is close to The Village\, so the surrounding area can see additional pedestrian and vehicle activity during popular travel periods. \nHow Early Should You Arrive?\nPlan to arrive 15 to 30 minutes before your departure time. This gives you time to park\, locate the correct boarding area\, check in\, and be ready before the vessel departs.  \nIf you’re driving up the mountain on the day of your cruise\, leave considerably more than a 15-minute buffer. Traffic\, road work\, weather\, and mountain driving conditions can all affect travel time. \nWhat Should You Bring on a Miss Liberty Cruise?\nYou do not need much equipment for a 90-minute sightseeing cruise\, but these items can make the outing more comfortable: \n\nLayers: Big Bear Lake can feel cooler on the water than conditions onshore.\nA jacket: Particularly useful for the 6:00 PM Twilight Cruise or late-season departures.\nSun protection: Bring sunscreen\, sunglasses\, and a hat for daytime tours.\nYour reservation information: Keep your booking confirmation accessible.\nA charged phone or camera: Expect plenty of lake and mountain views.\nPersonal accessibility necessities: Contact Pine Knot Marina before your trip if you need assistance boarding.\n\nThe vessel has a shaded upper deck and an enclosed heated salon\, but passengers should still check the day’s forecast and dress appropriately.  \nHow to Make a Weekend of Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours\nArrival Day: Check In and Explore Big Bear\nArrive in Big Bear Lake the afternoon or evening before your cruise if your schedule allows. Checking into your cabin before tour day eliminates the need to coordinate a mountain drive with a fixed boat departure. \nOnce settled\, spend some time around The Village or enjoy a relaxed dinner. Pine Knot Marina’s location close to The Village makes it straightforward to combine shopping\, dining\, and the waterfront within the same portion of your trip.  \nCruise Day: See Big Bear Lake From the Water\nFor a daytime tour\, have a relaxed morning and head to the marina early enough to be there 15 to 30 minutes before departure. \nAfter your approximately 90-minute cruise\, keep the remainder of the day flexible. You could spend additional time near the lake or return to the cabin for a slower afternoon. \nFor a Friday\, Saturday\, or Sunday Twilight Cruise\, leave your late afternoon relatively open. The current Twilight departure is at 6:00 PM\, so you do not want another activity running late and forcing you to rush to the marina.  \nOnce the boat returns\, having an overnight cabin means you can enjoy the rest of your evening in Big Bear rather than immediately starting a drive down the mountain. \nCheck A Chalet cabin availability for your Miss Liberty weekend. \nDeparture Day: Enjoy More of the Lake\nUse the following morning for another Big Bear experience before heading home. Pine Knot Marina currently offers additional boating and water activities beyond Miss Liberty\, including seasonal rentals and recreation. Verify what’s operating on your travel date before adding another lake activity.  \nA slower departure morning also gives your group time to eat\, pack\, and leave the mountains without turning the entire weekend into a tight driving schedule. \nWhere to Stay for Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours\nBecause Miss Liberty departs from Big Bear Lake\, accommodations in Big Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear communities are the logical choices for most visitors. Staying in Lake Arrowhead solely for a Miss Liberty trip would add unnecessary mountain travel. \nA Chalet currently offers vacation rentals across Big Bear Lake\, Big Bear City\, and Lake Arrowhead\, with a mix of smaller and larger properties. For this particular cruise\, focus your search on the Big Bear inventory.  \nA couple can consider a smaller one- or two-bedroom cabin for a simple lake weekend. Families often benefit from two or three bedrooms and a shared living area\, while groups traveling together can compare larger properties that keep everyone under one roof. \nA Chalet’s current collection includes examples ranging from the one-bedroom Bear Den to two-bedroom properties such as Heavenly Bay Retreat and Jaybird Cabin\, three-bedroom options such as Conklin Canopy\, and four-bedroom properties including Boulder Landing and Rustic Ridge. Bedroom and bathroom counts should always be rechecked on the live listing before booking.  \nIf cooking at the cabin is important to your trip\, confirm that the particular property you choose currently lists a kitchen. The same rule applies to hot tubs\, pet-friendly policies\, parking\, air conditioning\, and other amenities: different A Chalet properties have different features. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your 2026 Big Bear Lake cruise dates. \nTips for Booking an Event Weekend Cabin\nReserve your cruise first. Knowing whether you have a noon\, afternoon\, or Twilight departure makes it easier to choose check-in and checkout dates. \nStay in the Big Bear area. The tour leaves from Pine Knot Marina in Big Bear Lake\, so prioritize Big Bear Lake and nearby Big Bear communities. \nChoose the correct cabin size. A couple does not necessarily need a large group property\, while families and friends may appreciate additional bedrooms and gathering space. \nVerify current property details. Check guest capacity\, bedrooms\, parking\, amenities\, house rules\, and cancellation terms on the current listing. \nConsider arriving the day before. This removes much of the risk associated with combining mountain traffic and a fixed cruise departure. \nConsider staying after a Twilight Cruise. An extra night allows you to relax after the evening cruise rather than immediately making a nighttime drive home. \nKeep weather flexibility in mind. Miss Liberty cruises are weather permitting\, so avoid building a trip where every other reservation depends on the boat operating exactly as planned.  \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen are Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours in 2026?\nThe published season runs from August 19 through November 1\, 2026. Daytime cruises are listed at 12:00 PM\, 2:00 PM\, and 4:00 PM\, with 6:00 PM Twilight Cruises on Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday.  \nWhere is the Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour?\nMiss Liberty departs from Pine Knot Marina\, 439 Pine Knot Ave\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315.  \nDo You Need Tickets for Miss Liberty?\nYes. The cruise is a ticketed attraction\, and Pine Knot Marina recommends making reservations early. Published 2026 prices vary by passenger category and cruise type.  \nIs Miss Liberty Good for Children?\nThe sightseeing format can work well for families\, and the published 2026 ticket structure includes a child category for ages 4-14. Families traveling with younger children should confirm current ticket and boarding requirements directly with Pine Knot Marina.  \nWhere Do You Park for the Miss Liberty Tour?\nParking is currently listed as available at Pine Knot Marina. Arrive 15 to 30 minutes before the cruise to give yourself time to park and board.  \nWhat Should I Bring on the Cruise?\nBring layers\, a jacket for cooler departures\, sun protection for daytime cruises\, your reservation details\, and a phone or camera. Check the forecast because conditions can feel cooler on the water. \nWhere Should I Stay for Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours?\nBig Bear Lake and nearby Big Bear communities are the most practical lodging areas. A Chalet offers cabins for couples\, families\, and groups across the Big Bear area. Browse current A Chalet availability for your Miss Liberty cruise dates. \nPlan Your Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 offer an easy way to experience Big Bear Lake from the water while learning about the valley’s history\, folklore\, and local stories. The 2026 season is currently scheduled through November 1\, with approximately 90-minute daytime tours and weekend Twilight Cruises.  \nStart by choosing your cruise and confirming the current schedule with Pine Knot Marina. Arrive 15 to 30 minutes early\, check the weather before traveling\, and keep enough flexibility in your itinerary for changing lake or mountain conditions. \nFor visitors coming from outside Big Bear\, an overnight stay makes it easier to enjoy the cruise without planning the entire day around driving. Arrive early\, spend some time in The Village\, cruise the lake\, return to your cabin afterward\, and enjoy another morning in the mountains before heading home. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and reserve a Big Bear stay that fits your 2026 Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour plans.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/miss-liberty-paddlewheel-tours-30/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260924T170000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260924T190000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215631Z
CREATED:20261016T215631Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215631Z
UID:14005-1790269200-1790276400@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Boozy Bingo Night
DESCRIPTION:Boozy Bingo Night 2026: Dates\, Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nBoozy Bingo Night 2026 is an evening bingo event at  in Big Bear Lake\, combining bingo\, prizes\, and the wine bar’s drinks-and-dining setting. Sessions run from 5:00 PM to 7:00 PM\, and the currently published entry price is $20 per person\, including the first beverage.  \nThe original summer schedule included August 13 and August 27\, 2026. Barrel 33’s current official calendar has since added September 10 and September 24\, 2026. As of September 10\, the next published session after today’s event is Thursday\, September 24. Visit Big Bear also lists Boozy Bingo Night through September 24.  \nThe event takes place at 40754 Village Dr.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\, in The Village area. Parking is listed through the Village public parking lots. Because the event ends at 7:00 PM\, visitors coming from outside the mountains may find it more enjoyable to stay overnight instead of planning a drive home immediately afterward. \nA Chalet offers vacation rentals in Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City\, including smaller cabins for couples and larger properties for groups. Browse A Chalet cabins for your Boozy Bingo Night trip.  \nBoozy Bingo Night 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nBoozy Bingo Night\n\n\nCurrent 2026 dates\nAugust 13\, August 27\, September 10\, and September 24\n\n\nNext published date after September 10\nThursday\, September 24\, 2026\n\n\nTime\n5:00 PM-7:00 PM\n\n\nVenue\nBarrel 33\n\n\nAddress\n40754 Village Dr.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nEntry\n$20\n\n\nIncluded\nFirst beverage\n\n\nActivities\nBingo and prizes\n\n\nParking\nVillage public parking lots\n\n\nPhone\n909-878-0838\n\n\nOfficial venue website\nBarrel 33 Big Bear\n\n\nOfficial event calendar\nBarrel 33 Events\n\n\n\nBarrel 33’s official calendar confirms the August 13 and August 27 sessions and now lists September 10 and September 24 as additional 2026 Boozy Bingo Night dates. Each published session runs from 5:00 PM to 7:00 PM and uses the same $20 entry offer.  \nWhat Is Boozy Bingo Night?\nBoozy Bingo Night is a social evening event built around traditional bingo-style competition in Barrel 33’s Big Bear Lake setting. Rather than a large festival or all-day attraction\, it is a compact two-hour activity that can fit easily into a longer Big Bear itinerary. \nThe venue describes the evening simply: guests come for bingo\, drinks\, and prizes\, with a $20 entry that includes the first beverage.  \nThat straightforward format makes the event useful for couples looking for an evening activity\, friends traveling together\, or visitors who want something social to do after spending the afternoon exploring Big Bear. \nBarrel 33 regularly hosts other entertainment and community events\, including live music\, acoustic performances\, workshops\, and seasonal gatherings\, so Boozy Bingo fits into a broader calendar of activities at the venue.  \nThe event listing does not publish the number of bingo rounds\, individual prize descriptions\, exact game rules\, or a detailed food-and-beverage package. Do not assume those details from previous sessions; follow the instructions provided at the event. \nWhen Is Boozy Bingo Night in Big Bear in 2026?\nThe original published summer dates were: \n\nThursday\, August 13\, 2026\nThursday\, August 27\, 2026\n\nBarrel 33’s official calendar subsequently added: \n\nThursday\, September 10\, 2026\nThursday\, September 24\, 2026\n\nAll four published events run from 5:00 PM to 7:00 PM.  \nThis update matters if you found an older listing that only mentioned August 13 and August 27. Those dates were valid\, but they no longer represent the complete published 2026 schedule. \nAs of September 10\, 2026\, Visit Big Bear’s current calendar shows Boozy Bingo Night continuing through September 24\, matching Barrel 33’s official event calendar.  \nNo additional Boozy Bingo Night dates beyond September 24 are currently confirmed in the official sources reviewed for this guide. If you’re planning a later fall trip\, check Barrel 33’s live calendar before assuming another session will be added. \nWhere Is Boozy Bingo Night?\nBoozy Bingo Night takes place at: \nBarrel 33\n40754 Village Dr.\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nThe location places the event in Big Bear Lake’s Village area\, making it convenient to combine with an afternoon or evening spent exploring nearby shops and the central visitor district. \nThe published event information lists Village public parking lots as the parking option. Because The Village can be busy during weekends and popular travel periods\, give yourself enough time to park and walk to the venue before the 5:00 PM start. \nHow Much Does Boozy Bingo Night Cost?\nThe currently published entry price is $20 per person\, and Barrel 33 states that the price includes the guest’s first beverage.  \nThe event page does not publish a separate prize fee\, detailed beverage restrictions\, food package\, or universal additional-spend requirement. Any food or extra drinks ordered beyond what is explicitly included should be treated separately unless the venue says otherwise. \nBecause event pricing can change\, confirm the live listing before attending\, especially if you’re planning a future session rather than one of the currently announced 2026 dates. \nDo You Need Tickets or Reservations?\nThe official event listing confirms the $20 admission but does not publish a detailed advance-reservation policy in the information currently available. Visitors should check Barrel 33’s live event page or contact the venue at 909-878-0838 before making a special trip if guaranteed admission is important. \nThis is particularly sensible for groups. A two-hour indoor event can have a practical capacity limit even when a specific maximum is not posted publicly. \nDo not assume that arriving at 5:00 PM guarantees entry if the venue reaches capacity\, and do not assume advance reservations are mandatory unless Barrel 33 explicitly says so for your chosen date. \nWhat Can Visitors Expect at Boozy Bingo Night?\nThe evening is designed around casual competition rather than a complicated event program. The official description highlights: \n\nBingo games\nFun prizes\nA $20 entry\nA first beverage included with admission\nA 5:00 PM-7:00 PM event window\n\nBarrel 33’s wider calendar shows that the venue frequently hosts live music\, food-and-drink events\, and other social programming\, but those separate events should not be assumed to be part of Boozy Bingo Night unless specifically advertised for your date.  \nNo detailed bingo schedule is currently published. That means there is no verified information about the number of games\, prize values\, special rounds\, or exact timing of each game. \nThe event also does not publish a specific age requirement in the listings reviewed for this article. Since Barrel 33 serves beer and wine and the event is promoted around beverages\, families or younger guests should contact the venue before attending rather than assuming that all ages can participate. \nParking and Transportation\nWhere Do You Park for Boozy Bingo Night?\nThe event information directs visitors to the Village public parking lots. Since Barrel 33 is on Village Drive\, visitors can park in an appropriate public lot and walk to the venue. \nParking availability can vary with other Big Bear events\, weekend traffic\, and general Village activity. Arriving somewhat before 5:00 PM gives you time to find parking without missing the beginning of bingo. \nShould You Drive After the Event?\nIf you plan to drink alcohol\, arrange transportation that does not depend on you driving afterward. Travelers staying in Big Bear should plan this part of the evening before arriving rather than making transportation decisions after the event. \nVisitors who are not drinking should still consider mountain conditions if they intend to leave Big Bear after 7:00 PM. Weather\, road work\, traffic\, and darkness can all make the return trip different from the drive into town. \nWhat Should You Bring?\nBoozy Bingo Night requires less preparation than an outdoor Big Bear event\, but a few items can help: \n\nYour payment method: admission is currently listed at $20\, and you may want food or additional beverages.\nIdentification: bring valid ID if you intend to order an alcoholic beverage.\nA warm layer: even if the event is indoors\, evenings in Big Bear can be cool when walking back through The Village.\nYour event details: confirm the date and 5:00 PM start before leaving.\nA transportation plan: arrange a safe ride if alcohol will be part of your evening.\n\nYou do not need specialized equipment or outdoor gear for the bingo event itself. \nHow to Make a Weekend of Boozy Bingo Night\nArrival Day: Check In and Explore The Village\nIf you’re coming from outside the Big Bear Valley\, arrive earlier in the day and check into your cabin before heading to Barrel 33. \nUse the afternoon for a relaxed visit around The Village rather than trying to squeeze in an activity that ends immediately before bingo. This gives you enough time to park\, walk to the venue\, and arrive for the 5:00 PM start. \nEvening: Boozy Bingo at Barrel 33\nPlan to be at Barrel 33 shortly before 5:00 PM. The event runs until 7:00 PM\, giving you a compact evening activity without taking over the entire night. \nAfter bingo\, you can continue your evening in The Village or head back to your cabin. If you’ve been drinking\, use your prearranged transportation rather than driving. \nAn overnight cabin is especially convenient for groups because nobody has to immediately start a long mountain trip after the event. \nCheck A Chalet cabin availability for your Boozy Bingo dates. \nNext Morning: Enjoy More of Big Bear\nThe following morning can be kept flexible. Have breakfast at your cabin\, spend time around Big Bear Lake\, explore more of The Village\, or choose another seasonal activity before heading home. \nBuilding one extra morning into the trip can turn a two-hour evening event into a more relaxed Big Bear visit without requiring an overloaded itinerary. \nWhere to Stay for Boozy Bingo Night\nBecause the event takes place in Big Bear Lake\, visitors should prioritize Big Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear City lodging rather than Lake Arrowhead for a trip centered on Barrel 33. \nA Chalet currently offers cabins across Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City\, ranging from smaller properties to larger multi-bedroom vacation rentals. Its current collection includes two-bedroom properties such as Heavenly Bay Retreat\, Jaybird Cabin\, and Maverick’s Cabin\, as well as larger options such as three-bedroom Conklin Canopy and four-bedroom Boulder Landing\, Rustic Ridge\, and Elevated Escape.  \nFor two people attending Boozy Bingo Night\, a smaller cabin may be all you need. A group of friends can compare larger rentals that provide multiple bedrooms and shared space for relaxing before and after the event. \nIf you want to prepare breakfast or meals at your rental\, confirm that your chosen property currently lists a kitchen. Likewise\, verify parking\, pet rules\, hot tubs\, laundry facilities\, and any other amenity directly on the property’s current listing. \nDo not choose accommodation solely because it appears close on a general map. Consider your full itinerary\, group size\, transportation plan\, and current property details. \nBrowse current A Chalet Big Bear cabins. \nTips for Booking an Event Weekend Cabin\nConfirm the bingo date before booking. The schedule expanded beyond the original August dates\, and September 24 is currently the last announced 2026 session. \nChoose Big Bear-area lodging. Barrel 33 is in Big Bear Lake\, so Big Bear Lake or Big Bear City is more practical than adding a separate Lake Arrowhead drive. \nPlan transportation in advance. If anyone in your group plans to drink alcohol\, decide how everyone will return to the cabin safely before the event begins. \nSelect enough bedrooms for your group. Friends traveling together may value separate sleeping spaces even for a short weekend. \nVerify current amenities. A Chalet properties vary\, so check the live listing for kitchen facilities\, parking\, pet policies\, hot tubs\, and other features. \nConsider staying the night after bingo. Since the event finishes at 7:00 PM\, staying in Big Bear lets you enjoy the evening without immediately driving down the mountain. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen is Boozy Bingo Night in Big Bear in 2026?\nThe currently published 2026 sessions are August 13\, August 27\, September 10\, and September 24\, all from 5:00 PM to 7:00 PM. As of September 10\, September 24 is the next and final currently announced date.  \nWhere is Boozy Bingo Night?\nThe event is held at Barrel 33\, 40754 Village Dr.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\, in The Village area. \nHow Much Is Boozy Bingo Night?\nThe currently published entry price is $20\, and Barrel 33 states that the first beverage is included.  \nDo I Need a Reservation?\nThe current public information does not clearly state a universal advance-reservation requirement. Check Barrel 33’s event calendar or call 909-878-0838 if you want to confirm admission arrangements before attending. \nWhere Do You Park for Boozy Bingo Night?\nParking is listed at the public parking lots serving The Village. Allow time to park and walk to Barrel 33 before the 5:00 PM start. \nIs Boozy Bingo Night for Kids?\nThe current event description does not publish a specific age requirement. Because the event takes place at a venue serving beer and wine\, contact Barrel 33 before bringing anyone under 21 rather than assuming participation is available to all ages. \nWhere Should I Stay for Boozy Bingo Night?\nBig Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear City is the most convenient area for the event. A Chalet offers cabins for couples\, families\, and groups throughout the Big Bear area.  Browse current A Chalet availability for your bingo night dates. \nPlan Your Boozy Bingo Night 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nBoozy Bingo Night 2026 offers a simple evening activity for visitors who want to add a social event to a Big Bear trip. Barrel 33’s current schedule confirms sessions from 5:00 PM to 7:00 PM\, with $20 admission that includes the first beverage.  \nThe original August 13 and August 27 dates have already passed\, but the event continued into September. As of September 10\, the remaining published 2026 session is Thursday\, September 24.  \nConfirm the live event listing before traveling\, allow time to park in The Village\, and make transportation arrangements in advance if alcohol will be part of your evening. \nFor visitors coming from outside the mountains\, an overnight stay can make the experience easier: arrive earlier in the day\, explore Big Bear Lake\, enjoy bingo from 5:00 PM to 7:00 PM\, return to your cabin afterward\, and use the following morning for another local activity before heading home. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Big Bear stay around Boozy Bingo Night 2026.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/boozy-bingo-night-2/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260925T000000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260925T000000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215622Z
CREATED:20261016T215622Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215622Z
UID:13458-1790294400-1790294400@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Plein Air Art Competition
DESCRIPTION:Plein Air Art Competition 2026: Dates\, Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nThe Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition 2026 is Visit Big Bear’s third annual plein air competition and a month-long celebration of outdoor painting across the Big Bear Valley. Artists can create their competition work between September 12 and October 10\, 2026\, with gallery events beginning in September and the main Competition Gallery and awards scheduled for October. \nRegistered artists first complete online registration\, then visit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center at 40824 Big Bear Boulevard to have their painting substrates stamped. The Visitor Center is currently listed as open daily from 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM. Artists may have multiple substrates stamped\, but the competition information says there is one submission per artist for galleries.  \nThe main submitted works will be displayed at the Destination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake. Visit Big Bear lists the principal competition awards as $2\,000 for first place\, $1\,500 for second place\, and $500 for third place. The awards ceremony is scheduled for October 18 at 10:00 AM.  \nThis event is particularly well suited to an overnight or multi-night Big Bear trip because artists are intentionally given time to explore the valley\, choose landscapes\, return to locations\, and continue developing their work. A Chalet offers cabins in Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City that can serve as a base between painting sessions\, gallery visits\, and other fall activities.  \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Big Bear art trip. \nPlein Air Art Competition 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nBig Bear Plein Air Art Competition & Festival of Artist Events\n\n\nOrganizer\nVisit Big Bear\n\n\nCompetition year\n2026 — 3rd annual event\n\n\nCreate period\nSeptember 12-October 10\, 2026\n\n\nArtist registration\nOnline registration required before arrival\n\n\nMaximum artists\n75 participants\n\n\nSubstrate stamping\nBig Bear Lake Visitor Center\n\n\nVisitor Center\n40824 Big Bear Boulevard\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nVisitor Center hours\nDaily\, 9:00 AM-5:00 PM\n\n\nCompetition Gallery\nDestination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake\n\n\nMain gallery period\nOctober 14-18\, 2026\n\n\nAwards ceremony\nOctober 18\, 2026 at 10:00 AM\n\n\nMain awards\n1st: $2\,000; 2nd: $1\,500; 3rd: $500\n\n\nPublic gallery access\nPublic invited; artwork available for purchase\n\n\nParking\nNo single competition-wide parking plan is published; follow instructions and posted rules at each location\n\n\nOfficial website\nVisit Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition\n\n\n\nVisit Big Bear confirms the September 12-October 10 creation period and lists every day in that period as part of the recurring competition calendar.  \nWhat Is the Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition?\nThe Plein Air Art Competition invites artists to create landscapes outdoors in the Big Bear Valley\, working directly from the scenery rather than solely from photographs or studio references. \nWhat distinguishes the Big Bear format is its extended creation period. Artists do not have to arrive on one morning and complete their work under a short time limit. Visit Big Bear gives participants from September 12 through October 10 to explore\, select a location\, paint\, and potentially return to Big Bear to continue their work.  \nThat format encourages artists to experience the valley during early fall\, when the character of the landscape can change with light\, weather\, and seasonal conditions. Participants choose their own Big Bear landscape subject rather than being assigned one specific painting location for the main competition. \nFor 2026\, Visit Big Bear has expanded the program with a Festival of Artist Events. Registration in the main competition includes access to the highlighted festival activities\, and artists may choose to participate in one or several. The competition is limited to a maximum of 75 artist participants.  \nWhen Is the Plein Air Art Competition 2026?\nThe competition is not a single-day event. Instead\, it unfolds across several phases. \nSeptember 12-October 10: Create\nArtists may visit Big Bear at any point during this period to create their competition work. Before arriving\, participants are instructed to complete online registration. \nAfter reaching Big Bear\, artists must stop at the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center\, 40824 Big Bear Boulevard\, to have their painting substrates stamped. Visit Big Bear says artists can have as many substrates stamped as they wish. Completed competition artwork is then returned to the Visitor Center for storage before the gallery opens.  \nOctober 14-18: Competition Gallery\nVisit Big Bear’s dedicated competition page identifies the main gallery and awards period as October 14-18. The event calendar separately shows the Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition Gallery running during this same mid-October period at 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake.  \nThe public is invited to view the competition artwork\, and Visit Big Bear states that artwork at the galleries will be available for purchase.  \nOctober 18: Awards Ceremony\nThe awards ceremony is scheduled for Sunday\, October 18 at 10:00 AM at the Destination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.  \nWhat Special Artist Events Are Part of the 2026 Festival?\nThe expanded 2026 Festival of Artist Events adds several opportunities beyond the main competition. \nArtist’s Best Work en Plein Air Gallery — September 18-19\nThis gallery gives participating artists another chance to exhibit and sell plein air work. Visit Big Bear lists a $500 Best of Show award for this portion of the festival.  \nThe Village Paint-Out — September 19\nA dedicated Paint-Out is scheduled in The Village Big Bear Lake on September 19. This provides a more concentrated event within the broader month-long competition period.  \nMoonridge Corridor Paint-Out — October 3\nAnother Paint-Out takes place in the Moonridge Corridor on October 3\, followed by a gallery on October 4. Visit Big Bear lists a separate $500 Best of Show award for this event.  \nMain Competition Gallery and Awards — October 14-18\nThe main competition concludes with the complete collection of submitted works and the awards ceremony. The principal prizes currently published are: \n\nFirst Place: $2\,000\nSecond Place: $1\,500\nThird Place: $500\n\nVisit Big Bear lists John Budicin\, Diane Moore\, and Lisa Mozzini-McDill as distinguished judges associated with the 2026 competition.  \nHow Do Artists Register and Submit Their Work?\nArtists should begin at the official Visit Big Bear Plein Air Competition page and complete the linked registration before traveling to Big Bear. \nThe currently published process is: \n\nComplete registration online before arriving.\nVisit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center during operating hours.\nHave the painting substrates you may use stamped.\nExplore Big Bear and create the work during the September 12-October 10 competition period.\nReturn the completed competition painting to the Visitor Center.\nSubmitted artwork is stored until the Competition Gallery opens.\n\nVisit Big Bear states that the 2026 competition has a maximum of 75 participating artists and allows one submission per artist for the galleries.  \nThe public page reviewed for this guide does not display a clearly stated universal competition registration price in its main event information. Artists should check the live registration form for the current fee and full participation terms rather than relying on a prior year’s price. \nWhere Are the Visitor Center and Competition Gallery?\nBig Bear Lake Visitor Center\n40824 Big Bear Boulevard\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nThe Visitor Center is currently listed as open daily from 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM and is the location where artists get substrates stamped and return completed competition paintings.  \nDestination Big Bear Event Room\n713 Stocker Rd.\nBig Bear Lake\, CA \nThis is the published location for the Competition Gallery\, the October 18 awards ceremony\, and the public pop-up galleries associated with the festival.  \nNo single parking plan covering every competition location is published. Artists and gallery visitors should follow event instructions and posted parking regulations at the Visitor Center\, The Village\, Moonridge\, and the Destination Big Bear Event Room. \nCan Non-Artists Attend the Plein Air Events?\nYes. The competition is not only for participating painters. \nVisit Big Bear specifically invites art enthusiasts\, collectors\, and members of the community to attend the pop-up galleries and view the complete collection of 2026 competition artwork. Artwork will also be available for purchase.  \nThat makes the October gallery period a good option for visitors who enjoy art but do not plan to enter the competition themselves. \nA public admission charge for the galleries is not stated on the current competition page. Visitors should check the individual gallery listing closer to their chosen date if admission\, opening hours\, or purchasing procedures are important to their plans. \nWhat Should Artists Bring?\nVisit Big Bear does not publish one universal equipment list because plein air painters work with different media and setups. Participants should therefore prepare according to their own painting method and the outdoor mountain environment. \nA practical artist packing list may include: \n\nYour preferred paints\, brushes\, and painting tools\nMultiple eligible substrates to have stamped at the Visitor Center\nPortable easel or pochade setup\nWater or appropriate painting medium\nSun protection\nWeather-appropriate layers\nWater and snacks\nProtective equipment for transporting wet artwork\nAny personal medications or necessities\n\nBecause artists choose their own locations around Big Bear\, conditions can vary significantly between lakefront areas\, forested locations\, The Village\, and higher-elevation viewpoints. Check the forecast and current access conditions before setting up outdoors. \nHow to Make a Weekend of the Plein Air Art Competition\nDay 1: Arrive\, Register\, and Scout Locations\nComplete online registration before leaving home. After arriving in Big Bear\, check into your cabin and visit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center between 9:00 AM and 5:00 PM to get your substrates stamped. \nInstead of immediately committing to the first landscape you see\, use part of the afternoon to explore Big Bear Valley and observe how light falls across different areas. \nDay 2: Paint en Plein Air\nStart early enough to work during the light conditions you want to capture. Because the competition gives artists nearly a month to create\, there is no need to treat the trip like a speed-painting contest unless you’re participating in a specific Paint-Out. \nReturning to a cabin between sessions can be useful for organizing supplies\, resting\, eating\, and preparing for another painting period. \nCheck A Chalet cabins for your Plein Air Competition dates. \nReturn for the Gallery or Awards\nArtists do not have to treat the September-October creation period and October gallery as a single continuous stay. Visit Big Bear explicitly allows artists to visit once or return to Big Bear to continue their work.  \nYou might therefore plan one trip for painting and another for the Competition Gallery and October 18 awards ceremony. \nWhere to Stay for the Plein Air Art Competition\nBecause the competition spans the Big Bear Valley and important event locations are in Big Bear Lake\, staying in Big Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear City makes practical sense. \nA Chalet currently offers cabins in both destinations\, with properties ranging from smaller two-bedroom stays to larger three- and four-bedroom rentals. Current examples shown in A Chalet’s collection include Heavenly Bay Retreat and Jaybird Cabin with two bedrooms\, Conklin Canopy with three bedrooms\, and Boulder Landing and Rustic Ridge with four bedrooms.  \nFor an artist traveling alone or with a partner\, a smaller cabin can provide a straightforward base between painting sessions. Friends participating together may prefer additional bedrooms and common space for organizing the trip. \nIf you need particular features for an art-focused stay—such as parking capacity\, a kitchen\, laundry facilities\, pet permission\, or additional indoor space—verify them on the current individual property listing before booking. Amenities differ by cabin and should not be assumed. \nA multi-night stay may be especially useful for this competition because participants are encouraged to explore the landscape rather than paint against a single-day deadline. \nBrowse current A Chalet Big Bear cabin availability. \nTips for Booking an Art Competition Weekend Cabin\nChoose your competition phase first. A September painting trip\, October 3 Moonridge Paint-Out weekend\, and October 14-18 gallery trip have different schedules. \nComplete artist registration before traveling. Visit Big Bear specifically instructs participants to register online before arriving. \nAllow time for the Visitor Center. Substrates need to be stamped\, and current Visitor Center hours are 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM. \nConsider more than one night. One of the main advantages of this competition is the ability to explore different Big Bear landscapes and work without a short painting deadline. \nMatch the cabin to your group. Solo artists and couples may prefer smaller accommodations\, while several artists traveling together can compare multi-bedroom rentals. \nVerify amenities directly. Parking\, kitchens\, pet policies\, and other property features vary across A Chalet’s inventory. \nRecheck event details before your trip. Gallery hours\, registration availability\, and individual festival-event instructions can change. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Is the Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition 2026?\nArtists can create competition work from September 12 through October 10\, 2026. The main gallery period follows in mid-October\, with the awards ceremony scheduled for October 18 at 10:00 AM.  \nWhere Is the Plein Air Art Competition?\nPainting can take place across the Big Bear Valley. Substrate stamping and artwork drop-off are handled through the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center at 40824 Big Bear Boulevard\, while the main Competition Gallery is held at 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake.  \nDo Artists Need to Register?\nYes. Visit Big Bear directs artists to complete online registration before arriving. The 2026 competition is limited to a maximum of 75 artist participants.  \nWhat Are the 2026 Plein Air Competition Prizes?\nThe main competition awards are currently listed as $2\,000 for first place\, $1\,500 for second place\, and $500 for third place. Separate $500 Best of Show prizes are also listed for certain festival galleries.  \nCan the Public Visit the Galleries?\nYes. Visit Big Bear invites the public\, art enthusiasts\, and collectors to attend the galleries. Artwork is expected to be available for purchase.  \nWhen Is the Awards Ceremony?\nThe awards ceremony is scheduled for October 18\, 2026 at 10:00 AM at the Destination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.  \nWhere Should I Stay for the Plein Air Art Competition?\nBig Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear City is practical because the competition is centered throughout the Big Bear Valley and key administrative and gallery locations are in Big Bear Lake. A Chalet offers cabins of several sizes in the Big Bear area. Browse current A Chalet availability. \nPlan Your Plein Air Art Competition 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nThe Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition 2026 gives painters something many competitions do not: time. From September 12 through October 10\, registered artists can explore Big Bear\, choose their landscape\, paint\, return to refine their work\, and participate in an expanded schedule of festival events.  \nThe 2026 festival includes the Artist’s Best Work gallery on September 18-19\, The Village Paint-Out on September 19\, the Moonridge Paint-Out on October 3\, the Moonridge gallery on October 4\, and the main Competition Gallery and awards activities in mid-October. The awards ceremony is set for October 18 at 10:00 AM.  \nArtists should register online before arriving\, visit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center to have substrates stamped\, and verify the latest competition instructions before beginning their work. \nFor a trip built around several painting sessions—or a separate return visit for the gallery and awards—an overnight cabin gives you a comfortable base in the Big Bear Valley instead of forcing the creative process into a single day. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Big Bear stay around the Plein Air Art Competition 2026.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/plein-air-art-competition-16/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260925T000000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260925T000000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215625Z
CREATED:20261016T215625Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215625Z
UID:14006-1790294400-1790294400@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours
DESCRIPTION:Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026: Dates\, Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 offer approximately 90-minute narrated sightseeing cruises on Big Bear Lake from Pine Knot Marina. The published 2026 season runs from August 19 through November 1\, with daytime departures at 12:00 PM\, 2:00 PM\, and 4:00 PM. A 6:00 PM Twilight Cruise is listed for Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday evenings. Tours are weather permitting and require a minimum number of passengers to operate.  \nThe cruise combines lake views with narration covering Big Bear history dating back to 1845\, folklore\, local stories\, and possible celebrity sightings. Pine Knot Marina recommends advance reservations and asks guests to arrive 15 to 30 minutes before departure.  \nFor visitors coming from outside the mountains\, the cruise is easy to turn into a one- or two-night Big Bear trip. A Chalet offers vacation cabins in Big Bear Lake\, Big Bear City\, and other nearby mountain communities\, giving couples\, families\, and groups a place to relax before or after a day on the lake.  \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Miss Liberty cruise weekend. \nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours\n\n\n2026 season\nAugust 19-November 1\, 2026\n\n\nTour length\nApproximately 90 minutes\n\n\nDaytime departures\n12:00 PM\, 2:00 PM\, and 4:00 PM\n\n\nTwilight Cruise\n6:00 PM Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday\n\n\nVenue\nPine Knot Marina\n\n\nAddress\n439 Pine Knot Ave\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nAdult daytime ticket\n$32 for ages 13 and older\, Wednesday-Friday\n\n\nChild daytime ticket\n$21 for ages 4-14\, Wednesday-Friday\n\n\nSenior / military daytime ticket\n$26\, Wednesday-Friday\n\n\nTwilight adult ticket\n$36 for ages 13 and older\n\n\nTwilight child ticket\n$26 for ages 4-14\n\n\nParking\nAvailable at Pine Knot Marina\n\n\nRecommended arrival\n15-30 minutes before departure\n\n\nOfficial tour website\nPine Knot Marina Miss Liberty Tours\n\n\n\nThe 2026 schedule and ticket information above are currently published by Visit Big Bear. Pine Knot Marina notes that schedules and pricing can change\, so travelers should verify the details shown during booking for their specific cruise date.  \nWhat Is the Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour?\nMiss Liberty is a narrated sightseeing boat operating from Pine Knot Marina on Big Bear Lake. Instead of renting a boat and navigating the lake yourself\, you can board for a guided cruise while learning more about the history and character of Big Bear Valley. \nThe approximately 90-minute narration covers highlights of Big Bear history dating to 1845\, along with folklore\, interesting facts\, and local stories. This makes the cruise especially appealing for first-time visitors who want to understand more about the destination while enjoying views from the water.  \nPine Knot Marina identifies Miss Liberty as a 64-foot Skipperliner 1500LX built in 1994 and refurbished in 2006. The operator currently lists a shaded upper deck\, enclosed and heated main salon\, modern restrooms\, small-group seating areas\, and capacity for 80 passengers.  \nThe vessel also has a galley where passengers can purchase light snacks and beverages. The current operator information mentions soft drinks as well as beer\, wine\, and champagne. Available items can change\, so do not plan a meal around the onboard selection without checking first.  \nMiss Liberty can work well for couples\, families\, multigenerational groups\, and visitors looking for an activity that does not require operating their own watercraft. The combination of an outdoor upper deck and enclosed salon also provides flexibility when mountain temperatures change. \nWhen and Where Are Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours in 2026?\nThe published Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 season runs from August 19 through November 1\, 2026.  \nThe current daytime schedule lists departures at: \n\n12:00 PM\n2:00 PM\n4:00 PM\n\nFriday\, Saturday\, and Sunday also have a published 6:00 PM Twilight Cruise.  \nAll cruises depart from: \nPine Knot Marina\n439 Pine Knot Ave\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nPine Knot Marina describes its location as the point “where the Village meets the lake\,” which makes the cruise easy to combine with time around Big Bear Lake’s Village area.  \nThe marina asks guests to arrive approximately 15 to 30 minutes before departure. Give yourself additional time if you’re driving into Big Bear on the same day\, since parking\, mountain traffic\, weather\, or road conditions can affect your arrival.  \nWhat Can Visitors Expect on Miss Liberty?\nThe Miss Liberty experience is primarily a scenic and educational cruise rather than a high-speed boating activity. Once onboard\, passengers can settle in and enjoy approximately an hour and a half on Big Bear Lake while listening to the narrated tour. \nHistory is a central part of the experience. The narration highlights Big Bear’s past beginning in the mid-19th century while mixing in folklore and other stories connected to the valley.  \nThe shaded upper deck provides an open-air vantage point\, while the heated enclosed salon offers another place to sit when conditions are cooler. This can be particularly useful later in the 2026 season\, when an evening on the lake may feel noticeably colder than an afternoon in town.  \nPine Knot Marina states that Miss Liberty is handicapped accessible. Travelers with particular mobility needs should still contact the operator before booking to ask about boarding\, seating\, restroom access\, and any assistance they may require.  \nThe boat is also available for private parties\, corporate groups\, and other group arrangements. Travelers interested in a private use of the vessel should contact Pine Knot Marina for current rates\, capacity requirements\, and available amenities rather than relying on standard tour ticket pricing.  \nHow Much Are Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour Tickets?\nThe current 2026 event listing publishes the following prices:  \n\n\n\nTicket\nPublished Price\nSchedule\n\n\n\n\nAdult\, age 13+\n$32\nWednesday-Friday daytime\n\n\nChild\, ages 4-14\n$21\nWednesday-Friday daytime\n\n\nSenior 65+ / Military\n$26\nWednesday-Friday daytime\n\n\nTwilight Cruise adult\, age 13+\n$36\nFriday-Sunday\n\n\nTwilight Cruise child\, ages 4-14\n$26\nFriday-Sunday\n\n\n\nThose are the currently published 2026 rates rather than guaranteed future prices. Pine Knot Marina specifically states that its schedules and pricing are subject to change\, so confirm the amount shown during the reservation process.  \nTickets\, Parking\, and Transportation\nDo You Need to Reserve Miss Liberty Tickets in Advance?\nPine Knot Marina says reservations are suggested and should be made early. Booking ahead is particularly useful if you want a specific departure time or a weekend Twilight Cruise.  \nThe operator also notes that all tours are weather permitting. In addition\, the published 2026 event information states that a minimum number of guests is required for the boat to tour the lake. Check any communication from the marina before traveling\, especially if weather conditions are uncertain.  \nWhere Do You Park for Miss Liberty?\nThe 2026 event listing states that parking is available at Pine Knot Marina.  \nArriving early is still important\, especially during busy weekends. The marina is close to The Village\, so the surrounding area can see additional pedestrian and vehicle activity during popular travel periods. \nHow Early Should You Arrive?\nPlan to arrive 15 to 30 minutes before your departure time. This gives you time to park\, locate the correct boarding area\, check in\, and be ready before the vessel departs.  \nIf you’re driving up the mountain on the day of your cruise\, leave considerably more than a 15-minute buffer. Traffic\, road work\, weather\, and mountain driving conditions can all affect travel time. \nWhat Should You Bring on a Miss Liberty Cruise?\nYou do not need much equipment for a 90-minute sightseeing cruise\, but these items can make the outing more comfortable: \n\nLayers: Big Bear Lake can feel cooler on the water than conditions onshore.\nA jacket: Particularly useful for the 6:00 PM Twilight Cruise or late-season departures.\nSun protection: Bring sunscreen\, sunglasses\, and a hat for daytime tours.\nYour reservation information: Keep your booking confirmation accessible.\nA charged phone or camera: Expect plenty of lake and mountain views.\nPersonal accessibility necessities: Contact Pine Knot Marina before your trip if you need assistance boarding.\n\nThe vessel has a shaded upper deck and an enclosed heated salon\, but passengers should still check the day’s forecast and dress appropriately.  \nHow to Make a Weekend of Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours\nArrival Day: Check In and Explore Big Bear\nArrive in Big Bear Lake the afternoon or evening before your cruise if your schedule allows. Checking into your cabin before tour day eliminates the need to coordinate a mountain drive with a fixed boat departure. \nOnce settled\, spend some time around The Village or enjoy a relaxed dinner. Pine Knot Marina’s location close to The Village makes it straightforward to combine shopping\, dining\, and the waterfront within the same portion of your trip.  \nCruise Day: See Big Bear Lake From the Water\nFor a daytime tour\, have a relaxed morning and head to the marina early enough to be there 15 to 30 minutes before departure. \nAfter your approximately 90-minute cruise\, keep the remainder of the day flexible. You could spend additional time near the lake or return to the cabin for a slower afternoon. \nFor a Friday\, Saturday\, or Sunday Twilight Cruise\, leave your late afternoon relatively open. The current Twilight departure is at 6:00 PM\, so you do not want another activity running late and forcing you to rush to the marina.  \nOnce the boat returns\, having an overnight cabin means you can enjoy the rest of your evening in Big Bear rather than immediately starting a drive down the mountain. \nCheck A Chalet cabin availability for your Miss Liberty weekend. \nDeparture Day: Enjoy More of the Lake\nUse the following morning for another Big Bear experience before heading home. Pine Knot Marina currently offers additional boating and water activities beyond Miss Liberty\, including seasonal rentals and recreation. Verify what’s operating on your travel date before adding another lake activity.  \nA slower departure morning also gives your group time to eat\, pack\, and leave the mountains without turning the entire weekend into a tight driving schedule. \nWhere to Stay for Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours\nBecause Miss Liberty departs from Big Bear Lake\, accommodations in Big Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear communities are the logical choices for most visitors. Staying in Lake Arrowhead solely for a Miss Liberty trip would add unnecessary mountain travel. \nA Chalet currently offers vacation rentals across Big Bear Lake\, Big Bear City\, and Lake Arrowhead\, with a mix of smaller and larger properties. For this particular cruise\, focus your search on the Big Bear inventory.  \nA couple can consider a smaller one- or two-bedroom cabin for a simple lake weekend. Families often benefit from two or three bedrooms and a shared living area\, while groups traveling together can compare larger properties that keep everyone under one roof. \nA Chalet’s current collection includes examples ranging from the one-bedroom Bear Den to two-bedroom properties such as Heavenly Bay Retreat and Jaybird Cabin\, three-bedroom options such as Conklin Canopy\, and four-bedroom properties including Boulder Landing and Rustic Ridge. Bedroom and bathroom counts should always be rechecked on the live listing before booking.  \nIf cooking at the cabin is important to your trip\, confirm that the particular property you choose currently lists a kitchen. The same rule applies to hot tubs\, pet-friendly policies\, parking\, air conditioning\, and other amenities: different A Chalet properties have different features. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your 2026 Big Bear Lake cruise dates. \nTips for Booking an Event Weekend Cabin\nReserve your cruise first. Knowing whether you have a noon\, afternoon\, or Twilight departure makes it easier to choose check-in and checkout dates. \nStay in the Big Bear area. The tour leaves from Pine Knot Marina in Big Bear Lake\, so prioritize Big Bear Lake and nearby Big Bear communities. \nChoose the correct cabin size. A couple does not necessarily need a large group property\, while families and friends may appreciate additional bedrooms and gathering space. \nVerify current property details. Check guest capacity\, bedrooms\, parking\, amenities\, house rules\, and cancellation terms on the current listing. \nConsider arriving the day before. This removes much of the risk associated with combining mountain traffic and a fixed cruise departure. \nConsider staying after a Twilight Cruise. An extra night allows you to relax after the evening cruise rather than immediately making a nighttime drive home. \nKeep weather flexibility in mind. Miss Liberty cruises are weather permitting\, so avoid building a trip where every other reservation depends on the boat operating exactly as planned.  \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen are Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours in 2026?\nThe published season runs from August 19 through November 1\, 2026. Daytime cruises are listed at 12:00 PM\, 2:00 PM\, and 4:00 PM\, with 6:00 PM Twilight Cruises on Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday.  \nWhere is the Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour?\nMiss Liberty departs from Pine Knot Marina\, 439 Pine Knot Ave\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315.  \nDo You Need Tickets for Miss Liberty?\nYes. The cruise is a ticketed attraction\, and Pine Knot Marina recommends making reservations early. Published 2026 prices vary by passenger category and cruise type.  \nIs Miss Liberty Good for Children?\nThe sightseeing format can work well for families\, and the published 2026 ticket structure includes a child category for ages 4-14. Families traveling with younger children should confirm current ticket and boarding requirements directly with Pine Knot Marina.  \nWhere Do You Park for the Miss Liberty Tour?\nParking is currently listed as available at Pine Knot Marina. Arrive 15 to 30 minutes before the cruise to give yourself time to park and board.  \nWhat Should I Bring on the Cruise?\nBring layers\, a jacket for cooler departures\, sun protection for daytime cruises\, your reservation details\, and a phone or camera. Check the forecast because conditions can feel cooler on the water. \nWhere Should I Stay for Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours?\nBig Bear Lake and nearby Big Bear communities are the most practical lodging areas. A Chalet offers cabins for couples\, families\, and groups across the Big Bear area. Browse current A Chalet availability for your Miss Liberty cruise dates. \nPlan Your Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 offer an easy way to experience Big Bear Lake from the water while learning about the valley’s history\, folklore\, and local stories. The 2026 season is currently scheduled through November 1\, with approximately 90-minute daytime tours and weekend Twilight Cruises.  \nStart by choosing your cruise and confirming the current schedule with Pine Knot Marina. Arrive 15 to 30 minutes early\, check the weather before traveling\, and keep enough flexibility in your itinerary for changing lake or mountain conditions. \nFor visitors coming from outside Big Bear\, an overnight stay makes it easier to enjoy the cruise without planning the entire day around driving. Arrive early\, spend some time in The Village\, cruise the lake\, return to your cabin afterward\, and enjoy another morning in the mountains before heading home. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and reserve a Big Bear stay that fits your 2026 Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour plans.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/miss-liberty-paddlewheel-tours-29/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260925T120000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260925T130000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215624Z
CREATED:20261016T215624Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215624Z
UID:14008-1790337600-1790341200@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Mountain Story Time
DESCRIPTION:Mountain Story Time 2026: Dates\, Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nMountain Story Time 2026 is a recurring family program at the Big Bear Discovery Center in Fawnskin featuring stories and hot chocolate in a nature-focused setting. The published schedule runs through December 20\, 2026\, with Story Time held Fridays at 12:00 PM and Sundays at 2:00 PM. The program is described as family-friendly and suitable for all ages. \nThe Big Bear Discovery Center is located at 40971 North Shore Drive/Hwy 38\, Fawnskin\, CA 92333. While visiting\, families can also learn about the surrounding San Bernardino National Forest and explore the Discovery Center’s nature-oriented offerings. The Center’s normal business hours are currently listed as Thursday through Monday\, 9:00 AM to 4:00 PM. \nMountain Story Time works especially well as part of a family weekend rather than as the only reason for a mountain trip. Staying in the Big Bear area gives families time to combine the program with outdoor recreation and a relaxed cabin stay. A Chalet currently offers rentals in both Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City\, including options for smaller families and larger groups. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Big Bear family trip. \nMountain Story Time 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nMountain Story Time\n\n\n2026 schedule\nFridays and Sundays through December 20\, 2026\n\n\nFriday time\n12:00 PM\n\n\nSunday time\n2:00 PM\n\n\nVenue\nBig Bear Discovery Center\n\n\nAddress\n40971 North Shore Drive/Hwy 38\, Fawnskin\, CA 92333\n\n\nAudience\nFamily-friendly; described as suitable for all ages\n\n\nProgram\nStories and hot chocolate\n\n\nAdmission\nNo Mountain Story Time admission price is published on the current event page\n\n\nParking\nAt/serving the Big Bear Discovery Center; follow posted parking directions\n\n\nRecommended arrival\nAbout 10-15 minutes early as a practical planning buffer; no official early-arrival requirement is currently published\n\n\nPhone\n909-382-2790\n\n\nOfficial event information\nMountain Story Time at Visit Big Bear\n\n\n\nOne detail in the source data can be confusing: the event page’s structured header displays a generic 1:30 PM-2:30 PM time\, while the actual event description specifically says Fridays at noon and Sundays at 2:00 PM. The current upcoming-date list also confirms the Friday/Sunday recurrence. For trip planning\, visitors should follow the day-specific schedule and verify their chosen session before leaving. \nWhat Is Mountain Story Time?\nMountain Story Time is a recurring family activity hosted at the Big Bear Discovery Center on the north side of Big Bear Lake. Rather than being a large festival or ticketed performance\, it offers families a simpler activity centered on stories and hot chocolate. \nThe current event description calls the program family-friendly and suitable for all ages. That makes it useful for families seeking an indoor or lower-key activity to balance hiking\, lake recreation\, snow play\, or other more active parts of a Big Bear trip. \nThe setting is part of the appeal. The Big Bear Discovery Center opened in 1998 and provides visitor information\, educational programs\, eco-tours\, special events\, and opportunities to learn more about responsible recreation in the San Bernardino National Forest. \nVisit Big Bear reports that the Discovery Center welcomes more than 190\,000 visitors annually and describes its goal as helping visitors become more knowledgeable and responsible caretakers of the surrounding national forest. \nWhen Is Mountain Story Time in 2026?\nThe published Mountain Story Time schedule continues through Sunday\, December 20\, 2026. \nThe recurring weekly schedule is: \n\nFridays: 12:00 PM\nSundays: 2:00 PM\n\nAs of September 10\, the next sessions listed by Visit Big Bear begin on Friday\, September 11 and Sunday\, September 13\, followed by Friday and Sunday dates through December 20. \nUpcoming dates currently include September 11\, 13\, 18\, 20\, 25\, and 27; October 2\, 4\, 9\, 11\, 16\, 18\, 23\, 25\, and 30; November 1\, 6\, 8\, 13\, 15\, 20\, 22\, 27\, and 29; and December 4\, 6\, 11\, 13\, 18\, and 20. \nBecause this is a recurring program extending into winter\, families should still check the official listing before traveling. Mountain weather\, holidays\, operating changes\, or other circumstances can affect individual dates. \nWhere Is Mountain Story Time?\nMountain Story Time takes place at: \nBig Bear Discovery Center\n40971 North Shore Drive/Hwy 38\nFawnskin\, CA 92333 \nThe Discovery Center is on the north side of Big Bear Lake in Fawnskin. Its current normal business hours are listed as Thursday through Monday from 9:00 AM to 4:00 PM\, which includes both the Friday and Sunday Story Time days. \nFor current venue information\, visitors can call 909-382-2790. The Discovery Center directory also publishes info@mountainsfoundation.org as a contact email. \nWhat Can Families Expect at Mountain Story Time?\nThe format is intentionally straightforward. Families gather at the Discovery Center for stories and hot chocolate in a program designed for all ages. \nUnlike a major festival\, the event listing does not advertise performers\, competitions\, vendors\, or a complicated activity schedule. Families should plan for a relaxed story-time experience rather than expecting an all-day event. \nThe event description also encourages visitors to make more of their Discovery Center stop by enjoying a nature hike and exploring the Center’s nature-themed gift shop. \nThat combination can work well for families with younger children: Story Time provides a scheduled anchor for the day\, while the rest of the visit can remain flexible depending on weather\, energy levels\, and current trail conditions. \nDoes Mountain Story Time Require Tickets?\nThe current Mountain Story Time listing does not publish an admission price or state that advance tickets are required. Visitors should therefore avoid relying on third-party pricing or assuming that another Discovery Center program’s admission rules apply to Story Time. \nIf participation requirements are important to your plans\, call the Big Bear Discovery Center at 909-382-2790 before your visit\, particularly for holiday-weekend or winter sessions. \nThe official event listing can also be checked at Visit Big Bear’s Mountain Story Time page. \nParking and Arrival Tips\nThe event takes place at the Big Bear Discovery Center\, and the listing does not announce a separate off-site event parking or shuttle program. Visitors should use the appropriate parking serving the Center and follow all posted directions when they arrive. \nThere is no official requirement in the current listing to arrive a specific number of minutes early. Still\, arriving roughly 10 to 15 minutes before Story Time is a reasonable planning buffer\, especially for families who need time to park\, get children settled\, or visit the restroom before the program begins. \nRemember that the schedule changes according to the day: Friday sessions are at noon\, while Sunday sessions are at 2:00 PM. \nWhat Should You Bring to Mountain Story Time?\nMountain Story Time does not have a published event-specific packing list. Families therefore do not need specialized equipment simply to attend the storytelling program. \nFor a broader Discovery Center visit\, consider bringing: \n\nWeather-appropriate layers\nComfortable shoes if you plan to walk outdoors\nWater for your family\nAny necessary medications or child-care essentials\nSun protection for daytime outdoor activities\n\nIf you intend to add a nature walk\, check current weather and trail conditions first. A December Story Time visit can require very different preparation from a September visit. \nIs Mountain Story Time Good for Kids?\nYes. The official event description specifically calls Mountain Story Time family-friendly and says it is suitable for all ages. \nNo minimum age is published. That makes the program potentially useful for families traveling with children of different ages or grandparents joining a multigenerational Big Bear trip. \nParents should still consider their own child’s ability to sit through a storytelling activity. “All ages” describes the program’s intended audience; it does not mean every child will have the same attention span or interest. \nWhat Else Can You Do at the Big Bear Discovery Center?\nThe Discovery Center is more than a Story Time venue. It serves as an educational and visitor hub connected to the San Bernardino National Forest and hosts weekly programs\, eco-tours\, outdoor concerts\, theater productions\, and nighttime interpretive programming at different times of year. \nFor Mountain Story Time specifically\, the event listing suggests adding a nature hike and a stop in the nature-themed gift shop. \nFamilies should check what is operating on their actual travel date rather than assuming every Discovery Center program runs alongside Story Time. \nHow to Make a Weekend of Mountain Story Time\nFriday Option: Arrive for Noon Story Time\nIf your family can reach Big Bear before Friday’s noon session\, Mountain Story Time can serve as the first scheduled activity of your trip. Visit the Discovery Center\, enjoy the program\, and keep the afternoon open for an easy outdoor activity if conditions are appropriate. \nAfterward\, check into your cabin and have a relaxed evening rather than packing several major attractions into arrival day. \nSaturday: Enjoy a Full Day in Big Bear\nUse Saturday for the larger activity your family wants to build the trip around. Depending on the season and current conditions\, Big Bear offers lake recreation\, hiking\, mountain activities\, shopping\, and other family attractions. \nReturning to a cabin afterward gives families space to eat together and recharge before another day out. \nCheck A Chalet cabin availability for your Mountain Story Time weekend. \nSunday Option: Story Time Before Heading Home\nFamilies arriving later on Friday can instead make the Sunday 2:00 PM session part of their final day. \nKeep checkout requirements and your drive home in mind when using the Sunday program as a departure-day activity. If your schedule allows another night\, staying through Sunday can remove the need to immediately begin a longer drive after the Discovery Center visit. \nWhere to Stay for Mountain Story Time\nMountain Story Time is held in Fawnskin on the north side of Big Bear Lake. For most visitors\, Big Bear Lake or Big Bear City provides a more geographically relevant lodging base than Lake Arrowhead for this particular event. \nA Chalet currently offers vacation rentals in Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City\, with options ranging from one-bedroom accommodations to larger four-bedroom properties. \nCurrent examples include Bear Den with one bedroom; Heavenly Bay Retreat\, Jaybird Cabin\, Maverick’s Cabin\, and Golden Hour with two bedrooms; Conklin Canopy with three bedrooms; and Boulder Landing\, Rustic Ridge\, and Elevated Escape with four bedrooms. \nFor families\, choose based on the current occupancy limits and features of the individual listing rather than bedroom count alone. For example\, A Chalet’s current Conklin Canopy listing identifies it as a three-bedroom\, two-bathroom Big Bear Lake property sleeping up to eight\, with a game room\, kitchen\, washer and dryer\, and parking for up to three vehicles. \nProperty details and availability can change\, so verify the live listing before booking rather than assuming the same amenities are included at every A Chalet cabin. \nBrowse current A Chalet Big Bear cabins. \nTips for Booking a Mountain Story Time Weekend Cabin\nChoose Friday or Sunday first. Friday Story Time begins at noon\, while Sunday’s session starts at 2:00 PM. \nCheck the event listing before traveling. The program is recurring through December\, so weather\, holidays\, or operating changes may affect individual sessions. \nStay in the Big Bear area. Big Bear Lake or Big Bear City is a practical base for a Fawnskin event. \nMatch the cabin to your family. Check occupancy\, bedroom configuration\, parking rules\, and current amenities before reserving. \nConsider two nights. Story Time itself is a relatively simple family activity\, so it makes more sense when combined with other Big Bear experiences rather than a rushed same-day trip. \nPlan differently by season. September and December can bring very different mountain conditions. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Is Mountain Story Time in 2026?\nMountain Story Time runs on Fridays and Sundays through December 20\, 2026. Friday sessions are listed at 12:00 PM and Sunday sessions at 2:00 PM. \nWhere Is Mountain Story Time?\nThe program is held at the Big Bear Discovery Center\, 40971 North Shore Drive/Hwy 38\, Fawnskin\, CA 92333. \nIs Mountain Story Time Good for Children?\nYes. The event is specifically described as family-friendly and suitable for all ages. No minimum age is currently published. \nDo You Need Tickets for Mountain Story Time?\nThe current official event page does not publish an admission price or state that advance tickets are required. For the latest participation details\, check the event page or call the Discovery Center at 909-382-2790. \nWhat Happens During Mountain Story Time?\nThe program features stories and hot chocolate. The event listing also encourages families to enjoy a nature hike and explore the Discovery Center’s nature-themed gift shop while visiting. \nWhat Time Should We Arrive?\nNo official early-arrival requirement is published. Arriving around 10-15 minutes before the session is a practical buffer for parking and getting children settled. Remember that Friday sessions begin at noon and Sunday sessions at 2:00 PM. \nWhere Should Families Stay for Mountain Story Time?\nBig Bear Lake or Big Bear City provides a practical base for visiting the Discovery Center in Fawnskin. A Chalet currently offers one-\, two-\, three-\, and four-bedroom options across its Big Bear collection\, depending on current availability. \nCheck A Chalet availability for your family trip. \nPlan Your Mountain Story Time 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nMountain Story Time 2026 is an easy addition to a family trip to Big Bear: stories\, hot chocolate\, and a visit to the Big Bear Discovery Center in Fawnskin. The current schedule runs through December 20\, with Friday sessions at noon and Sunday sessions at 2:00 PM. \nFamilies can pair Story Time with a visit to the Discovery Center\, an appropriate nature walk\, and other seasonal Big Bear activities. Because the program continues from late summer into December\, check the latest event information and mountain conditions before each visit. \nTurning the outing into an overnight stay also gives families more flexibility. Instead of driving to the mountains solely for Story Time\, you can check into a Big Bear cabin\, enjoy a full weekend together\, and use the Discovery Center program as one relaxed part of the itinerary. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Big Bear family stay around Mountain Story Time 2026.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/mountain-story-time-21/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260925T150000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260925T200000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215632Z
CREATED:20261016T215632Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215632Z
UID:14009-1790348400-1790366400@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Big Bear Lake Farmers Market
DESCRIPTION:Big Bear Lake Farmers Market 2026: Dates\, Hours\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nBig Bear Lake Farmers Market 2026 is a Friday market at Ski Beach Park featuring produce from local and regional farms\, prepared foods\, hot food vendors\, and artisan products. The market’s own website currently advertises Friday fall hours from 3:00 PM to 8:00 PM and describes the event as a lakeside gathering of produce\, food\, and artisans from the San Bernardino Mountains and surrounding region. \nFor travelers planning the remainder of the 2026 season\, Visit Big Bear currently lists upcoming Friday markets on September 11\, September 18\, September 25\, October 2\, October 9\, October 16\, and October 23. The venue is Ski Beach Park in Big Bear Lake.  \nThere is a small inconsistency in the published information: the market’s own site says “Fridays through October 24\,” while October 24\, 2026 falls on a Saturday. Visit Big Bear’s active calendar lists Friday\, October 23 as the final upcoming 2026 market date. The Visit Big Bear page also displays a 4:00-7:00 PM structured time in one place while its event description and the market’s own website state 3:00-8:00 PM. Visitors should verify the hours before making a time-sensitive trip.  \nFor cabin guests\, the market can be a useful first stop on a Big Bear weekend: shop for produce and artisan foods\, pick up something hot for dinner\, and then return to a nearby cabin rather than treating the market as a standalone day trip. A Chalet offers Big Bear-area vacation rentals for couples\, families\, and larger groups. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Big Bear Farmers Market weekend. \nBig Bear Lake Farmers Market 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nBig Bear Lake Farmers Market\n\n\n2026 schedule\nFridays during the seasonal market run\n\n\nRemaining confirmed calendar dates\nSeptember 11\, 18\, 25; October 2\, 9\, 16\, and 23\, 2026\n\n\nPublished fall hours\n3:00 PM-8:00 PM on the market’s official website; Visit Big Bear also displays a conflicting 4:00 PM-7:00 PM header\, so confirm before visiting\n\n\nVenue\nSki Beach Park\n\n\nAddress\nApproximately 41216-41220 Park Ave.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nWhat you’ll find\nProduce\, artisan foods\, hot food vendors\, and local/regional makers\n\n\nParking\nParking is listed as available at Ski Beach Park\n\n\nAdmission\nNo general admission fee is published on the current event information reviewed\n\n\nPhone\n909-547-4574\n\n\nOfficial website\nBig Bear Lake Farmers Market\n\n\n\nWhat Is the Big Bear Lake Farmers Market?\nThe Big Bear Lake Farmers Market is a seasonal Friday market held beside the lake at Ski Beach Park. Its focus is a mix of fresh food\, prepared food\, and locally or regionally produced goods rather than a conventional retail fair. \nThe market’s official website describes its vendor mix as including local produce\, artisan food producers\, and hot food vendors. It also states that participating farms are certified by the Department of Agriculture and describes the produce offered through the market as pesticide-free.  \nThe lakeside setting is another distinguishing feature. The market says it works with Bear Valley Parks and Recreation to create a Friday evening experience directly by the lake\, making it easy to combine shopping with the rest of a Big Bear outing.  \nVisitors should expect vendor selections to vary from week to week. The current official pages do not publish a fixed list guaranteeing that a particular farm\, dish\, product\, or artisan will appear on every remaining date. \nWhen Is the Big Bear Lake Farmers Market in 2026?\nVisit Big Bear’s current event calendar lists the remaining Friday dates as: \n\nSeptember 11\, 2026\nSeptember 18\, 2026\nSeptember 25\, 2026\nOctober 2\, 2026\nOctober 9\, 2026\nOctober 16\, 2026\nOctober 23\, 2026\n\nVisit Big Bear’s live calendar repeatedly identifies October 23 as the final scheduled Friday occurrence.  \nThe market’s own website currently says “Fridays through October 24”. Because October 24 falls on a Saturday in 2026\, travelers should use Friday\, October 23 as the final calendar-listed date unless the organizer announces a separate October 24 session.  \nWhat Time Is the Big Bear Lake Farmers Market?\nThe market’s official website currently advertises fall hours from 3:00 PM to 8:00 PM. The detailed description on Visit Big Bear also states 3:00 PM-8:00 PM.  \nHowever\, Visit Big Bear’s structured event header currently shows 4:00 PM to 7:00 PM. Because these two times appear on the same current event listing\, visitors should verify the operating hours with the organizer before planning around the first or last hour of the market.  \nIf you simply want a practical arrival strategy\, the middle portion of the published window avoids relying on either disputed edge. Arriving during the late afternoon also gives you time to browse before evening plans. \nWhere Is the Big Bear Lake Farmers Market?\nThe market is held at Ski Beach Park in Big Bear Lake. Visit Big Bear lists the event at 41216 Park Ave.\, while the market’s official website displays 41220 Park Ave. These addresses refer to the same immediate Ski Beach Park area\, but visitors should navigate to the park rather than relying solely on a street number.  \nThe market’s own contact information lists: \nBig Bear Lake Farmers Market\nSki Beach Park\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315\nPhone: 909-547-4574 \nWhat Can Visitors Expect at the Farmers Market?\nThe current market information highlights three main categories: farm produce\, artisan foods\, and hot food vendors. \nFor cabin guests\, that mix can be especially useful. You may find ingredients to take back for a cabin meal\, prepared foods to eat during the market\, or packaged artisan products to enjoy later in the weekend. \nThe official website says participating farms bring produce from the San Bernardino region and beyond\, while artisan food vendors offer products designed to be enjoyed either at the market or at home. Hot food vendors provide additional ready-to-eat options during the Friday market.  \nThe market does not currently publish a guaranteed vendor roster for every Friday\, so avoid planning a trip around one specific product unless you have confirmed that vendor’s attendance directly. \nDoes the Big Bear Lake Farmers Market Require Tickets?\nNo general admission ticket or entrance price is published on the current market website or Visit Big Bear event information reviewed for this guide. \nVisitors should still bring an appropriate payment method for purchases from individual vendors. The current official pages do not guarantee that every vendor accepts the same forms of payment\, so having more than one payment option can be useful. \nIf a special activity or future market date introduces separate admission\, check the official Big Bear Lake Farmers Market website before visiting. \nWhere Do You Park for the Big Bear Lake Farmers Market?\nVisit Big Bear specifically states that parking is available at Ski Beach Park.  \nNo current event-wide shuttle program or separate reservation system for parking is published. Follow posted signs\, use designated spaces\, and avoid parking where restrictions prohibit it. \nBecause Friday markets can draw both shoppers and other park users\, allowing a little extra time to park is sensible\, particularly if you plan to arrive during the busier early-evening period. \nWhat Should You Bring?\nThe market does not publish a required packing list\, but a few practical items can make shopping easier: \n\nReusable shopping bags or totes\nA cooler or insulated bag if purchasing temperature-sensitive foods\nWater\nSun protection for earlier afternoon visits\nA light layer as temperatures cool toward evening\nMore than one payment option\n\nIf you’re shopping for a cabin meal\, decide what you need before visiting so you can combine market purchases with anything else required for dinner. \nIs the Big Bear Lake Farmers Market Family-Friendly?\nThe current event information does not publish an age restriction. The setting at Ski Beach Park and the mix of food\, shopping\, and lakeside atmosphere make it an easy event to incorporate into a family afternoon. \nFamilies with younger children should remember that this is an active public market rather than a dedicated children’s program. Keep children supervised around vendor areas\, parking areas\, and the lakeside environment. \nDetailed accessibility information is not published on the current event listing reviewed\, so visitors who need specific accommodations should contact the organizer at 909-547-4574 before traveling. \nHow to Make a Weekend of the Big Bear Lake Farmers Market\nFriday: Arrive\, Shop\, and Settle Into Your Cabin\nFriday is a natural arrival day for a Big Bear weekend. Reach the mountains in the afternoon\, visit Ski Beach Park\, browse the market\, and pick up food or ingredients before checking into your cabin. \nIf your rental has the kitchen facilities you need\, market shopping can become part of dinner rather than simply another sightseeing stop. Verify the kitchen and cooking amenities on your particular rental listing before building your meal plan around them. \nCheck A Chalet cabin availability for a Big Bear Farmers Market weekend. \nSaturday: Spend a Full Day in Big Bear\nWith the farmers market handled on Friday\, Saturday can be dedicated to the main activity that brought you to Big Bear. Depending on current conditions and the season\, visitors might spend time around the lake\, explore an appropriate hiking trail\, visit The Village\, or choose another scheduled local attraction. \nCheck operating schedules and weather before making firm plans\, especially during the later October market dates when mountain conditions can change quickly. \nSunday: Slow Down Before Heading Home\nUse Sunday for breakfast at the cabin and one final local activity before departure. A two-night itinerary makes the Friday market feel like part of the trip rather than something you need to squeeze into a same-day mountain drive. \nWhere to Stay for the Big Bear Lake Farmers Market\nBecause the market takes place at Ski Beach Park in Big Bear Lake\, Big Bear Lake itself is the most straightforward lodging area. Big Bear City can also work as a base for a broader valley weekend. \nA Chalet currently maintains a collection of Big Bear cabins ranging from smaller accommodations to larger properties suitable for groups. Its published chalet collection includes options such as Chip O Wood\, Stargazer\, Pendleton Pines\, Big Blue\, and larger properties such as Summit Ridge.  \nThe current A Chalet page groups properties into one-bedroom\, two-to-three-bedroom\, and four-to-six-bedroom categories\, giving couples\, families\, and larger groups several sizes to compare.  \nIf your market plans include cooking with produce or artisan ingredients\, review the current individual cabin listing to make sure it has the kitchen setup you need. The same applies to parking\, pet policies\, laundry\, outdoor spaces\, and other amenities; these features vary by property and should be verified before booking. \nBrowse current A Chalet Big Bear cabin availability. \nTips for Booking a Farmers Market Weekend Cabin\nPlan around a Friday arrival. The market operates on Fridays\, so it fits naturally into the start of a weekend stay. \nVerify the market hours. Current sources conflict between 3:00-8:00 PM and 4:00-7:00 PM\, so confirm if you intend to arrive particularly early or late. \nUse October 23 as the final currently calendar-listed Friday. Although the market website references October 24\, Visit Big Bear’s active 2026 calendar ends on Friday\, October 23. \nChoose a cabin based on how you’ll use your purchases. If you’re buying ingredients to cook\, verify the current kitchen amenities before booking. \nCheck parking capacity at your cabin. Groups traveling in multiple cars should confirm the number of permitted vehicles. \nGive yourself a second day in Big Bear. The market works best as one piece of a mountain weekend rather than the sole activity. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Is the Big Bear Lake Farmers Market in 2026?\nThe market runs on Fridays. As of September 10\, Visit Big Bear lists remaining dates on September 11\, 18\, and 25\, plus October 2\, 9\, 16\, and 23\, 2026.  \nWhat Time Is the Big Bear Lake Farmers Market?\nThe market’s own website currently says fall hours are 3:00 PM-8:00 PM. Visit Big Bear repeats that schedule in the event description but also displays a conflicting 4:00 PM-7:00 PM time in its header. Confirm with the organizer if your visit depends on the first or last hour.  \nWhere Is the Farmers Market?\nThe Big Bear Lake Farmers Market is held at Ski Beach Park in Big Bear Lake\, in the 41216-41220 Park Ave. area.  \nWhat Vendors Are at the Big Bear Lake Farmers Market?\nThe market advertises local and regional farms\, artisan food producers\, and hot food vendors. The specific vendor mix can vary by date.  \nIs There Parking?\nYes. Visit Big Bear states that parking is available at Ski Beach Park. Follow posted parking restrictions when you arrive.  \nDo I Need a Ticket?\nNo general admission requirement is currently published on the official event information reviewed. Individual purchases from market vendors are separate. \nWhere Should I Stay for the Big Bear Lake Farmers Market?\nBig Bear Lake is the most convenient general lodging area for an event at Ski Beach Park\, while Big Bear City can also work for a wider valley itinerary. A Chalet offers cabins in the Big Bear area for different group sizes.  \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your market weekend. \nPlan Your Big Bear Lake Farmers Market 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nThe Big Bear Lake Farmers Market 2026 gives Friday visitors an easy way to experience the local food scene beside Big Bear Lake. At Ski Beach Park\, shoppers can browse farm produce\, artisan foods\, and hot food vendors before continuing with the rest of their mountain weekend.  \nAs of September 10\, the active Visit Big Bear calendar shows seven remaining Friday markets through October 23\, 2026. Because current sources contain conflicting closing dates and hours\, check the organizer’s latest information before making a trip that depends on arriving at opening or near closing time.  \nFor overnight visitors\, the market fits naturally into a Friday arrival: shop at Ski Beach Park\, bring your finds back to a Big Bear cabin\, and leave the rest of the weekend open for the lake\, trails\, The Village\, or other seasonal activities. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your stay around the Big Bear Lake Farmers Market 2026.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/big-bear-lake-farmers-market-16/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260925T170000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260925T200000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215628Z
CREATED:20261016T215628Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215628Z
UID:14010-1790355600-1790366400@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Live Music at Barrel 33
DESCRIPTION:Live Music at Barrel 33 2026: September & October Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nLive Music at Barrel 33 2026 brings acoustic afternoons and evening performances to Barrel 33 in Big Bear Lake throughout September and into early October. The venue combines live music with its food\, craft beer\, and wine offerings at 40754 Village Dr.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315. Performance times vary by artist and date\, so checking the schedule before arriving is important.  \nAs of September 10\, the next confirmed performances begin with Matt & Emily on September 11 from 5:00 PM to 8:00 PM\, followed by Local Legends on September 12. Additional September performers include Brad\, Tanner\, Sergio Snow\, Matt & Emily\, and The Blackwells. Ryan Bieber is currently scheduled for October 2 and October 3.  \nOne schedule detail deserves attention: Visit Big Bear currently lists Brad on September 30 and again on October 6\, but Barrel 33’s own live event calendar currently identifies September 30 as Locals Night and a Pirate Ship Wine Cruise rather than a Brad performance\, and it does not currently display an October 6 Brad event. Because the venue is the primary source\, this guide treats those two performances as unconfirmed and recommends checking Barrel 33 directly before planning around them.  \nVisitors traveling from outside Big Bear can easily build a cabin stay around one of these performances. A Chalet currently offers Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City vacation rentals for couples\, families\, and groups\, making an overnight stay practical if you’d rather enjoy the evening without immediately driving down the mountain afterward.  \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Big Bear live music trip. \nLive Music at Barrel 33 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nLive Music at Barrel 33\n\n\nCurrent event period\nSeptember 2026 into early October 2026\n\n\nVenue\nBarrel 33\n\n\nAddress\n40754 Village Dr.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nPerformance times\nVary by date\, generally between 1:30 PM and 8:00 PM\n\n\nConfirmed upcoming artists\nMatt & Emily\, Local Legends\, Brad\, Tanner\, Sergio Snow\, The Blackwells\, and Ryan Bieber\n\n\nAdmission\nNo universal live-music admission charge is currently published on Barrel 33’s event listings\n\n\nFood and drinks\nFood\, craft beer\, and wine are promoted alongside the live music\n\n\nParking\nUse appropriate public parking serving The Village and follow posted restrictions\n\n\nPhone\n909-878-0838\n\n\nRecommended arrival\nNo official early-arrival time is published; arriving 15-30 minutes before your chosen performance is a practical buffer\n\n\nOfficial venue calendar\nBarrel 33 Events\n\n\n\nVisit Big Bear describes the live-music series as a recurring event from September 1 through October 6\, while Barrel 33’s own calendar confirms individual performances through October 3 at the time of writing. Because performer schedules can change\, use the venue calendar as the final source before traveling.  \nWhat Is Live Music at Barrel 33?\nLive Music at Barrel 33 is a series of individual acoustic and live-band performances at Barrel 33 in Big Bear Lake’s Village area. Rather than one large concert with a fixed lineup and ticket package\, the venue schedules different performers on selected afternoons and evenings. \nBarrel 33 promotes these performances alongside food\, craft beer\, wine\, and a casual social atmosphere. That makes the series easy to add to a Big Bear itinerary without dedicating an entire day to an event.  \nSome performances are early-afternoon acoustic sets\, while many Friday and Saturday appearances run from 5:00 PM to 8:00 PM. This variation is useful for travelers: an afternoon Brad performance can fit between daytime activities\, while an evening show can serve as the main plan after hiking\, lake time\, shopping\, or sightseeing. \nThe current event descriptions do not publish reserved seating arrangements\, a universal cover charge\, or a formal concert-style admission process. Visitors should therefore check the listing for their specific date rather than assuming every performance operates identically. \nWhen Is Live Music at Barrel 33 in 2026?\nThe official Barrel 33 calendar and Visit Big Bear currently confirm a substantial September schedule\, followed by Ryan Bieber performances on October 2 and October 3.  \nAs of September 10\, the confirmed upcoming schedule is: \n\n\n\nDate\nPerformer\nTime\n\n\n\n\nSeptember 11\, 2026\nMatt & Emily\n5:00 PM-8:00 PM\n\n\nSeptember 12\, 2026\nLocal Legends\n5:00 PM-8:00 PM\n\n\nSeptember 15\, 2026\nBrad\n1:30 PM-3:30 PM\n\n\nSeptember 17\, 2026\nTanner\n5:00 PM-8:00 PM\n\n\nSeptember 18\, 2026\nSergio Snow\n5:00 PM-8:00 PM\n\n\nSeptember 19\, 2026\nSergio Snow\n5:00 PM-8:00 PM\n\n\nSeptember 22\, 2026\nBrad\n1:30 PM-3:30 PM\n\n\nSeptember 25\, 2026\nMatt & Emily\n5:00 PM-8:00 PM\n\n\nSeptember 26\, 2026\nThe Blackwells\n5:00 PM-8:00 PM\n\n\nSeptember 29\, 2026\nBrad\n1:30 PM-3:30 PM\n\n\nOctober 2\, 2026\nRyan Bieber\n5:00 PM-8:00 PM\n\n\nOctober 3\, 2026\nRyan Bieber\n5:00 PM-8:00 PM\n\n\n\nThese dates and times are confirmed on Barrel 33’s current official event calendar.  \nEarlier September performances included Brad on September 1 and September 8\, Katie on September 4\, Austin Rogers on September 5\, and Dana on September 6.  \nWhat About the September 30 and October 6 Performances?\nThere is currently a discrepancy between published sources. \nVisit Big Bear’s event page lists Brad on September 30 from 5:00 PM to 7:00 PM and Brad on October 6 from 1:30 PM to 3:30 PM.  \nHowever\, Barrel 33’s own current calendar lists September 30 as Locals Night from 5:00 PM to 7:00 PM and also lists a Pirate Ship Wine Cruise that evening. It does not currently show a September 30 Brad performance or October 6 Brad event.  \nBecause Barrel 33 is the venue and primary source\, travelers should not plan a trip specifically around September 30 or October 6 live music unless the venue confirms those performances. This is exactly the kind of schedule detail worth rechecking shortly before your visit. \nWhere Is Barrel 33 in Big Bear Lake?\nBarrel 33 is located at: \nBarrel 33\n40754 Village Dr.\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315\nPhone: 909-878-0838 \nVisit Big Bear confirms the venue at 40754 Village Dr. in Big Bear Lake. Barrel 33’s own event calendar also lists the Village Drive location and the same phone number.  \nThe location places visitors in The Village area\, so a live-music performance can be combined naturally with time spent walking through central Big Bear Lake before or afterward. \nWhat Can Visitors Expect?\nThe experience depends somewhat on the day you attend. Brad’s Tuesday appearances are promoted as Afternoon Acoustic sessions and currently run from 1:30 PM to 3:30 PM. Friday and Saturday live-music events usually run in the early evening\, often from 5:00 PM to 8:00 PM.  \nBarrel 33 promotes live music alongside: \n\nFood\nCraft beer\nWine\nIndividual acoustic artists and bands\nA casual Village setting\n\nThe venue’s current event descriptions do not publish a detailed set list\, number of performance breaks\, stage schedule\, reserved-seat system\, or performer-specific admission fee. Those details should not be invented or assumed from another date. \nIf seeing a particular artist is the reason for your trip\, check Barrel 33’s calendar on the day of the performance. Live entertainment schedules can change due to artist availability\, weather\, or venue considerations. \nTickets\, Parking\, and Transportation\nDo You Need Tickets for Live Music at Barrel 33?\nBarrel 33’s current individual live-music listings do not publish a universal ticket price or cover charge. The venue simply invites guests to attend for live music\, food\, craft beer\, and wine.  \nThat does not guarantee that every future performance will always operate without special admission terms. Check your chosen date or call 909-878-0838 if admission arrangements are important to your plans. \nWhere Should You Park?\nBarrel 33 is located in The Village area of Big Bear Lake. Visitors should use appropriate public parking serving The Village and follow all posted parking restrictions. \nWeekend evenings can bring more activity to The Village\, so leave enough time to park and walk to Barrel 33 rather than arriving exactly when the band is scheduled to begin. \nHow Early Should You Arrive?\nNo official early-arrival requirement is published. A practical approach is to reach the area 15 to 30 minutes before the scheduled start\, particularly for Friday and Saturday evening performances. \nThis is a travel-planning recommendation rather than an official Barrel 33 check-in rule. If the venue publishes different instructions for your date\, follow those instead. \nWhat Should You Bring?\nLive music at Barrel 33 requires relatively little preparation\, but a few items can make your evening easier: \n\nValid identification: Bring appropriate ID if you intend to purchase alcoholic beverages.\nA warm layer: Big Bear evenings can cool quickly\, even after a warm afternoon.\nYour chosen event details: Confirm the artist and start time before leaving.\nA transportation plan: Decide how you’ll return to your cabin if you plan to drink.\nA charged phone: Useful for navigation\, parking\, and checking last-minute venue updates.\n\nBecause the performances are at an established Village venue rather than a trail\, lake\, or mountaintop event\, you do not need specialized outdoor equipment. \nIs Live Music at Barrel 33 Family Friendly?\nThe current live-music listings do not publish a universal age restriction. However\, Barrel 33 serves craft beer and wine\, so families should not assume that every scheduled event has the same age policy. \nIf you’re considering attending with children or teenagers\, contact Barrel 33 at 909-878-0838 to confirm the venue’s current policy for that particular performance. \nSimilarly\, no detailed accessibility information is included in the individual live-music listings. Visitors requiring specific accommodations should contact the venue directly before arrival. \nHow to Make a Weekend of Live Music at Barrel 33\nArrival Day: Check Into Big Bear\nIf you’re coming from outside the mountains for a Friday or Saturday performance\, consider arriving earlier in the afternoon rather than trying to time a mountain drive around a 5:00 PM start. \nCheck into your cabin\, unpack\, and review the latest Barrel 33 listing. That gives your group time to settle in before heading toward The Village. \nBefore the Music: Explore The Village\nArriving in The Village ahead of the performance gives you flexibility if parking takes longer than expected. Spend some time walking around the area and then head to Barrel 33 before your chosen artist begins. \nFor Tuesday afternoon performances with Brad\, the 1:30 PM to 3:30 PM schedule leaves plenty of time for another Big Bear activity afterward. Friday and Saturday shows running until 8:00 PM work better as the main evening plan.  \nAfter the Performance: Return to Your Cabin\nAfter an evening performance\, an overnight cabin provides an easy place for your group to wind down without immediately starting a long drive out of Big Bear. \nIf anyone has been drinking alcohol\, use a safe transportation plan rather than driving. Planning that before the performance keeps the evening simple. \nCheck A Chalet cabin availability for your Barrel 33 live-music dates. \nNext Morning: Enjoy More of Big Bear\nUse the following morning for another local experience before departure. Depending on the season and conditions\, that could mean time around Big Bear Lake\, an appropriate trail outing\, or a relaxed morning in The Village. \nIf you’re attending Ryan Bieber on October 2 or October 3\, remember that early October mountain conditions can differ noticeably from September. Check the weather before packing and before any outdoor plans. \nWhere to Stay for Live Music at Barrel 33\nBecause Barrel 33 is in Big Bear Lake\, visitors should concentrate on Big Bear Lake and nearby Big Bear City accommodations. Staying in Lake Arrowhead solely for an evening at Barrel 33 would add unnecessary mountain travel. \nA Chalet currently lists vacation rentals in Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City\, with properties suited to different group sizes. Its current collection includes two-bedroom stays such as Heavenly Bay Retreat\, Jaybird Cabin\, and Maverick’s Cabin; three-bedroom Conklin Canopy; and four-bedroom choices including Boulder Landing\, Rustic Ridge\, and Elevated Escape.  \nFor a couple attending a single acoustic or evening performance\, a smaller cabin can keep the trip straightforward. A group of friends planning dinner\, live music\, and another day in Big Bear may appreciate additional bedrooms and common living space. \nA Chalet’s current site also lists a one-bedroom Bear Den\, providing another smaller-stay option.  \nDo not assume that every property has identical amenities. If a kitchen\, hot tub\, pet-friendly policy\, laundry facilities\, or a particular number of parking spaces matters to your trip\, verify that feature on the current property listing before booking. \nBrowse current A Chalet Big Bear cabin availability. \nTips for Booking an Event Weekend Cabin\nChoose your performer first. Start with the live schedule so you know whether you’re planning around a Tuesday acoustic afternoon\, a Thursday performance\, or a Friday or Saturday evening show. \nVerify the date directly with Barrel 33. This is especially important for September 30 and October 6 because the tourism calendar and venue calendar currently conflict. \nStay in the Big Bear area. Barrel 33 is in Big Bear Lake\, making Big Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear City the logical lodging choice. \nMatch the cabin to your group. Couples can compare smaller stays\, while groups of friends may prefer several bedrooms and shared gathering space. \nCheck parking rules at your cabin. If several friends are arriving in separate vehicles\, verify the property’s maximum allowed vehicle count. \nPlan for the evening after the music. An overnight stay is particularly useful for shows finishing at 8:00 PM and for anyone who wants to enjoy Barrel 33’s beverage selection without a long drive afterward. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen is Live Music at Barrel 33 in 2026?\nThe current series includes numerous September dates and confirmed performances on October 2 and October 3. Visit Big Bear lists the broader recurring period through October 6\, but Barrel 33’s own current calendar should be treated as the final source for individual performances.  \nWhere is Live Music at Barrel 33?\nThe performances take place at Barrel 33\, 40754 Village Dr.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315.  \nWho is performing at Barrel 33 in September 2026?\nUpcoming confirmed September performers include Matt & Emily\, Local Legends\, Brad\, Tanner\, Sergio Snow\, and The Blackwells. Performance dates and times vary.  \nDo you need tickets for the live music?\nNo universal ticket price or cover charge is currently published for the standard live-music performances. Check Barrel 33’s calendar or call the venue before attending if admission terms are important to your trip. \nWhere do you park for Barrel 33?\nBarrel 33 is in The Village area. Use appropriate public parking serving The Village\, obey posted restrictions\, and allow extra time on busy evenings. \nCan kids attend Live Music at Barrel 33?\nThe current event listings do not publish a universal age restriction. Because Barrel 33 serves beer and wine\, contact the venue to confirm its current policy before bringing younger guests. \nWhere should I stay for Live Music at Barrel 33?\nBig Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear City is the most convenient area. A Chalet currently offers both smaller cabins and multi-bedroom vacation rentals in the Big Bear area. Browse A Chalet’s current availability for your music weekend. \nPlan Your Live Music at Barrel 33 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nLive Music at Barrel 33 2026 gives Big Bear visitors an easy way to add local entertainment to a mountain trip without committing to an all-day festival. The remaining September schedule includes afternoon acoustic sessions and evening performances by Matt & Emily\, Local Legends\, Brad\, Tanner\, Sergio Snow\, and The Blackwells\, followed by Ryan Bieber on October 2 and October 3.  \nCheck the venue calendar before traveling\, especially if you’re planning around a particular artist. The September 30 and October 6 entries shown by Visit Big Bear are not currently matched by Barrel 33’s primary event calendar\, so those dates should be confirmed directly with the venue.  \nFor travelers coming from outside the mountains\, an overnight stay can make the experience much easier. Arrive earlier\, check into your cabin\, spend time in The Village\, enjoy the performance\, and return somewhere comfortable afterward instead of immediately driving out of Big Bear. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Big Bear stay around Live Music at Barrel 33 2026.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/live-music-at-barrel-33-24/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260925T180000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260925T210000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215627Z
CREATED:20261016T215627Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215627Z
UID:14011-1790359200-1790370000@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Live Music at Chateau Big Bear / Tiffany's Bistro
DESCRIPTION:Live Music at Chateau Big Bear / Tiffany’s Bistro 2026: Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nLive Music at Chateau Big Bear / Tiffany’s Bistro 2026 is a recurring Friday and Saturday evening music series at Chateau Big Bear in Big Bear Lake. The current venue schedule lists live music every Friday and Saturday from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM\, with pianist Mike Cross and rotating guest performers playing beneath the Chateau’s restored Tiffany dome. \nTiffany’s Bistro is located inside Chateau Big Bear at 42200 Moonridge Road\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315. The bistro is currently open Thursday\, Friday\, and Saturday from 4:00 PM to 11:00 PM\, with food served until 9:30 PM. That makes it easy to combine dinner\, drinks\, and live music in one evening. \nVisit Big Bear’s current event calendar shows the music series continuing through the 2026-27 winter season\, with upcoming dates beginning September 11 and 12 and continuing on Fridays and Saturdays into March 2027. \nFor travelers coming from outside the mountains\, an overnight Big Bear stay can make the evening more relaxed. Instead of driving down the mountain after a 9:00 PM set\, guests can return to a nearby A Chalet cabin and continue their trip the following morning. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Big Bear live-music weekend. \nLive Music at Chateau Big Bear 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nLive Music at Chateau Big Bear / Tiffany’s Bistro\n\n\nSchedule\nFridays and Saturdays\n\n\nLive music hours\n6:00 PM-9:00 PM\n\n\nVenue\nTiffany’s Bistro at Chateau Big Bear\n\n\nAddress\n42200 Moonridge Road\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nRegular featured artist\nMike Cross with rotating guest performers\n\n\nBistro hours\nThursday-Saturday\, 4:00 PM-11:00 PM\n\n\nFood service\n4:00 PM-9:30 PM\n\n\nAdmission\nNo universal live-music cover charge is published on the current official venue page\n\n\nParking\nParking available at Chateau Big Bear\n\n\nPhone\n909-866-6666\n\n\nOfficial venue page\nTiffany’s Bistro at Chateau Big Bear\n\n\n\nThe official venue currently states that Mike Cross and selected guests perform every Friday and Saturday from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM. Visit Big Bear independently lists the same recurring event and venue address. \nWhat Is Live Music at Chateau Big Bear / Tiffany’s Bistro?\nThe event is a recurring live-music night inside Tiffany’s Bistro\, the restaurant and lounge at Chateau Big Bear. Rather than functioning as a stand-alone concert with a fixed touring lineup\, it is designed as an ongoing dinner-and-music experience. \nThe Chateau has a long connection with performing arts. Its own current event description recalls productions and entertainment held there during the late 1980s and early 1990s\, including opera\, theater\, and dance events. Today\, the venue continues that tradition through weekly live music beneath its distinctive stained-glass dome. \nPianist Mike Cross is a regular headliner. Chateau Big Bear says he performs with a rotating selection of guest musicians\, including vocalists and instrumentalists. The venue’s recent guide describes musical styles that can include blues\, jazz standards\, and original material. \nBecause the performers may change from one weekend to another\, guests interested in a particular artist should check Chateau Big Bear’s current social media or contact the venue rather than assuming every Friday and Saturday has the same lineup. \nWhen Is Live Music at Chateau Big Bear in 2026?\nThe current recurring schedule is simple: \n\nFridays: 6:00 PM-9:00 PM\nSaturdays: 6:00 PM-9:00 PM\n\nAs of September 10\, Visit Big Bear lists upcoming 2026 dates including: \n\nFriday\, September 11\nSaturday\, September 12\nFriday\, September 18\nSaturday\, September 19\nFriday\, September 25\nSaturday\, September 26\nFriday\, October 2\nSaturday\, October 3\nFriday\, October 9\nSaturday\, October 10\n\nThe calendar continues with additional Friday and Saturday performances later in fall and winter and currently shows the recurring series extending into March 2027. \nBecause this is an ongoing venue series rather than a one-time concert\, check the official Tiffany’s Bistro page before your trip for weekly performer updates. \nWhere Is Tiffany’s Bistro?\nLive music takes place at: \nTiffany’s Bistro at Chateau Big Bear\n42200 Moonridge Road\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nChateau Big Bear sits in Big Bear Lake’s Moonridge area. Visit Big Bear confirms the same address and identifies Tiffany’s Bistro as the hotel’s restaurant\, cocktail\, wine\, and live-music venue. \nThe venue phone number is 909-866-6666. \nWhat Can Visitors Expect?\nThe experience combines three elements: live music\, dinner service\, and the setting beneath Chateau Big Bear’s stained-glass Tiffany dome. \nMusic generally runs from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM\, while Tiffany’s Bistro opens at 4:00 PM and serves food until 9:30 PM. Guests can therefore arrive before the music begins for an early meal or plan dinner during the performance. \nThe venue serves casual bistro fare along with cocktails and wine. Chateau Big Bear also promotes its own private-label wines\, while its current bar program includes classic and house cocktails. \nThe music lineup is not identical every weekend. Mike Cross is the recurring featured performer\, but guest musicians rotate. Chateau Big Bear advises visitors to follow its social accounts for the latest weekly artist announcements. \nWhat Is Special About the Tiffany Dome?\nThe dome above Tiffany’s Bistro is one of the most distinctive features of the space. Chateau Big Bear says the stained-glass dome has been extensively restored and remains a centerpiece of the room. \nThe venue’s history article says the dome originally came from Paris and was later dismantled and reconstructed in Big Bear Lake. Chateau Big Bear reports that a recent restoration project cost roughly $500\,000. \nFor guests choosing between a conventional restaurant and somewhere with more atmosphere\, the combination of live music and the historic dome is part of what distinguishes Tiffany’s Bistro. \nDo You Need Tickets for Live Music at Tiffany’s Bistro?\nThe current official venue page does not publish a universal live-music ticket price or regular cover charge for the Friday and Saturday series. \nTiffany’s Bistro is open to the public\, not just hotel guests\, so visitors can come for dinner\, drinks\, and live music without staying at Chateau Big Bear itself. \nBecause individual special events or holiday weekends may operate differently\, call 909-866-6666 if you need to confirm reservations\, seating policies\, cover charges\, or special-event arrangements for a specific date. \nShould You Make a Dinner Reservation?\nThe current public event information does not state that every live-music night requires a reservation. However\, if your evening depends on having a dinner table during a particular set\, contacting the venue ahead of time is sensible. \nThe live music falls directly within dinner service\, so Friday and Saturday evenings may draw both hotel guests and local visitors. \nA practical schedule would be to arrive between 5:00 PM and 5:30 PM for dinner before the 6:00 PM music begins. This is a planning recommendation\, not an official arrival requirement. \nWhere Do You Park?\nVisit Big Bear’s event listing states that parking is available at Chateau Big Bear. \nNo separate shuttle or event-specific remote parking system is currently published. Follow posted signs and any instructions from hotel staff when you arrive. \nAllowing a little extra time is useful on Friday and Saturday evenings\, especially if you want to be seated before the music starts. \nIs Tiffany’s Bistro Open Before the Music Starts?\nYes. Tiffany’s Bistro currently opens at 4:00 PM on Thursday\, Friday\, and Saturday. Live music begins at 6:00 PM on Friday and Saturday\, while food service continues until 9:30 PM and the bistro remains open until 11:00 PM. \nThe venue also currently advertises a happy hour from 4:00 PM to 6:00 PM\, which lines up directly with the period before the live music begins. \nHappy-hour offerings can change\, so check the current menu or venue information before planning around a specific drink or food special. \nIs Live Music at Chateau Big Bear Family-Friendly?\nThe current event listing does not publish a universal minimum age for the live-music series. Tiffany’s Bistro operates as a restaurant and bar serving food\, cocktails\, and wine. \nFamilies planning to bring children should contact the venue before visiting if age policies\, seating arrangements\, or evening atmosphere are important to their plans. Do not assume bar-area policies based on another Big Bear restaurant. \nThe current event pages also do not provide detailed accessibility information for the live-music seating area. Guests needing a specific accommodation should call Chateau Big Bear at 909-866-6666 in advance. \nHow to Make a Weekend of Live Music at Chateau Big Bear\nFriday: Check In and Head to Tiffany’s Bistro\nArrive in Big Bear during the afternoon\, check into your cabin\, and give yourself time to settle in before heading to Moonridge. \nIf you want dinner before the music begins\, arrive at Tiffany’s Bistro ahead of the 6:00 PM set. Alternatively\, plan your meal during the performance since food service continues until 9:30 PM. \nAfter the music ends at 9:00 PM\, return to your cabin rather than immediately starting a nighttime drive out of the mountains. \nCheck A Chalet cabin availability for your live-music weekend. \nSaturday: Enjoy Big Bear During the Day\nKeep Saturday open for the part of Big Bear that interests you most. Depending on the season and current operating conditions\, that could include time around Big Bear Lake\, hiking\, The Village\, or another local attraction. \nIf you enjoyed Friday’s performance\, the recurring schedule gives you the option of returning Saturday evening for another live-music session. Because guest performers can rotate\, the experience may not be identical both nights. \nSunday: Relax Before Departure\nA two-night cabin stay gives you a slower Sunday morning rather than requiring a late-night departure after Saturday’s show. Have breakfast\, enjoy one final Big Bear activity\, and then begin the drive home during daylight if your schedule allows. \nWhere to Stay for Live Music at Chateau Big Bear\nBecause Chateau Big Bear is on Moonridge Road in Big Bear Lake\, Big Bear Lake is the most straightforward lodging area for this event. Big Bear City can also work for visitors planning activities throughout the valley. \nA Chalet currently offers rentals across Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City. Current featured options include Heavenly Bay Retreat with two bedrooms and two baths\, Jaybird Cabin with two bedrooms and one bath\, Conklin Canopy with three bedrooms and two baths\, and Maverick’s Cabin with two bedrooms and two baths. \nFor larger groups\, A Chalet’s current collection also shows Boulder Landing\, Rustic Ridge\, and Elevated Escape\, each currently listed with four bedrooms and three baths. Smaller parties can also compare options such as Bear Den. \nBedroom counts are only one part of choosing a rental. Verify current occupancy limits\, parking\, kitchens\, pet policies\, outdoor amenities\, and other features on the live individual listing before booking. \nFor a live-music weekend\, the main benefit of staying nearby is schedule flexibility: enjoy dinner and the full 6:00-9:00 PM music set without building the evening around an immediate drive down the mountain. \nBrowse current A Chalet Big Bear cabin availability. \nTips for Booking a Live-Music Weekend Cabin\nChoose Friday\, Saturday\, or both. Live music currently runs on both evenings from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM. \nCheck the weekly artist lineup. Mike Cross is a recurring featured performer\, but guest musicians rotate. \nConfirm dining plans. If you want a table at a specific time\, contact Tiffany’s Bistro before the weekend rather than assuming walk-in availability. \nStay in Big Bear Lake or Big Bear City. These destinations are more geographically relevant to Moonridge than Lake Arrowhead for this event. \nVerify cabin parking. Groups arriving in several vehicles should check each rental’s permitted vehicle count. \nConsider two nights. Staying Friday and Saturday gives you a full mountain day between evening performances. \nCheck weather before traveling. The recurring series continues into winter\, when mountain road and weather conditions can materially affect travel plans. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Is Live Music at Chateau Big Bear in 2026?\nLive music is currently scheduled every Friday and Saturday from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM\, with the recurring Visit Big Bear calendar extending into March 2027. \nWhere Is Live Music at Tiffany’s Bistro?\nThe performances take place at Tiffany’s Bistro inside Chateau Big Bear\, 42200 Moonridge Road\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315. \nWho Performs at Chateau Big Bear?\nMike Cross is the venue’s recurring featured musician\, joined by rotating guest performers. Chateau Big Bear recommends checking its social channels for weekly lineup updates. \nDo You Need Tickets?\nThe current official venue information does not publish a universal ticket price or regular cover charge for the Friday and Saturday music series. Contact Tiffany’s Bistro for any date-specific requirements. \nCan You Eat During the Live Music?\nYes. Tiffany’s Bistro currently serves food from 4:00 PM to 9:30 PM\, while live music runs from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM. \nIs Parking Available?\nYes. Visit Big Bear states that parking is available at Chateau Big Bear. \nWhere Should I Stay for Live Music at Chateau Big Bear?\nBig Bear Lake is the most practical general lodging area for an event on Moonridge Road. A Chalet offers cabins in Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City for couples\, families\, and larger groups. \nBrowse A Chalet availability for your live-music dates. \nPlan Your Live Music at Chateau Big Bear 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nLive Music at Chateau Big Bear / Tiffany’s Bistro 2026 offers a straightforward Friday or Saturday night plan: arrive for dinner or drinks\, settle in beneath the restored Tiffany dome\, and hear Mike Cross and rotating guest musicians from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM. \nThe venue is at 42200 Moonridge Road in Big Bear Lake\, parking is available at Chateau Big Bear\, and Tiffany’s Bistro currently serves food until 9:30 PM. The live-music series continues regularly through fall and winter\, so check the latest performer information before choosing your weekend. \nFor travelers coming from outside Big Bear\, staying overnight turns the evening into a more comfortable mountain trip. Check into a cabin before the show\, enjoy the full performance without rushing toward a late-night departure\, and leave the following day open for Big Bear Lake\, Moonridge\, or another local activity. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Big Bear stay around Live Music at Chateau Big Bear 2026.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/live-music-at-chateau-big-bear-tiffanys-bistro-13/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260926T000000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260926T000000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215622Z
CREATED:20261016T215622Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215622Z
UID:13467-1790380800-1790380800@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Plein Air Art Competition
DESCRIPTION:Plein Air Art Competition 2026: Dates\, Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nThe Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition 2026 is Visit Big Bear’s third annual plein air competition and a month-long celebration of outdoor painting across the Big Bear Valley. Artists can create their competition work between September 12 and October 10\, 2026\, with gallery events beginning in September and the main Competition Gallery and awards scheduled for October. \nRegistered artists first complete online registration\, then visit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center at 40824 Big Bear Boulevard to have their painting substrates stamped. The Visitor Center is currently listed as open daily from 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM. Artists may have multiple substrates stamped\, but the competition information says there is one submission per artist for galleries.  \nThe main submitted works will be displayed at the Destination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake. Visit Big Bear lists the principal competition awards as $2\,000 for first place\, $1\,500 for second place\, and $500 for third place. The awards ceremony is scheduled for October 18 at 10:00 AM.  \nThis event is particularly well suited to an overnight or multi-night Big Bear trip because artists are intentionally given time to explore the valley\, choose landscapes\, return to locations\, and continue developing their work. A Chalet offers cabins in Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City that can serve as a base between painting sessions\, gallery visits\, and other fall activities.  \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Big Bear art trip. \nPlein Air Art Competition 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nBig Bear Plein Air Art Competition & Festival of Artist Events\n\n\nOrganizer\nVisit Big Bear\n\n\nCompetition year\n2026 — 3rd annual event\n\n\nCreate period\nSeptember 12-October 10\, 2026\n\n\nArtist registration\nOnline registration required before arrival\n\n\nMaximum artists\n75 participants\n\n\nSubstrate stamping\nBig Bear Lake Visitor Center\n\n\nVisitor Center\n40824 Big Bear Boulevard\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nVisitor Center hours\nDaily\, 9:00 AM-5:00 PM\n\n\nCompetition Gallery\nDestination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake\n\n\nMain gallery period\nOctober 14-18\, 2026\n\n\nAwards ceremony\nOctober 18\, 2026 at 10:00 AM\n\n\nMain awards\n1st: $2\,000; 2nd: $1\,500; 3rd: $500\n\n\nPublic gallery access\nPublic invited; artwork available for purchase\n\n\nParking\nNo single competition-wide parking plan is published; follow instructions and posted rules at each location\n\n\nOfficial website\nVisit Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition\n\n\n\nVisit Big Bear confirms the September 12-October 10 creation period and lists every day in that period as part of the recurring competition calendar.  \nWhat Is the Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition?\nThe Plein Air Art Competition invites artists to create landscapes outdoors in the Big Bear Valley\, working directly from the scenery rather than solely from photographs or studio references. \nWhat distinguishes the Big Bear format is its extended creation period. Artists do not have to arrive on one morning and complete their work under a short time limit. Visit Big Bear gives participants from September 12 through October 10 to explore\, select a location\, paint\, and potentially return to Big Bear to continue their work.  \nThat format encourages artists to experience the valley during early fall\, when the character of the landscape can change with light\, weather\, and seasonal conditions. Participants choose their own Big Bear landscape subject rather than being assigned one specific painting location for the main competition. \nFor 2026\, Visit Big Bear has expanded the program with a Festival of Artist Events. Registration in the main competition includes access to the highlighted festival activities\, and artists may choose to participate in one or several. The competition is limited to a maximum of 75 artist participants.  \nWhen Is the Plein Air Art Competition 2026?\nThe competition is not a single-day event. Instead\, it unfolds across several phases. \nSeptember 12-October 10: Create\nArtists may visit Big Bear at any point during this period to create their competition work. Before arriving\, participants are instructed to complete online registration. \nAfter reaching Big Bear\, artists must stop at the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center\, 40824 Big Bear Boulevard\, to have their painting substrates stamped. Visit Big Bear says artists can have as many substrates stamped as they wish. Completed competition artwork is then returned to the Visitor Center for storage before the gallery opens.  \nOctober 14-18: Competition Gallery\nVisit Big Bear’s dedicated competition page identifies the main gallery and awards period as October 14-18. The event calendar separately shows the Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition Gallery running during this same mid-October period at 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake.  \nThe public is invited to view the competition artwork\, and Visit Big Bear states that artwork at the galleries will be available for purchase.  \nOctober 18: Awards Ceremony\nThe awards ceremony is scheduled for Sunday\, October 18 at 10:00 AM at the Destination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.  \nWhat Special Artist Events Are Part of the 2026 Festival?\nThe expanded 2026 Festival of Artist Events adds several opportunities beyond the main competition. \nArtist’s Best Work en Plein Air Gallery — September 18-19\nThis gallery gives participating artists another chance to exhibit and sell plein air work. Visit Big Bear lists a $500 Best of Show award for this portion of the festival.  \nThe Village Paint-Out — September 19\nA dedicated Paint-Out is scheduled in The Village Big Bear Lake on September 19. This provides a more concentrated event within the broader month-long competition period.  \nMoonridge Corridor Paint-Out — October 3\nAnother Paint-Out takes place in the Moonridge Corridor on October 3\, followed by a gallery on October 4. Visit Big Bear lists a separate $500 Best of Show award for this event.  \nMain Competition Gallery and Awards — October 14-18\nThe main competition concludes with the complete collection of submitted works and the awards ceremony. The principal prizes currently published are: \n\nFirst Place: $2\,000\nSecond Place: $1\,500\nThird Place: $500\n\nVisit Big Bear lists John Budicin\, Diane Moore\, and Lisa Mozzini-McDill as distinguished judges associated with the 2026 competition.  \nHow Do Artists Register and Submit Their Work?\nArtists should begin at the official Visit Big Bear Plein Air Competition page and complete the linked registration before traveling to Big Bear. \nThe currently published process is: \n\nComplete registration online before arriving.\nVisit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center during operating hours.\nHave the painting substrates you may use stamped.\nExplore Big Bear and create the work during the September 12-October 10 competition period.\nReturn the completed competition painting to the Visitor Center.\nSubmitted artwork is stored until the Competition Gallery opens.\n\nVisit Big Bear states that the 2026 competition has a maximum of 75 participating artists and allows one submission per artist for the galleries.  \nThe public page reviewed for this guide does not display a clearly stated universal competition registration price in its main event information. Artists should check the live registration form for the current fee and full participation terms rather than relying on a prior year’s price. \nWhere Are the Visitor Center and Competition Gallery?\nBig Bear Lake Visitor Center\n40824 Big Bear Boulevard\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nThe Visitor Center is currently listed as open daily from 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM and is the location where artists get substrates stamped and return completed competition paintings.  \nDestination Big Bear Event Room\n713 Stocker Rd.\nBig Bear Lake\, CA \nThis is the published location for the Competition Gallery\, the October 18 awards ceremony\, and the public pop-up galleries associated with the festival.  \nNo single parking plan covering every competition location is published. Artists and gallery visitors should follow event instructions and posted parking regulations at the Visitor Center\, The Village\, Moonridge\, and the Destination Big Bear Event Room. \nCan Non-Artists Attend the Plein Air Events?\nYes. The competition is not only for participating painters. \nVisit Big Bear specifically invites art enthusiasts\, collectors\, and members of the community to attend the pop-up galleries and view the complete collection of 2026 competition artwork. Artwork will also be available for purchase.  \nThat makes the October gallery period a good option for visitors who enjoy art but do not plan to enter the competition themselves. \nA public admission charge for the galleries is not stated on the current competition page. Visitors should check the individual gallery listing closer to their chosen date if admission\, opening hours\, or purchasing procedures are important to their plans. \nWhat Should Artists Bring?\nVisit Big Bear does not publish one universal equipment list because plein air painters work with different media and setups. Participants should therefore prepare according to their own painting method and the outdoor mountain environment. \nA practical artist packing list may include: \n\nYour preferred paints\, brushes\, and painting tools\nMultiple eligible substrates to have stamped at the Visitor Center\nPortable easel or pochade setup\nWater or appropriate painting medium\nSun protection\nWeather-appropriate layers\nWater and snacks\nProtective equipment for transporting wet artwork\nAny personal medications or necessities\n\nBecause artists choose their own locations around Big Bear\, conditions can vary significantly between lakefront areas\, forested locations\, The Village\, and higher-elevation viewpoints. Check the forecast and current access conditions before setting up outdoors. \nHow to Make a Weekend of the Plein Air Art Competition\nDay 1: Arrive\, Register\, and Scout Locations\nComplete online registration before leaving home. After arriving in Big Bear\, check into your cabin and visit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center between 9:00 AM and 5:00 PM to get your substrates stamped. \nInstead of immediately committing to the first landscape you see\, use part of the afternoon to explore Big Bear Valley and observe how light falls across different areas. \nDay 2: Paint en Plein Air\nStart early enough to work during the light conditions you want to capture. Because the competition gives artists nearly a month to create\, there is no need to treat the trip like a speed-painting contest unless you’re participating in a specific Paint-Out. \nReturning to a cabin between sessions can be useful for organizing supplies\, resting\, eating\, and preparing for another painting period. \nCheck A Chalet cabins for your Plein Air Competition dates. \nReturn for the Gallery or Awards\nArtists do not have to treat the September-October creation period and October gallery as a single continuous stay. Visit Big Bear explicitly allows artists to visit once or return to Big Bear to continue their work.  \nYou might therefore plan one trip for painting and another for the Competition Gallery and October 18 awards ceremony. \nWhere to Stay for the Plein Air Art Competition\nBecause the competition spans the Big Bear Valley and important event locations are in Big Bear Lake\, staying in Big Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear City makes practical sense. \nA Chalet currently offers cabins in both destinations\, with properties ranging from smaller two-bedroom stays to larger three- and four-bedroom rentals. Current examples shown in A Chalet’s collection include Heavenly Bay Retreat and Jaybird Cabin with two bedrooms\, Conklin Canopy with three bedrooms\, and Boulder Landing and Rustic Ridge with four bedrooms.  \nFor an artist traveling alone or with a partner\, a smaller cabin can provide a straightforward base between painting sessions. Friends participating together may prefer additional bedrooms and common space for organizing the trip. \nIf you need particular features for an art-focused stay—such as parking capacity\, a kitchen\, laundry facilities\, pet permission\, or additional indoor space—verify them on the current individual property listing before booking. Amenities differ by cabin and should not be assumed. \nA multi-night stay may be especially useful for this competition because participants are encouraged to explore the landscape rather than paint against a single-day deadline. \nBrowse current A Chalet Big Bear cabin availability. \nTips for Booking an Art Competition Weekend Cabin\nChoose your competition phase first. A September painting trip\, October 3 Moonridge Paint-Out weekend\, and October 14-18 gallery trip have different schedules. \nComplete artist registration before traveling. Visit Big Bear specifically instructs participants to register online before arriving. \nAllow time for the Visitor Center. Substrates need to be stamped\, and current Visitor Center hours are 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM. \nConsider more than one night. One of the main advantages of this competition is the ability to explore different Big Bear landscapes and work without a short painting deadline. \nMatch the cabin to your group. Solo artists and couples may prefer smaller accommodations\, while several artists traveling together can compare multi-bedroom rentals. \nVerify amenities directly. Parking\, kitchens\, pet policies\, and other property features vary across A Chalet’s inventory. \nRecheck event details before your trip. Gallery hours\, registration availability\, and individual festival-event instructions can change. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Is the Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition 2026?\nArtists can create competition work from September 12 through October 10\, 2026. The main gallery period follows in mid-October\, with the awards ceremony scheduled for October 18 at 10:00 AM.  \nWhere Is the Plein Air Art Competition?\nPainting can take place across the Big Bear Valley. Substrate stamping and artwork drop-off are handled through the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center at 40824 Big Bear Boulevard\, while the main Competition Gallery is held at 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake.  \nDo Artists Need to Register?\nYes. Visit Big Bear directs artists to complete online registration before arriving. The 2026 competition is limited to a maximum of 75 artist participants.  \nWhat Are the 2026 Plein Air Competition Prizes?\nThe main competition awards are currently listed as $2\,000 for first place\, $1\,500 for second place\, and $500 for third place. Separate $500 Best of Show prizes are also listed for certain festival galleries.  \nCan the Public Visit the Galleries?\nYes. Visit Big Bear invites the public\, art enthusiasts\, and collectors to attend the galleries. Artwork is expected to be available for purchase.  \nWhen Is the Awards Ceremony?\nThe awards ceremony is scheduled for October 18\, 2026 at 10:00 AM at the Destination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.  \nWhere Should I Stay for the Plein Air Art Competition?\nBig Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear City is practical because the competition is centered throughout the Big Bear Valley and key administrative and gallery locations are in Big Bear Lake. A Chalet offers cabins of several sizes in the Big Bear area. Browse current A Chalet availability. \nPlan Your Plein Air Art Competition 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nThe Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition 2026 gives painters something many competitions do not: time. From September 12 through October 10\, registered artists can explore Big Bear\, choose their landscape\, paint\, return to refine their work\, and participate in an expanded schedule of festival events.  \nThe 2026 festival includes the Artist’s Best Work gallery on September 18-19\, The Village Paint-Out on September 19\, the Moonridge Paint-Out on October 3\, the Moonridge gallery on October 4\, and the main Competition Gallery and awards activities in mid-October. The awards ceremony is set for October 18 at 10:00 AM.  \nArtists should register online before arriving\, visit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center to have substrates stamped\, and verify the latest competition instructions before beginning their work. \nFor a trip built around several painting sessions—or a separate return visit for the gallery and awards—an overnight cabin gives you a comfortable base in the Big Bear Valley instead of forcing the creative process into a single day. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Big Bear stay around the Plein Air Art Competition 2026.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/plein-air-art-competition-17/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260926T000000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260926T000000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215625Z
CREATED:20261016T215625Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215625Z
UID:14012-1790380800-1790380800@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours
DESCRIPTION:Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026: Dates\, Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 offer approximately 90-minute narrated sightseeing cruises on Big Bear Lake from Pine Knot Marina. The published 2026 season runs from August 19 through November 1\, with daytime departures at 12:00 PM\, 2:00 PM\, and 4:00 PM. A 6:00 PM Twilight Cruise is listed for Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday evenings. Tours are weather permitting and require a minimum number of passengers to operate.  \nThe cruise combines lake views with narration covering Big Bear history dating back to 1845\, folklore\, local stories\, and possible celebrity sightings. Pine Knot Marina recommends advance reservations and asks guests to arrive 15 to 30 minutes before departure.  \nFor visitors coming from outside the mountains\, the cruise is easy to turn into a one- or two-night Big Bear trip. A Chalet offers vacation cabins in Big Bear Lake\, Big Bear City\, and other nearby mountain communities\, giving couples\, families\, and groups a place to relax before or after a day on the lake.  \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Miss Liberty cruise weekend. \nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours\n\n\n2026 season\nAugust 19-November 1\, 2026\n\n\nTour length\nApproximately 90 minutes\n\n\nDaytime departures\n12:00 PM\, 2:00 PM\, and 4:00 PM\n\n\nTwilight Cruise\n6:00 PM Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday\n\n\nVenue\nPine Knot Marina\n\n\nAddress\n439 Pine Knot Ave\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nAdult daytime ticket\n$32 for ages 13 and older\, Wednesday-Friday\n\n\nChild daytime ticket\n$21 for ages 4-14\, Wednesday-Friday\n\n\nSenior / military daytime ticket\n$26\, Wednesday-Friday\n\n\nTwilight adult ticket\n$36 for ages 13 and older\n\n\nTwilight child ticket\n$26 for ages 4-14\n\n\nParking\nAvailable at Pine Knot Marina\n\n\nRecommended arrival\n15-30 minutes before departure\n\n\nOfficial tour website\nPine Knot Marina Miss Liberty Tours\n\n\n\nThe 2026 schedule and ticket information above are currently published by Visit Big Bear. Pine Knot Marina notes that schedules and pricing can change\, so travelers should verify the details shown during booking for their specific cruise date.  \nWhat Is the Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour?\nMiss Liberty is a narrated sightseeing boat operating from Pine Knot Marina on Big Bear Lake. Instead of renting a boat and navigating the lake yourself\, you can board for a guided cruise while learning more about the history and character of Big Bear Valley. \nThe approximately 90-minute narration covers highlights of Big Bear history dating to 1845\, along with folklore\, interesting facts\, and local stories. This makes the cruise especially appealing for first-time visitors who want to understand more about the destination while enjoying views from the water.  \nPine Knot Marina identifies Miss Liberty as a 64-foot Skipperliner 1500LX built in 1994 and refurbished in 2006. The operator currently lists a shaded upper deck\, enclosed and heated main salon\, modern restrooms\, small-group seating areas\, and capacity for 80 passengers.  \nThe vessel also has a galley where passengers can purchase light snacks and beverages. The current operator information mentions soft drinks as well as beer\, wine\, and champagne. Available items can change\, so do not plan a meal around the onboard selection without checking first.  \nMiss Liberty can work well for couples\, families\, multigenerational groups\, and visitors looking for an activity that does not require operating their own watercraft. The combination of an outdoor upper deck and enclosed salon also provides flexibility when mountain temperatures change. \nWhen and Where Are Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours in 2026?\nThe published Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 season runs from August 19 through November 1\, 2026.  \nThe current daytime schedule lists departures at: \n\n12:00 PM\n2:00 PM\n4:00 PM\n\nFriday\, Saturday\, and Sunday also have a published 6:00 PM Twilight Cruise.  \nAll cruises depart from: \nPine Knot Marina\n439 Pine Knot Ave\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nPine Knot Marina describes its location as the point “where the Village meets the lake\,” which makes the cruise easy to combine with time around Big Bear Lake’s Village area.  \nThe marina asks guests to arrive approximately 15 to 30 minutes before departure. Give yourself additional time if you’re driving into Big Bear on the same day\, since parking\, mountain traffic\, weather\, or road conditions can affect your arrival.  \nWhat Can Visitors Expect on Miss Liberty?\nThe Miss Liberty experience is primarily a scenic and educational cruise rather than a high-speed boating activity. Once onboard\, passengers can settle in and enjoy approximately an hour and a half on Big Bear Lake while listening to the narrated tour. \nHistory is a central part of the experience. The narration highlights Big Bear’s past beginning in the mid-19th century while mixing in folklore and other stories connected to the valley.  \nThe shaded upper deck provides an open-air vantage point\, while the heated enclosed salon offers another place to sit when conditions are cooler. This can be particularly useful later in the 2026 season\, when an evening on the lake may feel noticeably colder than an afternoon in town.  \nPine Knot Marina states that Miss Liberty is handicapped accessible. Travelers with particular mobility needs should still contact the operator before booking to ask about boarding\, seating\, restroom access\, and any assistance they may require.  \nThe boat is also available for private parties\, corporate groups\, and other group arrangements. Travelers interested in a private use of the vessel should contact Pine Knot Marina for current rates\, capacity requirements\, and available amenities rather than relying on standard tour ticket pricing.  \nHow Much Are Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour Tickets?\nThe current 2026 event listing publishes the following prices:  \n\n\n\nTicket\nPublished Price\nSchedule\n\n\n\n\nAdult\, age 13+\n$32\nWednesday-Friday daytime\n\n\nChild\, ages 4-14\n$21\nWednesday-Friday daytime\n\n\nSenior 65+ / Military\n$26\nWednesday-Friday daytime\n\n\nTwilight Cruise adult\, age 13+\n$36\nFriday-Sunday\n\n\nTwilight Cruise child\, ages 4-14\n$26\nFriday-Sunday\n\n\n\nThose are the currently published 2026 rates rather than guaranteed future prices. Pine Knot Marina specifically states that its schedules and pricing are subject to change\, so confirm the amount shown during the reservation process.  \nTickets\, Parking\, and Transportation\nDo You Need to Reserve Miss Liberty Tickets in Advance?\nPine Knot Marina says reservations are suggested and should be made early. Booking ahead is particularly useful if you want a specific departure time or a weekend Twilight Cruise.  \nThe operator also notes that all tours are weather permitting. In addition\, the published 2026 event information states that a minimum number of guests is required for the boat to tour the lake. Check any communication from the marina before traveling\, especially if weather conditions are uncertain.  \nWhere Do You Park for Miss Liberty?\nThe 2026 event listing states that parking is available at Pine Knot Marina.  \nArriving early is still important\, especially during busy weekends. The marina is close to The Village\, so the surrounding area can see additional pedestrian and vehicle activity during popular travel periods. \nHow Early Should You Arrive?\nPlan to arrive 15 to 30 minutes before your departure time. This gives you time to park\, locate the correct boarding area\, check in\, and be ready before the vessel departs.  \nIf you’re driving up the mountain on the day of your cruise\, leave considerably more than a 15-minute buffer. Traffic\, road work\, weather\, and mountain driving conditions can all affect travel time. \nWhat Should You Bring on a Miss Liberty Cruise?\nYou do not need much equipment for a 90-minute sightseeing cruise\, but these items can make the outing more comfortable: \n\nLayers: Big Bear Lake can feel cooler on the water than conditions onshore.\nA jacket: Particularly useful for the 6:00 PM Twilight Cruise or late-season departures.\nSun protection: Bring sunscreen\, sunglasses\, and a hat for daytime tours.\nYour reservation information: Keep your booking confirmation accessible.\nA charged phone or camera: Expect plenty of lake and mountain views.\nPersonal accessibility necessities: Contact Pine Knot Marina before your trip if you need assistance boarding.\n\nThe vessel has a shaded upper deck and an enclosed heated salon\, but passengers should still check the day’s forecast and dress appropriately.  \nHow to Make a Weekend of Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours\nArrival Day: Check In and Explore Big Bear\nArrive in Big Bear Lake the afternoon or evening before your cruise if your schedule allows. Checking into your cabin before tour day eliminates the need to coordinate a mountain drive with a fixed boat departure. \nOnce settled\, spend some time around The Village or enjoy a relaxed dinner. Pine Knot Marina’s location close to The Village makes it straightforward to combine shopping\, dining\, and the waterfront within the same portion of your trip.  \nCruise Day: See Big Bear Lake From the Water\nFor a daytime tour\, have a relaxed morning and head to the marina early enough to be there 15 to 30 minutes before departure. \nAfter your approximately 90-minute cruise\, keep the remainder of the day flexible. You could spend additional time near the lake or return to the cabin for a slower afternoon. \nFor a Friday\, Saturday\, or Sunday Twilight Cruise\, leave your late afternoon relatively open. The current Twilight departure is at 6:00 PM\, so you do not want another activity running late and forcing you to rush to the marina.  \nOnce the boat returns\, having an overnight cabin means you can enjoy the rest of your evening in Big Bear rather than immediately starting a drive down the mountain. \nCheck A Chalet cabin availability for your Miss Liberty weekend. \nDeparture Day: Enjoy More of the Lake\nUse the following morning for another Big Bear experience before heading home. Pine Knot Marina currently offers additional boating and water activities beyond Miss Liberty\, including seasonal rentals and recreation. Verify what’s operating on your travel date before adding another lake activity.  \nA slower departure morning also gives your group time to eat\, pack\, and leave the mountains without turning the entire weekend into a tight driving schedule. \nWhere to Stay for Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours\nBecause Miss Liberty departs from Big Bear Lake\, accommodations in Big Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear communities are the logical choices for most visitors. Staying in Lake Arrowhead solely for a Miss Liberty trip would add unnecessary mountain travel. \nA Chalet currently offers vacation rentals across Big Bear Lake\, Big Bear City\, and Lake Arrowhead\, with a mix of smaller and larger properties. For this particular cruise\, focus your search on the Big Bear inventory.  \nA couple can consider a smaller one- or two-bedroom cabin for a simple lake weekend. Families often benefit from two or three bedrooms and a shared living area\, while groups traveling together can compare larger properties that keep everyone under one roof. \nA Chalet’s current collection includes examples ranging from the one-bedroom Bear Den to two-bedroom properties such as Heavenly Bay Retreat and Jaybird Cabin\, three-bedroom options such as Conklin Canopy\, and four-bedroom properties including Boulder Landing and Rustic Ridge. Bedroom and bathroom counts should always be rechecked on the live listing before booking.  \nIf cooking at the cabin is important to your trip\, confirm that the particular property you choose currently lists a kitchen. The same rule applies to hot tubs\, pet-friendly policies\, parking\, air conditioning\, and other amenities: different A Chalet properties have different features. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your 2026 Big Bear Lake cruise dates. \nTips for Booking an Event Weekend Cabin\nReserve your cruise first. Knowing whether you have a noon\, afternoon\, or Twilight departure makes it easier to choose check-in and checkout dates. \nStay in the Big Bear area. The tour leaves from Pine Knot Marina in Big Bear Lake\, so prioritize Big Bear Lake and nearby Big Bear communities. \nChoose the correct cabin size. A couple does not necessarily need a large group property\, while families and friends may appreciate additional bedrooms and gathering space. \nVerify current property details. Check guest capacity\, bedrooms\, parking\, amenities\, house rules\, and cancellation terms on the current listing. \nConsider arriving the day before. This removes much of the risk associated with combining mountain traffic and a fixed cruise departure. \nConsider staying after a Twilight Cruise. An extra night allows you to relax after the evening cruise rather than immediately making a nighttime drive home. \nKeep weather flexibility in mind. Miss Liberty cruises are weather permitting\, so avoid building a trip where every other reservation depends on the boat operating exactly as planned.  \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen are Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours in 2026?\nThe published season runs from August 19 through November 1\, 2026. Daytime cruises are listed at 12:00 PM\, 2:00 PM\, and 4:00 PM\, with 6:00 PM Twilight Cruises on Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday.  \nWhere is the Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour?\nMiss Liberty departs from Pine Knot Marina\, 439 Pine Knot Ave\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315.  \nDo You Need Tickets for Miss Liberty?\nYes. The cruise is a ticketed attraction\, and Pine Knot Marina recommends making reservations early. Published 2026 prices vary by passenger category and cruise type.  \nIs Miss Liberty Good for Children?\nThe sightseeing format can work well for families\, and the published 2026 ticket structure includes a child category for ages 4-14. Families traveling with younger children should confirm current ticket and boarding requirements directly with Pine Knot Marina.  \nWhere Do You Park for the Miss Liberty Tour?\nParking is currently listed as available at Pine Knot Marina. Arrive 15 to 30 minutes before the cruise to give yourself time to park and board.  \nWhat Should I Bring on the Cruise?\nBring layers\, a jacket for cooler departures\, sun protection for daytime cruises\, your reservation details\, and a phone or camera. Check the forecast because conditions can feel cooler on the water. \nWhere Should I Stay for Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours?\nBig Bear Lake and nearby Big Bear communities are the most practical lodging areas. A Chalet offers cabins for couples\, families\, and groups across the Big Bear area. Browse current A Chalet availability for your Miss Liberty cruise dates. \nPlan Your Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 offer an easy way to experience Big Bear Lake from the water while learning about the valley’s history\, folklore\, and local stories. The 2026 season is currently scheduled through November 1\, with approximately 90-minute daytime tours and weekend Twilight Cruises.  \nStart by choosing your cruise and confirming the current schedule with Pine Knot Marina. Arrive 15 to 30 minutes early\, check the weather before traveling\, and keep enough flexibility in your itinerary for changing lake or mountain conditions. \nFor visitors coming from outside Big Bear\, an overnight stay makes it easier to enjoy the cruise without planning the entire day around driving. Arrive early\, spend some time in The Village\, cruise the lake\, return to your cabin afterward\, and enjoy another morning in the mountains before heading home. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and reserve a Big Bear stay that fits your 2026 Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour plans.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/miss-liberty-paddlewheel-tours-28/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260926T070000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260927T140000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215619Z
CREATED:20261016T215619Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215619Z
UID:14019-1790406000-1790517600@achalet.com
SUMMARY:WON Big Bear Troutfest
DESCRIPTION:WON Big Bear Troutfest 2026: Dates\, Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nWON Big Bear Troutfest 2026 returns to Big Bear Lake on Saturday\, September 26 and Sunday\, September 27\, 2026 for the event’s 20th annual edition. \nOrganized by Western Outdoor News\, Troutfest is a family-oriented fishing derby with adult and junior divisions\, trophies\, raffle prizes\, cash awards\, and thousands of dollars in prizes. Fishing runs from 7:00 AM to 4:00 PM Saturday and 7:00 AM to 2:00 PM Sunday. \nAdult registration is currently $75\, while junior registration for anglers age 14 and under is $50. Friday evening check-in takes place from 4:00 PM to 9:00 PM at the Big Bear Marina / Big Bear Municipal Water District gravel parking area\, and organizers strongly recommend using Friday check-in instead of waiting until Saturday morning. \nThe current official WON rules state that anglers age 16 and older must carry a valid California fishing license. Boats must comply with Big Bear Lake regulations and are subject to a Quagga Mussel inspection before launching. \nBecause check-in begins Friday and fishing starts at 7:00 AM Saturday\, Troutfest is particularly well suited to an overnight trip. Staying in an A Chalet cabin in Big Bear Lake allows anglers to arrive Friday\, organize tackle and clothing\, get an early night’s rest\, and reach the lake without starting tournament morning with a long drive into the mountains. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for WON Big Bear Troutfest weekend. \nWON Big Bear Troutfest 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nWON Big Bear Troutfest\n\n\nEdition\n20th annual\n\n\nFishing dates\nSaturday\, September 26-Sunday\, September 27\, 2026\n\n\nFriday check-in\nSeptember 25\, 4:00 PM-9:00 PM\n\n\nSaturday fishing\n7:00 AM-4:00 PM\n\n\nSunday fishing\n7:00 AM-2:00 PM\n\n\nSaturday weigh-in\nOfficial rules list scales open 1:00 PM-4:00 PM; anglers must be in line by 4:00 PM\n\n\nSunday weigh-in\n11:00 AM-2:00 PM; anglers must be in line by 2:00 PM\n\n\nRegistration / activity area\nBig Bear Marina / Big Bear Municipal Water District gravel parking area\n\n\nPrimary address\n40524 Lakeview Drive\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nAdult entry\n$75\n\n\nJunior entry\n$50 for anglers age 14 and under\n\n\nFishing license\nRequired for contestants age 16 and older under current tournament rules\n\n\nFish limit for weigh-in\nUp to five fish per angler per day\n\n\nMinimum trout length\n10 inches\n\n\nContact\nBilly Egan\, (949) 366-0248\n\n\nOfficial registration and rules\nWestern Outdoor News Big Bear Troutfest\n\n\nVisitor information\nVisit Big Bear Troutfest\n\n\n\nWhat Is WON Big Bear Troutfest?\nWON Big Bear Troutfest is one of Big Bear Lake’s signature fishing tournaments\, bringing recreational and competitive anglers together for a weekend of trout fishing\, weigh-ins\, prizes\, and family-friendly competition. \nThe 2026 event is promoted as the 20th annual Troutfest. Western Outdoor News organizes the tournament\, while Big Bear Lake and the Big Bear Municipal Water District provide the setting and lake infrastructure. \nThe format is designed to accommodate more than one type of angler. Adults compete in separate male and female divisions\, while younger anglers have junior categories. The event also includes recognition for large fish\, raffle prizes\, and the tournament’s Blind Bogey cash-prize program. \nIt is not limited to serious tournament anglers. Families can fish together\, and junior competitors have their own entry pricing and prize opportunities. \nWhen and Where Is Big Bear Troutfest 2026?\nThe fishing portion of Troutfest takes place on: \nSaturday\, September 26 and Sunday\, September 27\, 2026 \nOfficial tournament activities\, including check-in\, weigh-ins\, and the Sunday awards program\, are centered around the Big Bear Marina / BBMWD gravel parking area. \nThe primary tournament address published by Western Outdoor News is: \n40524 Lakeview Drive\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nVisit Big Bear also references Big Bear Marina at 500 Paine Court as part of the event location. Competitors should follow the exact arrival\, parking\, and check-in directions included with their registration because tournament activities use the marina and water district area together. \nWhat Is the 2026 Troutfest Schedule?\nFriday\, September 25: Angler Check-In\nCheck-in is scheduled for 4:00 PM to 9:00 PM at the Big Bear Marina gravel parking area. \nAnglers receive their wristband\, tournament rules and itinerary\, goodie bag when applicable\, and raffle number. Late registrations may also be accepted if space remains\, with the current WON information listing a $15 late fee. \nWestern Outdoor News strongly recommends Friday evening check-in. \nSaturday\, September 26\nFishing begins at 7:00 AM and ends at 4:00 PM. \nA Saturday morning late check-in is available at the marina area\, but competitors should consult the final event instructions for the precise closing time because different portions of WON’s current page contain slightly different check-in windows. \nThere is also a discrepancy in published Saturday scale-opening times. Visit Big Bear and one section of the WON page say noon\, while the current official tournament rules state 1:00 PM to 4:00 PM. Because the rules govern competition\, anglers should plan around the official rules and confirm the final itinerary at Friday check-in. \nMost importantly\, competitors must be in the weigh-in line by 4:00 PM. \nSunday\, September 27\nFishing runs from 7:00 AM to 2:00 PM. \nSunday scales are scheduled from 11:00 AM to 2:00 PM\, and anglers must be in line by 2:00 PM for their fish to count. \nThe raffle drawing and awards ceremony are expected Sunday afternoon in the marina parking area. WON currently indicates an approximate 3:30 PM start for awards and raffle activities. \nHow Much Does Troutfest Cost?\nCurrent 2026 registration prices are: \n\nAdults: $75\nJuniors age 14 and under: $50\n\nWestern Outdoor News states that the first 600 registered anglers will receive a sponsor goodie bag. \nRegistration also places the angler’s number into the event raffle\, making registered competitors eligible for prize drawings subject to the official rules. \nEntry fees do not replace other costs that may apply\, such as a California fishing license\, boat permit\, launch costs\, marina services\, equipment\, lodging\, or other lake-related fees. \nWhat Are the Main Troutfest Fishing Rules?\nCompetitors should read the complete official rules before fishing. Several particularly important 2026 rules include: \n\nFishing is limited to Big Bear Lake during official tournament hours.\nFish must be caught live by rod and reel in accordance with California fishing regulations.\nTrout submitted for weight must measure at least 10 inches.\nEach angler may weigh up to five fish per day.\nAn angler may weigh fish only once each day.\nAfter weighing fish for the day\, that angler may not continue fishing.\nCompetitors age 16 and older must possess and carry a valid California fishing license.\nFishing outside official contest hours can result in disqualification.\n\nThe tournament director controls the official event time\, so instructions provided during registration should take priority if a website schedule and the final onsite itinerary differ. \nWhat Divisions and Prizes Are Offered?\nTroutfest advertises tens of thousands of dollars in cash and prizes. \nCurrent event information lists competitive recognition for adult men\, adult women\, junior anglers\, and overall big fish. WON’s detailed rules reference trophies and prizes for the top finishers in several categories along with Sunday raffle prizes. \nThere is a minor wording inconsistency in the published age descriptions: the registration page sells the junior entry for anglers 14 and under\, while one section describing award categories uses “under 14.” Families with a 14-year-old competitor should rely on the current registration category and confirm the awards division at check-in. \nRaffle winners generally must be present to claim their prize\, according to the official tournament rules. \nWhat Is the Blind Bogey Contest?\nRegistered Troutfest anglers are also included in the event’s Blind Bogey contest. \nCurrent rules say $5 from each entry is allocated to the program. Seventy-five percent of those funds goes to the Big Bear Municipal Water District specifically for trout restocking\, while the remaining 25% is distributed to participating anglers through cash prizes. \nBlind Bogey awards are scheduled as part of Sunday’s awards ceremony. \nWill Big Bear Lake Be Stocked Before Troutfest?\nYes. Current Visit Big Bear event information says the Big Bear Municipal Water District plans to stock Big Bear Lake with thousands of pounds of trout shortly before the tournament. \nThe stocking is intended to support an active fishing weekend for competitors. \nStocking does not guarantee any individual angler a catch\, of course. Weather\, water conditions\, fishing pressure\, location\, tackle choice\, and angler technique can all influence results. \nCan You Fish Troutfest From a Boat?\nYes\, but boaters have additional responsibilities. \nAll vessels are subject to a Quagga Mussel inspection before launch\, and competitors must comply with California boating laws and Big Bear Lake Municipal Water District regulations. \nWON currently recommends that anglers bringing their own boats arrange inspection and permitting early rather than waiting until tournament morning. \nThe rules identify the BBMWD East Ramp as a recommended location for inspection and permit procedures based on the organizer’s current understanding. \nBoat operators should confirm current launch hours\, permits\, inspections\, ramp conditions\, and marina availability directly before the trip. \nWhat Should Families Know About Life Jackets?\nThe tournament rules state that participants under age 13 fishing from a vessel 26 feet or shorter must wear a U.S. Coast Guard-approved personal flotation device during tournament hours. \nBoaters should review current California boating regulations as well as tournament-specific rules before launching. \nEven when not specifically required by a particular tournament provision\, properly fitted personal flotation devices are an important part of planning a safe day on the lake. \nParking at WON Big Bear Troutfest\nParking deserves special attention because the gravel area used for tournament operations is not simply an unrestricted contestant parking lot. \nThe official WON rules state that no parking will be permitted in the BBMWD parking lot from Friday\, September 25 through Sunday\, September 27. They also state that truck-and-trailer parking is not permitted in the Big Bear Marina parking lot. \nThat distinction is important: registration\, weigh-ins\, and awards take place in the marina/BBMWD area\, but competitors cannot assume they may leave any vehicle or trailer wherever tournament activities are happening. \nFollow final organizer parking instructions and allow extra time\, especially if launching a personal boat. \nWhat Should You Bring to Big Bear Troutfest?\nYour setup will depend on whether you fish from shore or a boat\, but useful basics include: \n\nFishing rod\, reel\, tackle\, bait\, and legal fishing equipment\nValid California fishing license if required for your age\nTournament wristband and registration materials\nWeather-appropriate layers\nSun protection and sunglasses\nWater and food for the day\nPersonal flotation devices when boating\nBoat permits and inspection documentation when applicable\nA cooler or other legal method of handling your catch\nCharged phone\nCurrent tournament rules and itinerary\n\nSeptember mornings on Big Bear Lake can feel much colder than afternoon temperatures\, especially when you are on the water before or shortly after sunrise. Layering is useful. \nHow to Make a Weekend of WON Big Bear Troutfest\nFriday: Arrive and Check In\nArrive in Big Bear Lake Friday afternoon\, check into your A Chalet cabin\, and organize your fishing gear before heading to official tournament check-in between 4:00 PM and 9:00 PM. \nUsing Friday check-in means you can start Saturday focused on fishing rather than paperwork. \nSaturday: First Day of Competition\nBe ready for fishing to begin at 7:00 AM. Keep the 4:00 PM deadline firmly in mind and allow enough time to reach the scales before the line closes. \nOnce you weigh your fish\, your tournament fishing is finished for that day. \nAfterward\, return to your cabin\, prepare dinner\, organize tackle\, and rest before Sunday’s early start. \nCheck A Chalet cabins for September 25-27 Troutfest weekend. \nSunday: Fish\, Weigh In\, and Attend Awards\nSunday fishing begins at 7:00 AM and ends earlier\, at 2:00 PM. \nScales operate from 11:00 AM to 2:00 PM. After fishing\, competitors can stay for the afternoon awards\, raffle prizes\, trophies\, and Blind Bogey awards. \nIf you do not want to drive out of Big Bear immediately after a full tournament weekend\, consider keeping the cabin through Sunday night and departing Monday. \nWhere to Stay for WON Big Bear Troutfest 2026\nFor Troutfest\, an A Chalet cabin in Big Bear Lake is the most practical choice because registration\, weigh-ins\, awards\, and all tournament fishing are centered around Big Bear Lake. \nFor groups\, Conklin Canopy is currently listed in Big Bear Lake with three bedrooms\, two bathrooms\, and sleeping space for up to eight guests. \nVerified current amenities include a fully equipped kitchen\, Wi-Fi\, washer and dryer\, game room\, secure private deck\, barbecue\, and parking for up to three vehicles. \nThe kitchen and laundry facilities can be particularly useful during a fishing weekend when anglers are leaving early\, returning with outdoor gear\, and preparing for another morning on the lake. \nHowever\, anglers traveling with boats or trailers should never assume a vacation rental can accommodate them. Confirm the property’s parking rules and any restrictions on trailers\, boats\, or oversized vehicles before booking. \nA Chalet also offers additional current rentals throughout Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City for couples\, families\, and larger groups. \nBrowse current A Chalet cabins for Big Bear Troutfest. \nTips for Booking a Troutfest Weekend Cabin\nArrive Friday. Official check-in runs from 4:00 PM to 9:00 PM\, and WON recommends completing it that evening. \nChoose Big Bear Lake when possible. It keeps your lodging closer to the tournament’s central activities. \nConfirm boat and trailer parking before booking. Cabin parking capacity does not automatically mean trailer storage is permitted. \nPlan for early mornings. Fishing begins at 7:00 AM both days. \nRead the official rules before traveling. Tournament deadlines\, weigh-in procedures\, licenses\, minimum fish size\, and boating requirements can affect whether a catch counts. \nConsider Sunday night. Staying an extra night can let you attend the entire awards program without immediately starting the drive down the mountain. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Is WON Big Bear Troutfest 2026?\nWON Big Bear Troutfest 2026 is September 26-27\, with official angler check-in available Friday\, September 25. \nWhat Time Does Fishing Start?\nFishing starts at 7:00 AM both Saturday and Sunday. Saturday fishing ends at 4:00 PM\, while Sunday fishing ends at 2:00 PM. \nHow Much Is Troutfest Registration?\nCurrent registration is $75 for adults and $50 for juniors age 14 and under. \nDo I Need a California Fishing License?\nYes\, if you are age 16 or older. The 2026 official tournament rules require contestants age 16 and above to possess and carry a valid California fishing license. \nHow Many Trout Can I Weigh?\nEach angler may weigh up to five fish per day. Anglers may weigh only once each day\, and once they weigh their fish\, they cannot continue fishing that day. \nCan I Bring My Own Boat?\nYes\, but boats are subject to Quagga Mussel inspection and applicable permits and regulations. Confirm current BBMWD inspection\, launch\, and parking procedures before tournament weekend. \nWhere Should I Stay for Big Bear Troutfest?\nAn A Chalet cabin in Big Bear Lake gives anglers a convenient overnight base for Friday check-in\, two early tournament mornings\, and Sunday’s awards. Groups should choose a property that fits their occupancy and vehicle needs and separately confirm any boat or trailer restrictions. \nCheck A Chalet availability for Troutfest weekend. \nPlan Your WON Big Bear Troutfest 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nWON Big Bear Troutfest 2026 brings two days of competitive trout fishing to Big Bear Lake on September 26 and 27\, with Friday evening check-in\, adult and junior divisions\, trophies\, raffle prizes\, cash awards\, and thousands of dollars in prizes. \nCompetitors should pay particular attention to the official rules. Fishing begins at 7:00 AM each day\, Saturday ends at 4:00 PM\, Sunday ends at 2:00 PM\, and anglers must meet strict weigh-in deadlines. California fishing licenses are required for anglers age 16 and older\, while boaters need to account for lake permits\, inspections\, and parking restrictions. \nFriday arrival makes the weekend considerably easier. Check in with tournament organizers\, settle into an A Chalet cabin\, prepare your tackle the night before\, and start Saturday morning already in Big Bear instead of racing the clock on mountain roads. \nAfter Sunday’s fishing and awards\, your cabin also gives you somewhere to relax before heading home—or a reason to add another quiet night beside Big Bear Lake. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your WON Big Bear Troutfest 2026 getaway. \n\n“`
URL:https://achalet.com/event/won-big-bear-troutfest-4/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260926T083000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260926T172500
DTSTAMP:20261016T215619Z
CREATED:20261016T215619Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215619Z
UID:14020-1790411400-1790443500@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Trolley To Trails
DESCRIPTION:Trolley to Trails 2026: Schedule\, Trail Stops\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nTrolley to Trails 2026 is a free seasonal Mountain Transit route around Big Bear Lake that connects riders with popular hiking and recreation stops without requiring them to drive to every trailhead. The route operates on Saturdays\, Sundays\, and holiday Fridays\, with current Visit Big Bear information showing service from 8:30 AM to 5:25 PM. The 2026 season runs through October 3\, 2026. \nAs of September 10\, the remaining published dates are September 12\, 13\, 19\, 20\, 26\, 27\, and October 3. Riders can begin at the Village-Knickerbocker stop at 630 Knickerbocker Road\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\, where parking is available at the public lot. \nThe route serves multiple outdoor stops\, including Towne Trail\, Stanfield Marsh Boardwalk\, Woodland Trail\, Nature Discovery Trail\, Cougar Crest Trail\, Grays Peak Trail\, Castle Rock Trail\, and Pine Knot Trail. You do not need to hike to enjoy the route; Visit Big Bear also promotes it as a free scenic ride around Big Bear Lake. \nFor visitors planning more than one trail or a full weekend outdoors\, staying locally can make the route more useful. A Chalet currently offers vacation rentals in Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City\, so travelers can ride the trolley during the day and return to a cabin afterward instead of building a same-day mountain drive around the schedule. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Trolley to Trails weekend. \nTrolley to Trails 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nService\nTrolley to Trails\n\n\nOperator\nMountain Transit\n\n\nCost\nFree\n\n\nOperating days\nSaturdays\, Sundays\, and holiday Fridays\n\n\n2026 season\nMay 2-October 3\, 2026\n\n\nDaily service window\n8:30 AM-5:25 PM\n\n\nRemaining dates\nSeptember 12\, 13\, 19\, 20\, 26\, 27\, and October 3\n\n\nPrimary boarding point\nVillage-Knickerbocker Road\n\n\nAddress\n630 Knickerbocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nParking\nKnickerbocker Public Parking Lot\n\n\nAccessibility\nMountain Transit states that all of its vehicles are wheelchair accessible\n\n\nBikes\nMountain Transit vehicles are equipped with bike racks\n\n\nService animals\nWelcome aboard Mountain Transit vehicles\n\n\nPhone\n909-878-5200\n\n\nOfficial route information\nTrolley to Trails at Visit Big Bear\n\n\n\nMountain Transit’s own accessibility information confirms that its vehicles are wheelchair accessible\, equipped with bike racks\, and allow service animals. Big Bear fixed-route transportation is fare-free. \nWhat Is Trolley to Trails?\nTrolley to Trails is a seasonal Big Bear transportation service created by Mountain Transit in partnership with Visit Big Bear. Its purpose is to connect riders with hiking trails and outdoor recreation locations around Big Bear Lake while reducing the need to find parking at each trailhead. \nThe service is also useful for visitors who simply want to see the lake and mountain scenery. Visit Big Bear specifically notes that non-hikers can ride the trolley for the scenic experience\, so there is no requirement to get off and complete a trail. \nMountain Transit approved the route as a demonstration service through a partnership with Visit Big Bear\, with the partnership supporting fare-free operation. That makes Trolley to Trails different from a paid guided tour: riders use a public-transit-style route with scheduled stops rather than joining a fixed excursion. \nWhen Does Trolley to Trails Run in 2026?\nThe current public schedule lists Trolley to Trails on Saturdays\, Sundays\, and holiday Fridays from the first weekend of May through the first weekend of October. \nAs of September 10\, the remaining 2026 dates published by Visit Big Bear are: \n\nSaturday\, September 12\nSunday\, September 13\nSaturday\, September 19\nSunday\, September 20\nSaturday\, September 26\nSunday\, September 27\nSaturday\, October 3\n\nThe current event page lists October 3\, 2026 as the last scheduled date of the season. \nBecause public transportation schedules can change because of weather\, road conditions\, or operational needs\, check the latest route information before planning a day around the final trolley. \nWhat Is the Trolley to Trails Schedule?\nThe route currently begins at Village-Knickerbocker Road at 8:30 AM and completes its final listed return there at 5:25 PM. The published timetable shows repeated loops throughout the day. \n\n\n\nStop\nFirst Published Stop Time\nFinal Published Stop Time\n\n\n\n\nVillage – Knickerbocker Rd.\n8:30 AM\n5:25 PM return\n\n\nBig 5 – Conklin Rd. & Big Bear Blvd.\n8:32 AM\n4:27 PM\n\n\nTowne Trail – Snow Summit\n8:37 AM\n4:32 PM\n\n\nStater Bros – Big Bear Blvd.\n8:43 AM\n4:38 PM\n\n\nStanfield Marsh Boardwalk\n8:44 AM\n4:39 PM\n\n\nWoodland Trail\n8:47 AM\n4:42 PM\n\n\nNature Discovery Trail\n8:52 AM\n4:47 PM\n\n\nCougar Crest Trail\n8:55 AM\n4:50 PM\n\n\nFawnskin – Fire Station\n9:04 AM\n4:59 PM\n\n\nGrays Peak Trail\n9:07 AM\n5:02 PM\n\n\nCastle Rock Trail\n9:18 AM\n5:13 PM\n\n\nPine Knot Trail\n9:25 AM\n5:20 PM\n\n\n\nThe full published timetable includes several departures at each stop\, generally following the same loop approximately every 95 minutes. Riders should check the current full schedule before choosing a hike so they know when the trolley will return to that trailhead. \nWhich Trails Does Trolley to Trails Serve?\nThe 2026 route reaches a useful cross-section of Big Bear recreation areas rather than serving only one trail. Current stops include: \n\nTowne Trail near Snow Summit\nStanfield Marsh Boardwalk\nWoodland Trail\nNature Discovery Trail\nCougar Crest Trail\nGrays Peak Trail\nCastle Rock Trail\nPine Knot Trail\n\nVisit Big Bear also notes that Grays Peak Trail is now being serviced following its reopening. \nEach trail offers a different experience and level of difficulty. Do not assume that because the trolley serves a trail\, that trail is suitable for every rider. Check current trail distance\, elevation gain\, closures\, weather\, and your group’s abilities separately before getting off. \nWhere Do You Board Trolley to Trails?\nThe primary published pickup and drop-off location is: \nVillage – Knickerbocker Rd.\n630 Knickerbocker Rd.\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nVisit Big Bear lists parking at the Knickerbocker Public Parking Lot. The first trolley departs this stop at 8:30 AM. \nYou can also board at other scheduled stops along the route. If you are staying near one of those stops\, review the timetable before automatically driving to The Village. \nIs Trolley to Trails Really Free?\nYes. Visit Big Bear and Mountain Transit identify Trolley to Trails as a free seasonal service. \nNo event ticket is required simply to ride the trolley. However\, using the trolley does not automatically waive any separate recreation permit\, trail-use requirement\, admission fee\, or reservation that could apply at an individual destination. \nCheck the rules for the specific trail or recreation site you plan to visit rather than assuming the free ride makes every activity along the route free. \nIs Trolley to Trails Accessible?\nMountain Transit states that all of its vehicles are wheelchair accessible. Its vehicles are also equipped with bike racks\, and service animals are welcome on board. \nThat does not mean every trail stop itself is wheelchair accessible. Accessibility can differ significantly between a paved boardwalk\, parking area\, and natural hiking trail. Travelers who need accessible outdoor options should research the specific stop separately before choosing where to exit. \nFor transportation-specific accessibility questions\, Mountain Transit maintains dedicated accessibility information and rider services. \nCan You Bring a Bike?\nMountain Transit says its vehicles are equipped with bike racks. That can make the system useful for riders combining transit with cycling\, but rack capacity may be limited. \nIf transporting a bicycle is essential to your plans\, check Mountain Transit’s current bike-on-bus policies before departure and have a backup plan in case rack space is unavailable. \nWhat Should You Bring for Trolley to Trails?\nYour packing list should be based primarily on the trail you plan to hike\, not just the trolley ride. Useful basics include: \n\nWater appropriate for the length of your outing\nComfortable hiking or walking shoes\nWeather-appropriate layers\nSun protection\nTrail map or navigation information\nSnacks\nAny necessary medications\nA charged phone\nThe current trolley timetable\n\nBefore leaving the trolley\, note the return schedule for your stop. Build in extra time rather than planning to finish a hike only a few minutes before the final pickup. \nHow Should You Plan a Hike Around the Trolley Schedule?\nThe biggest planning mistake would be choosing a trail based only on the outbound trolley time. You also need to know how long the hike normally takes and when the next return trips are scheduled. \nFor example\, if you leave the trolley for a longer hike late in the afternoon\, the remaining service window may not be sufficient. The final published route reaches Pine Knot Trail at 5:20 PM and returns to Village-Knickerbocker at 5:25 PM\, so that final loop is not designed to drop riders off for a new multi-hour hike. \nChoose an earlier departure for longer trails. For shorter walks\, scenic stops\, or boardwalk experiences\, later loops may offer more flexibility. \nAlways consider your actual pace\, trail conditions\, daylight\, and weather rather than relying solely on an estimated hiking time. \nCan You Ride Trolley to Trails Without Hiking?\nYes. Visit Big Bear specifically encourages non-hikers to use the service as a scenic ride around Big Bear Lake. \nThat makes the route useful for mixed-interest groups. One person may want to hike while another prefers a scenic ride or a less demanding stop. \nIt can also be a simple way to see different parts of the lake without repeatedly looking for parking\, although riders should remember that this is scheduled public transportation rather than a narrated sightseeing tour. \nHow to Make a Weekend of Trolley to Trails\nFriday: Arrive and Plan Your Route\nArrive in Big Bear on Friday\, check into your cabin\, and decide which trail or stops you want to visit the next morning. Review the latest trail conditions and save the trolley timetable so you are not making route decisions at the last minute. \nIf your group has different hiking abilities\, choose stops that allow everyone to enjoy the day without forcing the same itinerary. \nSaturday: Ride From The Village to the Trails\nFor maximum flexibility\, consider boarding one of the earlier morning loops. Starting early provides more options for completing a hike and catching a later trolley back. \nYou might choose one main trail for the morning\, return toward town\, and use the remainder of the afternoon for The Village or another Big Bear activity. \nCheck A Chalet cabin availability for your Trolley to Trails weekend. \nSunday: Try a Different Stop\nBecause the service also runs Sundays\, a two-night stay gives you another opportunity to explore without moving your car from trailhead to trailhead. \nKeep Sunday’s plans realistic if you need to check out or drive home later that day. A short outdoor stop may work better than committing to a long hike close to your departure time. \nWhere to Stay for Trolley to Trails\nBecause the route begins in Big Bear Lake and circles recreation sites around Big Bear Lake and Fawnskin\, Big Bear Lake is the most straightforward A Chalet destination for this itinerary. Big Bear City can also work for visitors exploring the broader valley. \nA Chalet currently offers multiple Big Bear lodging sizes. Featured properties include Heavenly Bay Retreat with two bedrooms and two baths\, Jaybird Cabin with two bedrooms and one bath\, Conklin Canopy with three bedrooms and two baths\, and Maverick’s Cabin with two bedrooms and two baths. \nFor larger groups\, A Chalet currently lists Boulder Landing\, Rustic Ridge\, and Elevated Escape with four bedrooms and three baths. Bear Den is currently shown as a one-bedroom option. \nA cabin stay can work particularly well with this route because you can arrive the night before\, leave your main driving plans behind for part of the day\, ride to a trail\, and return to your lodging afterward. \nVerify occupancy limits\, parking\, kitchen facilities\, pet policies\, and other amenities on the current individual listing before booking\, since features vary from cabin to cabin. \nBrowse current A Chalet Big Bear cabin availability. \nTips for Booking a Trolley to Trails Weekend Cabin\nChoose your hiking date first. Only seven published service dates remain after September 10\, with October 3 currently listed as the final day. \nStay Friday night for a Saturday hike. That allows you to use an early trolley without first making a morning drive into Big Bear. \nStudy both outbound and return times. A trail that fits the morning schedule may not fit the last return of the day. \nChoose the trail separately from the transportation. The trolley is free\, but trail difficulty\, access rules\, and current conditions still need independent research. \nConsider Big Bear Lake lodging. It places you in the same city as the Knickerbocker starting point. \nVerify parking at your cabin. Larger groups should check the number of permitted vehicles before booking. \nCheck current weather and closures. Late September and early October conditions can affect both hiking plans and mountain travel. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Does Trolley to Trails Run in 2026?\nTrolley to Trails runs Saturdays\, Sundays\, and holiday Fridays during its seasonal operating period. As of September 10\, remaining dates are September 12\, 13\, 19\, 20\, 26\, 27\, and October 3\, 2026. \nHow Much Does Trolley to Trails Cost?\nThe service is free. It is operated by Mountain Transit in partnership with Visit Big Bear. \nWhere Does Trolley to Trails Start?\nThe primary published starting point is Village-Knickerbocker Road\, 630 Knickerbocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315. Parking is available in the Knickerbocker Public Parking Lot. \nWhich Trails Can You Reach?\nThe current route serves stops including Towne Trail\, Stanfield Marsh Boardwalk\, Woodland Trail\, Nature Discovery Trail\, Cougar Crest Trail\, Grays Peak Trail\, Castle Rock Trail\, and Pine Knot Trail. \nDo You Have to Be a Hiker to Ride?\nNo. Visit Big Bear encourages non-hikers to ride the trolley for the scenic mountain and lake views as well. \nIs the Trolley Wheelchair Accessible?\nMountain Transit states that all of its vehicles are wheelchair accessible. Accessibility of individual trails and recreation stops varies\, so research your intended destination separately. \nWhere Should I Stay for Trolley to Trails?\nBig Bear Lake is the most practical general lodging base because the primary trolley pickup is at Knickerbocker Road in Big Bear Lake. A Chalet offers rentals in Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City for couples\, families\, and larger groups. \nCheck A Chalet availability for your Trolley to Trails dates. \nPlan Your Trolley to Trails 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nTrolley to Trails 2026 makes it easier to explore several Big Bear recreation areas without driving from one trailhead to the next. The free seasonal route runs on Saturdays\, Sundays\, and holiday Fridays\, with service between 8:30 AM and 5:25 PM and seven currently published dates remaining through October 3. \nThe route reaches hiking and recreation stops around Big Bear Lake\, including Woodland Trail\, Cougar Crest\, Grays Peak\, Castle Rock\, Pine Knot Trail\, and Stanfield Marsh. Mountain Transit vehicles are wheelchair accessible and equipped with bike racks\, while non-hikers are also welcome to ride simply for the scenery. \nFor a more relaxed trip\, arrive in Big Bear the night before\, choose an early trolley\, spend the day exploring the trails\, and return to a cabin instead of scheduling the entire outing around a same-day mountain drive. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Big Bear stay around Trolley to Trails 2026. \n\n“`
URL:https://achalet.com/event/trolley-to-trails-8/
END:VEVENT
END:VCALENDAR